Welcome to PhiloLogic  
   home |  the ARTFL project |  download |  documentation |  sample databases |   
Parkman, Francis, 1823-1893 [1856], Vassall Morton: a novel. (Phillips, Sampson and Company, Boston) [word count] [eaf666T].
To look up a word in a dictionary, select the word with your mouse and press 'd' on your keyboard.

Previous section

Next section

Main text

-- 003 --

CHAPTER I.

Remote from towns he ran his godly race.

Goldsmith.

[figure description] Page 003.[end figure description]

Macknight on the Epistles, — that's the name of
the book?”

“Yes, sir, if you please. I am desirous of consulting it
with a view —”

“Well, this way, Mr. Jacobs. Here's the librarian. Mr.
Stillingfleet, let me introduce my friend, the Reverend Mr.
Jacobs, of West Weathersfield.”

“I am proud to make your acquaintance, sir,” said Mr.
Jacobs, taking the librarian's hand with an air of diffident
veneration.

“Mr. Jacobs wishes to consult Mackwright on the Epistles.”

“Macknight, if you please, Dr. Steele.”

“O, Macknight. Will you be so kind as to let him have
the use of it in my name?”

“If you will go with Mr. Rubens, sir,” said the librarian,
“he will show you the book.”

-- 004 --

[figure description] Page 004.[end figure description]

“Thank you, sir,” replied Mr. Jacobs, to whom the words
were addressed; and he followed the assistant among the
alcoves in a timid, tiptoe progress, for, to him, the very air he
breathed seemed redolent of learning, and the dust beneath
his feet consecrated to science.

Dr. Steele remained behind, conversing with the librarian.

“My friend has something of the ancient apostolic simplicity
hanging about him still. He looks with as much awe
at Harvard College library as I did myself forty-five years ago,
when I came down from Steuben to join the freshman class.”

“So you came from Steuben! Did not old John Morton
come from the same place?”

“To be sure he did. He was the glory of the town. He
pulled down the old clapboard meeting house that his father
used to preach in, and built a new one for him: besides giving
a start in business to half the young men of the village.”

“Do you see that undergraduate at the end of the hall,
standing by the last alcove, reading?”

“Yes; what about him? He seems a hardy, good-looking
young fellow enough.”

“He is John Morton's son.”

“Is it possible? I remember him when he was a child,
but have not seen him for these ten years. After his father's
death, his mother took him to Europe, to be educated; but
she never came back; she died in Paris.”

“He is Mr. Morton's only child — is he not?”

“Yes; his first wife had no children; and after he had
buried her, — which, by the way, I believe was the happiest

-- 005 --

[figure description] Page 005.[end figure description]

hour of his life, — he married a very different sort of person,
Margaret Vassall, this boy's mother.”

“What, one of the old Vassall race?”

“Exactly; and, I suppose, the last survivor. I used to
know her. She was a handsome woman, and, bating her
family pride, altogether a very fine character. She managed
her husband admirably.”

“Why, what need had John Morton of being managed?”

“O, Morton was a noble old gentleman, a merchant of the
old school, and generous as the day; but he had his faults.
He made nothing of his three bottles of Madeira at dinner,
and besides — Ah, Mr. Jacobs, so you have found Macknight.”

“Yes, sir,” said Mr. Jacobs, coming up, “I have the volumes.”

“See that young man, yonder. That's the son of your old
friend, Mr. Morton.”

“Really! upon my word! Ah! Mr. Morton was a friend
to me, sir — a very kind friend.”

And, in the simplicity of his heart, Mr. Jacobs glided up
to the student, and blandly accosted him.

“How do you do, young gentleman? I knew your worthy
father. I knew him well. I have often sat at his hospitable
board on anniversary week.”

Thus addressed, Vassall Morton looked up from his book,—
it was Froissart's Chronicle, — inclined his head in acknowledgment,
and waited to hear more.

“Ahem!” coughed Mr. Jacobs, a little embarrassed: “your
father was a most worthy and estimable gentleman: a true

-- 006 --

[figure description] Page 006.[end figure description]

friend of the feeble and destitute. Ahem! — what class are
you in, Mr. Morton?”

“The junior class,” said the young man, a suppressed smile
flickering at the corner of his mouth.

“Ahem! I hope, sir, that, like your father, you will long
live to be an honor to your native town.”

“Thank you, sir.”

“I wish you good morning.”

“Good morning, sir,” said Morton, divided between an inclination
to smile at the odd, humble little figure before him,
and an unwillingness to wound the other's feelings.

“Are you ready to go, Mr. Jacobs?” said Dr. Steele.

“If you please, sir, we will now take our departure;” —
gathering the four volumes of Macknight on the Epistles
under his arm; — “Good morning, Mr. Stillingfleet; good
morning, Mr. Rubens. I am indebted to your kindness, gentlemen—
ahem!”

“This is the way out, Mr. Jacobs,” said Steele to his diffident
friend from West Weathersfield, who, in his embarrassment,
was going out at the wrong door.

“I beg your pardon, sir — ahem!” replied Mr. Jacobs,
with a bashful smile. And Dr. Steele, pointing to the true
exit, ushered his rustic and reverend protégé from the sacred
precinct of learning.

-- 007 --

CHAPTER II.

Richt hardie baith in ernist and play.

Sir David Lyndsay.

[figure description] Page 007.[end figure description]

Morton, what was the little old fogy in the white cravat
saying to you just now in the library?”

“Telling me that my father was a worthy man, and that he
hoped I should make just such another.”

“Ah, that was kind of him.”

“What a pile of books you are lugging! Here, let me
take half a dozen of them for you. You look as if you were
training to be a hotel porter.”

“I am laying in for vacation.”

“What sense is there in that? Let alone your Latin,
Greek, and mathematics; what the deuse is vacation made
for? Take to the woods, as I do, breathe the fresh air, and
see the world at large.”

“Do you call it seeing the world at large, to go off into
some barbarous, uninhabitable place, among mosquitoes,
snakes, wolves, bears, and catamounts? What sense is there
in that? What can you do when you get there?”

“Shoot muskrats, and fish for mudpouts. Will you go
with me?”

“Thank you, no. There's no one in the class featherwitted
enough to go with you, except Meredith, and he ought to
know better.”

-- 008 --

[figure description] Page 008.[end figure description]

“Stay at home, then, and improve your mind. I shall be
off to-morrow.”

“Alone?”

“Yes.”

Mr. Horace Vinal shrugged his shoulders, a movement
which caused Sophocles and Seneca to escape from under his
arm. Morton gathered them out of the mud, and thrusting
them back again into their place, left his burdened fellowstudent
to make the best of his way towards his den in
Stoughton Hall.

-- 009 --

CHAPTER III.

O, love, in such a wilderness as this!

Gertrude of Wyoming.

[figure description] Page 009.[end figure description]

Morton, en route for the barbarous districts of which
Vinal had expressed his disapproval, stopped by the way at a
spot which, though wild enough at that time, had ceased to
be a wilderness. This was the Notch of the White Mountains,
perverted, since, into a resort of quasi fashion. Here,
arriving late at the lonely hostelry of one Tom Crawford, he
learned from that worthy person, to whom his face was well
known, that other guests, from Boston, like himself, were
seated at the tea table. Accordingly, descending thither, he
saw four persons. The first was a quiet-looking man, with
the air of a gentleman, and something in his appearance which
seemed to indicate military habits and training. Morton remembered
to have seen him before. At his side, and under
his tutelary care, sat two personages, who, from their dimensions,
must have been boys of some seven years old, but from
the solemnity of their countenances, might have passed for a
brace of ancient philosophers. They looked so much alike
that Morton thought he saw double. Each was seated on a
volume of Clark's Commentaries, to raise his chin to the
needful height above the table cloth. Both were encased in
tunics, strapped about them with shining morocco belts.

-- 010 --

[figure description] Page 010.[end figure description]

Their small persons were terminated at one end by morocco
shoes of somewhat infantile pattern, and at the other by
enormous heads, with chalky complexions, pale, dilated eyes,
wrinkled foreheads, and mouths pursed up with an expression
of anxious care, abstruse meditation, and the most experienced
wisdom.

In amazement at these phenomena, Morton turned next
towards the fourth member of the party; and here he encountered
a new emotion, of a kind quite different. Hitherto,
in his college seclusion, he had not very often met, except in
imagination, with that union of beauty, breeding, and refinement
which belongs to the best life of cities, and which he
now saw in the person of a young lady, a year or two his
junior. He longed for a pretext to address her, but found
none; when her father — for such he seemed — broke silence,
and accosted him.

“I beg your pardon; is it possible that you are the son of
John Morton?”

“Yes.”

“He was my father's old friend. I thought I could
scarcely mistake your likeness to your mother.”

“I believe I have the pleasure of speaking to Colonel
Leslie.”

Leslie inclined his head.

“My title clings to me, I find, though I have no right to
it now.”

He had left the army long before, exchanging the rough
frontier service for pursuits more to his taste.

“Upon my word,” pursued Leslie, “after conversing for

-- 011 --

[figure description] Page 011.[end figure description]

some time with the new comer on the scenery and game of
the mountains, “you seem to be au fait at this sort of thing.”

“At least I ought to be; I have spent half my college vacations
here.”

“It is unlucky for us that we must set out for home in the
morning. You might have given us good advice in our sightseeing.”

“Crawford will tell you that I am tolerably well qualified
to be a guide.”

“You do not look like a collegian. They are generally
thin and pale with studying.”

“Oftener with laziness and cigar smoke.”

“Very likely. You seem too hardy and active for a student.”

Morton's weak point was touched.

“I can do well enough, I believe, in that way. Crawford
was boasting, last year, that he could outwrestle any man in
New England. I challenged him, and threw him on his back.”

“You! Crawford is twice as heavy and strong as you are.”

“I am stronger than I seem,” replied Morton, with great
complacency.

And Leslie, observing him with an eye not unused to measure
the thews and sinews of men, saw that, though his frame
was light, and his shoulders not broad, yet his compact proportions,
deep chest, and muscular limbs, showed the highest
degree of bodily vigor.

“You are quite right. I would enlist you without asking
the surgeon's advice.”

Here the nurse, attendant on the two philosophers,

-- 012 --

[figure description] Page 012.[end figure description]

appeared at the door; and they, obedient to the mute summons,
scrambled gravely from their seats, and, with solemn steps,
withdrew. Miss Leslie presently followed, and Morton and
her father were left alone.

“You are from Harvard — are you not?”

“Yes.”

“Do you know Horace Vinal?”

“Very well; he is my classmate.”

“Is he not thought a very promising young man?”

“He is our first scholar.”

“I hear him spoken of as a young man of fine abilities.”

“And he knows how to make the best of them.”

“Not at all dissipated.”

“Not at all.”

“And a great student.”

“Digs day and night.”

“A little ambitious, I suppose.”

“A little.”

“But very prudent.”

“Uncommonly so.”

“An excellent young man,” exclaimed Leslie; “I think
very highly of Horace Vinal.”

Morton cast a sidelong glance at him, and there was a covert
smile in his eye. He began to see a weak spot in his
companion.

“He will certainly make his way in the world,” pursued
Leslie.

“No doubt of it.”

“He is not so fond of out-door exercises as you seem
to be.”

-- 013 --

[figure description] Page 013.[end figure description]

“He is good at one kind of exercise.”

“What's that?”

“He can draw the long bow.”

Leslie did not see Morton's meaning, and took the words
literally, as the latter intended he should.

“What, have you an archery club at college?”

“No; but there are one or two among us who use the
long bow, now and then, and Vinal beats them by all odds.
But he is very modest on the subject, and never alludes to it.
In fact there are very few who know his skill in that way.”

“It is all the better for his health to have some amusement
of the kind.”

“Yes, it would be a pity if his health should suffer.”

“I have often thought that his mind was too active for his
constitution.”

Morton cast another sidelong look at Leslie. Though he
admired the daughter, he refrained with difficulty from quizzing
the father.

“You seem to know Vinal very well.”

“Yes, thoroughly; I have known him from childhood;
he is the son of my wife's sister, and I am his guardian. I
watch his progress with great interest.”

“You will see him, I dare say, reach the top of the ladder.
At least, it will be no fault of his if he does not.”

“I am very glad to hear my good opinion of him confirmed
by one who has seen so much of him.”

And, rising, he left the room.

“A very good young man, this seems to be,” he thought
to himself, as he did so.

-- 014 --

[figure description] Page 014.[end figure description]

“Amiable, good natured, and all that; but very soft, for a
man who has seen hard service,” thought Morton, on his part.

The party reassembled in the inn parlor. Masters William
and Marlborough, having gained a reprieve from their banishment,
busied themselves at the table, the one in poring over
Brewster on Natural Magic, the other in solving a problem
of Euclid. Leslie viewed these infant diversions by no means
with an eye of favor, and soon banished the students to a
retirement more suited to their tender years. The sentence
overcame all their philosophy, and they were carried off
howling.

Morton, meanwhile, was breathing a charmed air; and
though diffident in the presence of ladies, and not liberally
endowed by nature with the gift of tongues, his zeal to commend
himself to the good opinion of Miss Edith Leslie
availed somewhat to supply the defect. He had never mixed
with the world, conventionally so called, and knew as much
of ladies as of mermaids. But having an ardent temperament
and a Quixotic imagination; being addicted, moreover,
to Froissart and kindred writers; and, indeed, visited with a
glimmering of that antique light which modern folly despises,
he would have been ready, with the eye of a handsome woman
upon him, for any rash and ridiculous exploit. This
extravagance did him no manner of harm. On the contrary,
it went far to keep him out of mischief; for in the breast of
this youngster a chivalresque instinct battled against the urgency
of vigorous blood, and taught his nervous energies to
seek escape rather in ceaseless bodily exercises, rowing, riding,
and the like, than in any less commendable recreations.

-- 015 --

[figure description] Page 015.[end figure description]

The close of the evening found him with an imagination
much excited. In short, decisive symptoms declared themselves
of that wide-spread malady, of which he had read
much and pondered not a little, but which had not, as yet,
numbered him among its victims. Among the various emotions,
novel, strange, and pleasurable, which began to possess
him, came, however, the dismal consciousness that, with the
morning sun, the enchantress of his fancy was to vanish like
a dream of the night.

-- 016 --

CHAPTER IV.

What pleasure, sir, find we in life, to lock it
From action and adventure?
Cymbeline.

[figure description] Page 016.[end figure description]

Morning came, and the Leslies departed. Morton
watched the lumbering carriage till it disappeared down the
rugged gorge of the Notch, then drew a deep breath, and
ruefully betook himself to his day's sport. He explored, rod
in hand, the black pools and plunging cascades of the Saco;
but for once that he thought of the trout, he thought ten
times of Edith Leslie.

Towards night, however, he returned with a basket reasonably
well filled; and, as he drew near the inn, he saw a
young man, of his own age, or thereabouts, sitting under the
porch. He had a cast of features which, in a feudal country,
would have been taken as the sign of noble birth; and
though he wore a slouched felt hat and a rough tweed frock,
though his attitude was careless, though he held between his
teeth a common clay pipe, at which he puffed with much relish,
and though he was conversing on easy terms with two
attenuated old Vermont farmers, with faces like a pair of
baked apples, — yet none but the most unpractised eye would
have taken him for other than a gentleman.

As soon as Morton saw him, he shouted a joyful greeting,

-- 017 --

[figure description] Page 017.[end figure description]

to which Mr. Edward Meredith, rising and going to meet his
friend, replied with no less emphasis.

“I thought,” said Morton, “that you meant to do the dutiful
this time, and stay with your father and family at the
sea shore.”

“Couldn't stand the sea shore,” said Meredith, seating
himself again; “so I came up to the mountains to see what
you were doing.”

“You couldn't have done better; but come this way, out
of earshot.”

“Colonel,” said Meredith, in a tone of melancholy remonstrance,
“this seat is a good seat, an easy seat, a pleasant
seat. Why do you want to root me up?”

“Come on, man,” replied Morton.

“Show the way, then, Jack-a-lantern. But where do you
want to lead me? I won't sit on the rail fence, and I won't
sit on the grass.”

“There's a bench here for you.”

“Has it a back?”

“Yes, it has a back. There it is.”

Meredith carefully removed a few twigs and shavings which
lay upon the bench, seated himself, rested his arm along the
back, and began puffing at his pipe again. But scarcely had
he thus composed himself when the tea bell rang from the
house.

“Do you hear that, now? Another move to make!
Didn't I tell you so?”

“Not that I remember.”

“Please to explain, colonel, what you expect to gain by

-- 018 --

[figure description] Page 018.[end figure description]

always bobbing about as you do, like a drop of quicksilver.”

“To hear you, one would take you for the laziest fellow in
the universe.”

“There's reason in all things. I keep my vital energies
against the time of need, instead of wasting them in unnecessary
gyrations. Ladies at the table! New Yorkers in
full feather, or I'll be shot! Now, what the deuse have lace
and ribbons to do in a place like this?”

During the meal, the presence of the strangers was a check
upon their conversation.

“Crawford,” said Meredith, when it was over, “have you
had that sofa taken into my room?”

“Yes, sir.”

“And the arm chair?”

“Yes, sir.”

“And the candles?”

“Yes, sir.”

“All right. Now, then, colonel, allons.

The name of colonel was Morton's college sobriquet.
Meredith led the way into a room which adjoined his bed
chamber, and which, under his direction, had assumed an air
of great comfort. Morton took possession of the sofa; his
friend of the arm chair.

“What's the word with you?” began the latter; “are
you bound for the Adirondacks, the Margalloway, or the
Penobscot?”

“To the Margalloway, I think. You mean to go with me,
I hope.”

-- 019 --

[figure description] Page 019.[end figure description]

“To the Margalloway, or the antipodes, or any place this
side of the North Pole.”

“Then, if you say so, we'll set off to-morrow.”

“Gently, colonel. One day's fishing here. We have six
weeks before us. What sort of thing is that that you are
smoking?”

“Try, and judge for yourself,” said Morton, handing his
cigar case. Meredith took a sample of its contents between
his fingers, and examined it with attention.

“I always thought you were a kind of heathen, and now
I know it. Where did you pick up that cigar?”

“Do you find it so very bad?”

“It would not poison a man, and perhaps might pass for a
little better than none at all. But nobody except a pagan
would touch it when any thing better could be had.”

“I forgot to bring any from town, and had to supply myself
on the way.”

“That goes to redeem your character. Fling those away,
or give them to the landlord; I have plenty of better ones.
But a pipe is the best thing at a place like this, and especially
at camp, in the woods.”

“So I have often heard you say.”

“Mine, though, made a sensation, not long ago.”

“How was that?”

“The whole brood of the Stubbs, bag and baggage, passed
here this afternoon.”

“Thank Heaven they did not stop.”

“They came in their private carriage. I nodded to Ben,
and touched my hat to Mrs. S. You should have seen their
faces. They thought there must be something out of joint

-- 020 --

[figure description] Page 020.[end figure description]

in the mechanism of the universe, when a person of their
acquaintance could be seen smoking a pipe at a tavern door,
like a bog-trotting Irishman.”

“You should have asked Ben to go with us.”

“It would be the worst martyrdom the poor devil ever
had to pass through. Ben seemed displeased with the scenery.
He says that the White Mountains are nothing to any
one who, like himself, has seen the Alps.”

“Pray when did Stubb see the Alps?”

“O, the whole family have seen the Alps, — the Alps,
Italy, the Rhine, the nobility and gentry, and every thing else
that Europe affords. They all swear by Europe, and hold
the soil of America dirt cheap. You can see with half an
eye what they are — an uncommonly bad imitation of an indifferent
model.”

“Let them pass for what they are worth. Have you come
armed and equipped — rifle, blanket, hatchet, and so forth?”

“Yes, and I have brought an oil cloth tent.”

“So much the better; it is more convenient than a birch
bark shanty.”

“I give you notice that I mean to take my ease in that
tent.”

“I hope you will.”

“One can be comfortable in the woods, as well as elsewhere.
Remember, colonel, that we are out for amusement,
and not after scalps. Last summer, you drove ahead, rain
or shine, through thickets, and swamps, and ponds, as if you
were on some errand of life and death. For this once, have
mercy on frail humanity, and moderate your ardor.”

Morton gave the pledge required. They passed the

-- 021 --

[figure description] Page 021.[end figure description]

evening in arranging the details of their journey, set forth and
spent three or four weeks in the forest between the settled
districts of Canada and Maine, poling their canoe up lonely
streams, meeting no human face, but smoking their pipes in
great contentment by their evening camp fire. They chased
a bear, and lost him in a windfall; killed two moose, six
deer, and trout without number; and underwent, with exemplary
patience, a martyrdom of midges, black flies, and mosquitoes.
And when, at last, they turned their faces homeward,
they wiled the way with plans of longer journeyings,—
more bear, more moose, more deer, more trout, more
midges, black flies, and mosquitoes.

-- 022 --

CHAPTER V.

Youth on the prow, and Pleasure at the helm;
Regardless of the sweeping whirlwind's sway,
That, hushed in grim repose, expects his evening prey.
Gray.

[figure description] Page 022.[end figure description]

It was a week before “class day,” — that eventful day
which was virtually to close the college career of Morton and
his contemporaries. The little janitor, commonly called
Paddy O'Flinn, was ringing the evening prayer bell from the
cupola of Harvard Hall, — its tone was dull and muffled,
some graceless sophomore having lately painted it white, inside
and out, — and the students were mustering at the
summons. The sedate and the gay, the tender freshman and
the venerable senior, the prosperous city beau and the awkward
country bumpkin, one and all were filing from their
respective quarters towards the chapel in University Hall.
The bell ceased; the loiterers quickened their steps; the last
belated freshman, with the dread of the proctor before his
eyes, bounded frantically up the steps; and for a brief space
all was silence and solitude. Then there was a murmuring,
rushing sound, as of a coming tempest, and University Hall
disgorged its contents, casting forth the freshmen and juniors
at one door, and the sophomores and seniors at the other.

Of these last was Morton, who, with three or four of his
class, walked across the college yard, towards the great

-- 023 --

[figure description] Page 023.[end figure description]

gateway. By his side was a young man named Rosny, carelessly
dressed, but with a lively, dare-devil face, and the look of a
good-natured game cock.

“I shall be sorry to leave this place,” said Morton; “I like
it. I like the elms, and the gravel walks, and the scurvy old
brick and mortar buildings.”

“Then I am not of your mind,” said Rosny; “gravel or
mud, brickbats or paving stones, they are the same to me, the
world over. Halloo, Wren,” to a mustachioed youth who
just then joined them; “we are bound to your room.”

“That's as it should be. But where are the rest?”

“Coming — all in good time; here's one of them.”

A dapper little person approached, with a shining beaver,
yellow kid gloves, a switch cane, and a very stiff but somewhat
dashing cravat, surmounted by a round and rubicund
face.

“Ah, Chester!” exclaimed Wren; “the very man we
were looking for. Come and take a glass of punch at my
room.”

“Punch, indeed!” replied Chester, whose face had changed
from a prim expression to one of great hilarity the moment
he saw his friends — “no, no, gentlemen, I renounce punch
and all its works. The pure unmixed, the pure juice of the
grape for me.”

“But, Chester,” urged Wren, “won't the pure mountain
dew be a sufficient inducement?”

“The good company will be a sufficient inducement,” said
Chester, waving his hand, — “the good company, gentlemen,—
and the good liquor. But what have we here? Meredith

-- 024 --

[figure description] Page 024.[end figure description]

and Vinal walking side by side. Good Heavens, what a conjunction!”

The objects of Chester's astonishment, on a flattering invitation
from Wren, joined the party, which, however, was
weakened by the temporary secession of Rosny, who, pleading
an errand in the village, left them with a promise to rejoin
them soon. His place was in a few moments more than
supplied by a new party of recruits, among whom was Stubb.
Arrived at Wren's room, the desk and other appliances of
study were banished from the table; bottles and glasses
usurped their place, and the company composed themselves
for conversation, most of them permitting their chairs to
stand quietly on all fours, though one or two, like heathen
Yankees from the backwoods, forced them to rear rampant on
the hind legs, the occupant's feet resting on the ledge over
the fireplace.

A few minutes passed, when a quick, firm step came up the
stairs, and Rosny entered.

“How are you again, Dick?” said Meredith.

“Good evening, Mr. Rosny,” echoed Stubb, who sat
alone on the window seat.

“Eh? what's that?” demanded Rosny, turning sharp
round upon the last speaker, with a face divided between indignation
and laughter.

“I said, `Good evening,'” replied Stubb, much disconcerted.

“And why didn't you say, `Good morning,' yesterday, eh?—
when I met you in Boston, eh? He gave me the cut direct,”
turning to the company. “Mr. Benjamin Stubb, here,

-- 025 --

[figure description] Page 025.[end figure description]

gave me the cut direct! It was the pepper-and-salt coat and
the thunder-and-lightning breeches that Stubb couldn't think
of bowing to when he was walking in — Street, with a
lady. Look here, Stubb,” — again facing the victim, —
“what do you take me for? and what the devil do you take
yourself for? I know your dirty family history. Your
grandfather was a bricklayer, and the Lord knows who your
great grandfather was. The best Huguenot blood of France
runs in my veins! My ancestors were fighting at Ivry and
Jarnac, while yours were peddling coal and potatoes about
London streets, or digging mud in a ditch, for any thing you
or I know to the contrary.” Stubb gasped. “Your father
has a crest painted on his carriage; but where did he get it?
Why, Cribb, the engraver, stole it for him out of the British
peerage.”

Stubb, who was weak and timorous, here rose in great confusion,
muttered something about conduct unbecoming to a
gentleman, and meaning to require an explanation, and abruptly
left the room.

“That job is finished,” said Rosny, composedly seating
himself. “His bill is settled for him.”

“But, Dick,” said Morton, who had been laughing in his
sleeve during the scene, “do you want to be considered as a
Frenchman or an American?”

“I'm an American,” answered Rosny — “an American
and a democrat, every inch.”

Rosny had adopted democratic principles and habits partly
out of spite against the class to which Stubb belonged, and
which he was pleased to designate as the “codfish

-- 026 --

[figure description] Page 026.[end figure description]

aristocracy,” and partly because he thought that he could thus most
effectually gain the ends of his impatient, hankering ambition.
His ancestor, the head of an eminent Huguenot race, had
been driven to America by the persecutions which followed
the revocation of the edict of Nantes. The family had lived
ever since in poverty and obscurity; yet this fiery young democrat
nourished an inordinate pride of birth, and never forgot
that he was descended from a line of warlike nobles.

“No, no,” said Rosny, as Morton pushed a glass towards
him, “drinking is against my rule — Well, as it's about the
last time,” — filling the glass, — “here's to you all.”

“The last time!” said Morton; “that's a dismal word.
If my next four years are as pleasant as these last have been,
I will never complain of them.”

“I tell you, boys,” said Meredith, who was tranquilly puffing
at his cigar, “the cream of our lives is skimmed already.
Rough and tumble, hurry and worry — that will be the story
with most of us, more or less, to the end of our days.”

“Rough and tumble!” exclaimed Rosny; “so much the
better. `Scots play best at the roughest game' — that's just
my case. Who wants to be always paddling about on smooth
water? Close reefed topsails, a gale astern, and breakers all
round — that's the game.”

“Every one to his taste,” said Chester, shrugging his
shoulders. “I suppose a salamander loves the fire, but I
don't. `The race of ambition' — `the unconquerable will'—
pshaw! Cui bono? One chases after his object, and
when he has got it, he turns from it, and chases another. I
profess the philosophy of Horace — enjoy the hour as it flies.

-- 027 --

[figure description] Page 027.[end figure description]

Ah! he was a model man, a man after my own heart, a gentleman
and a man of the world. He could drink his Falernian,
and thank the gods for their gifts.”

Rosny whispered in Morton's ear, “Chester ought to
have been born a century ago, among the John Bulls, up in
the cockloft of Brazen Nose College, or some such antediluvian
hole.”

In spite of these derogatory remarks, Chester, besides
being one of the best scholars in the class, was noted for a
social, jovial disposition, which, though, like Fluellen's valor,
a little out of fashion, made him a general favorite.

“Speaking of the next four years,” said Wren, “I wonder
what plans each of us has made for that time. For my part, I
have no plan at all, and should be glad to profit by the suggestions
of the rest. Come, Chester, what do you mean to do?”

“Expatiate,” said Chester, expanding his hands, and thereby
revealing an odd little antique ring which he wore; “take
mine ease, roaming, like the bee, from blossom to blossom.
I will leave the earnest men — bah! — the men with a mission—
to grub on in their vocation. I will renounce this
land of cotton mills and universal suffrage. First for Paris,
to walk the Boulevards, and go to the masked balls and the
opera; — vive la bagatelle! — then for Rome, to saunter
through the Vatican and the picture galleries, — but not to
moralize with a long face over fallen grandeur, and the mutability
of human affairs. No, no, gentlemen, I belong to another
school of philosophy. I will sit among the ruins of the
Forum, and laugh, like Democritus, at the image of Death.
Then I will recreate myself at Capri, like the Cæsars before

-- 028 --

[figure description] Page 028.[end figure description]

me; then enjoy the dolce far niente at Florence, and read the
Tuscan poets in the shades of Vallombrosa.”

“But, Chester,” interposed Wren, “don't you ever mean
to marry and settle down?”

“I object to that phrase, `settle down.' It calls up disagreeable
images. It reminds one of the backwoods, log cabins,
men in shirt sleeves, and piles of pine boards and lumber.
Yes, certainly, I mean to marry. What man of taste would
leave matrimony out of his scheme of life? One likes to
gather his treasures round him, his pictures, his vases, and
statues; and how can he adorn his rooms with an ornament
more exquisite — where can he find a piece of furniture more
charmingly moulded — than a beautiful woman?”

This flourish, between jest and earnest, he pronounced
with a graceful wave of his hand.

“If, when you have married your beautiful woman,” said
Morton, “you find you have caught a Tartar, it will serve you
right.”

“Hear him,” said Chester; “hear the barbarian. He will
always be conjuring up some image of disquiet. `Rest, rest,
perturbed spirit.'”

“He could not rest, if he tried,” said Horace Vinal.

“No, he is one of those unfortunates who lie under a sentence
of endless activity. It is a disease, with which men
are afflicted for the sins of their ancestors; and for the sins
of mine I was born among a whole nation of such. Perpetual
motion, bustle and whirl, — I grow dizzy to think of it.
They cannot rest themselves, and will not let any one else
rest. Always pursuing, always doing, never enjoying. A

-- 029 --

[figure description] Page 029.[end figure description]

true American cannot enjoy. He would build a steam saw
mill in Arcadia, and dam up the four rivers of Paradise for
cotton factories.”

“But, Chester,” said Wren, “that is not at all like Morton;
you know he hates utilitarianism.”

“Yes, but still he cannot rest. He would not build saw
mills and dams; but he would be sure to fire his rifle at some
of Adam's live stock, and set all Eden by the ears. Come,
Morton, I have told the company my plans. Let us hear
what yours are.”

“My guardian wishes me to enter the law school.”

“You are twenty-one now,” said Vinal, “and can do as
you please.”

Vinal was a very tall and slender young man, with a
strongly marked face, though thin and pale; a grave, thoughtful
eye, and compressed lips, expressing a kind of nervous
self-control. His dress was very elaborate and scrupulous,
though without the smallest trace of foppery. He was less
popular in the class than Morton, but had the reputation of
greater talents. This he owed, perhaps, to his habitual reserve;
for every one thought that he understood Morton
thoroughly, while few pretended to fathom the silent and self-contained
Vinal.

“I should like well enough to study law,” was Morton's
non-committal answer.

“I thought, Morton, that you were more of a philosopher.
Here you are, a young fellow, full of blood, and worth half
a million, and yet you speak of buckling down to the law.
That is all well enough for poor dogs like me, who go into

-- 030 --

[figure description] Page 030.[end figure description]

the mill from necessity. We drudge on for twenty years or
more, till we have scraped together a competency, or something
better, perhaps, and then we find that we have forgotten
how to enjoy it. We have grown so used to harness
that we are good for nothing out of it, and sacrifice body and
soul to our profession. You have reached already the point
that we are straining for. The world is all before you, man;
launch out and enjoy yourself.”

“Didn't you just say,” asked Rosny, “that Morton couldn't
rest, if he tried?”

“I said he could not rest, but I did not say he could not
enjoy himself. Look at him: his cheek is ruddier and
browner than any of us. Nobody would believe that a fellow
like that was not made to enjoy life. I know Morton. He
could roam from blossom to blossom, as Chester says, with as
good a will as any body. He has an eye for the fair sex, correct
as he is at present. He knows a pretty face from a plain
one. The devil will catch him yet with a black eye and a
rosy cheek.”

“Then,” said Morton, “he will show his good opinion of
my taste.”

Rosny, who had his own reasons for disliking Vinal, here
broke in without ceremony, —

“Be gad, Vinal, he will bait his hook differently when he
fishes for you.”

“How will that be, Dick?” said Meredith.

“With a five dollar bank note, and a lying puff in a newspaper;
and Vinal will jump at it like a mackerel at a red rag.”

Vinal laughed, but with a bad grace.

-- 031 --

[figure description] Page 031.[end figure description]

“Riches and fame!” said Chester, anxious to smooth
away all traces of irritation — “riches and fame! I call those
legitimate objects of pursuit; and the black eye is positively
praiseworthy. Come, Morton, let us hear your plan. You
have not told it yet.”

“I defer to Rosny — he is my senior. Dick, some ten or
twelve years from this, I suppose I shall vote against you for
the presidency.”

“Thank you. By that time you will have no whig party
left to vote with. The democrats will have it all their own
way.”

“I have often wondered what could have induced a driving
man of the world like you to come to college at all. You
have been here more than a year; and in the same time,
with your previous knowledge, you might have learned as
much any where else at half the cost. You are not the fellow
to regard a degree of A. M. with superstitious veneration.”

“You are right there, colonel. I am of no kith nor kin to
some of your New England old fogies, who would give their
souls for a D. D. or an LL. D. — and get it, too, though
they know no more Greek or Hebrew than I know of Choctaw,
and can barely manage to stumble along through the
Latin Testament. What's a piece of sheep's skin to me?
Humbug is the current coin all the world over, and just
as much in this free and enlightened country as any where
else. I have schemes on foot, — not political, — no matter
what they are, — out in the western country; and I happen
to know that a degree from Harvard University is the

-- 032 --

[figure description] Page 032.[end figure description]

medicine that suits my case; with that for my credentials, I shall
carry it over all competitors. Yes, boys, gammon is the
word; and the man who would rise in the world must use
the stepping stones.”

“You're a victim of the national disease, Rosny,” said
Chester. “Rising in the world! — that's the idea that ruins
us. It's that that makes us lean, starveling, nervous, restless,
dyspeptic, hypochondriac, — the most prosperous and
most uncomfortable people on earth. Sit down, man, and
take your ease. What garden will thrive if every plant in it
must be dug up every day, and set out in a better place?”

“Ah, that's good doctrine for you. You have got nothing
to gain, and a good deal to lose. Stand up for the status quo,
old boy; I would, in your place. Look at me, though. I
was cut adrift at fourteen, — parents dead, — not a cent in
my pocket, — and since then I have tumbled along through
the world as I could. You can't kill me. I have more lives
than a cat. I have been thrown on my back a dozen times;
but the harder I was flung down, the higher I bounced up
again. Why, I have known the time when I was glad to
earn a shilling by shovelling snow off a sidewalk. I have
tried my hand at every thing, — printer's work, lecturing,
politics, editing, keeping school, — and do you suppose I
shall be content to rest in the mud all my days? Not a bit
of it. I know my cue better. The time will come when
you'll see me shooting up like a rocket.”

Here a broad glare against the window interrupted him,
and, looking out, his auditors saw a bonfire blazing with peculiar
splendor under the windows of the chamber where the

-- 033 --

[figure description] Page 033.[end figure description]

Faculty were at that moment in solemn session. Three proctors
and a tutor were hastening towards the scene of outrage,
when a stentorian voice from the adjacent darkness roared
forth a warning that there was a canister of gunpowder in
the fire expected every moment to explode. The prudent
officers therefore kept their distance, busying themselves with
noting down the names of several innocent spectators, while
the bonfire subsided to a natural death, the gunpowder hoax
having perfectly succeeded.

Mr. Wren's guests resumed their seats, mingling with
graver matters the usual badinage of a college gathering;
and when at length they separated, only a lonely light or two
glimmered from among the many windows of the academic
barracks which overlook the college green.

-- 034 --

CHAPTER VI.

As if with Heaven a bargain they had made
To practise goodness — and to be well paid,
They, too, devoutly as their fathers did,
Sin, sack, and sugar, equally forbid;
Holding each hour unpardonably spent
That on the leger leaves no monument.
Parsons.

[figure description] Page 034.[end figure description]

Mr. Erastus Flintlock sat at his counting room, in his
old leather-bottomed arm chair. Vassall Morton, his newly
emancipated ward, just twenty-one, stood before him, the
undisputed master of his father's ample wealth.

“What, no profession, Mr. Morton? None whatever, sir?”

“No, sir, none whatever.”

The old man's leathery countenance expressed mingled
wrath and concern.

Flintlock was a stanch old New Englander, boasting himself
a true descendant of the Puritans, whose religious tenets
he inherited, along with most of their faults, and not a few
of their virtues. He was narrow as a vinegar cruet, and just
in all his dealings. There were three subjects on which he
could converse with more or less intelligence — politics, theology,
and business. Beyond these, he knew nothing; and
except American history and practical science, he had an indistinct
idea that any thing more came of evil. He distrusted
a foreigner, and abhorred a Roman Catholic. All poetry, but

-- 035 --

[figure description] Page 035.[end figure description]

Milton and the hymn book, was an abomination in his eyes;
and he looked upon fiction as an emanation of the devil. To
the list of the cardinal virtues he added another, namely,
attention to business. In his early days, he had come from
his native Connecticut with letters to Morton's father, who,
seeing his value, took him as a clerk, placed unbounded trust
in him, and at last made him his partner. He was a youth
of slow parts, solid judgment, solemn countenance, steady
habits, and a most unpliable conscience. He had no follies,
allowed himself no indulgences, and could enjoy no other
pleasures than business and church-going. He attended service
morning, afternoon, and evening, and never smiled on
Sundays. His old age was as upright and stiff-necked as
might have been augured from such a youth. He thought
the rising generation were in a very bad way, and once gave
his son a scorching lecture on vanity and arrogance, because
the latter, who had been two years at college, very modestly
begged to be excused from carrying a roll of sample cotton, a
yard and a half long, from his father's store at one end of the
town, to the shop of a retail dealer at the other.

“What, no profession, Mr. Morton?”

“None whatever, sir.”

Morton was prepared for the consequence of these fatal
words, and sought to arm himself with the needful patience.
It would be folly, he knew, to debate the point with his
guardian, who was tough and unmanageable as a hickory
stump; who would never see any side of a question but his
own, and on whose impervious brain reasons fell like rain
drops on a tarpauline. Flintlock, therefore, opened fire

-- 036 --

[figure description] Page 036.[end figure description]

unanswered, and discoursed for a full hour on duty, propriety, and
a due respect for what he called the general sense of the
community, which, as he assured his auditor, demands that
every one should have some fixed and stated calling, by which
he may be recognized as a worthy and useful member of society.
Sometimes he grew angry, and scolded his ward with
great vehemence; then subsided into a pathetic strain, and
exhorted him, for the sake of his excellent father, not to grow
old in idleness and frivolity. Morton, respectful, but obdurate,
heard him to an end, assured him that, though renouncing
commerce and the professions, his life would by no
means be an idle one, thanked him for his care of his property,
and took his leave; while the old merchant sank back
into his chair, and groaned dismally, because the son of his
respected patron was on the road to perdition.

A moment's retrogression will explain the young man's
recusancy.

On a May evening, some two months before the close of
his college career, Morton sat in lonely meditation on a
wooden bench, by the classic border of Fresh Pond. By
every canon of polite fiction, his meditation ought to have
been engrossed by some object of romantic devotion; but in
truth they were of a nature wholly mundane and sublunary.

He had been much exercised of late upon the choice of a
career for his future life. He liked none of the professions
for itself, and had no need to embrace it for support. He
loved action, and loved study; was ambitious and fond of
applause. He had, moreover, enough of the American in his
composition never to be happy except when in pursuit of

-- 037 --

[figure description] Page 037.[end figure description]

something; together with a disposition not very rare among
young men in New England, though seldom there, or elsewhere,
joined to his abounding health and youthful spirits —
a tendency to live for the future, and look at acts and things
with an eye to their final issues.

Thierry's Norman Conquest had fallen into his hands soon
after he entered college. The whole delighted him; but he
read and re-read the opening chapters, which exhibit the
movements of the various races in their occupancy of the
west of Europe. This first gave him an impulse towards
ethnological inquiries. He soon began to find an absorbing
interest in tracing the distinctions, moral, intellectual, and
physical, of different races, as shown in their history, their
mythologies, their languages, their legends, their primitive
art, literature, and way of life. The idea grew upon him of
devoting his life to such studies.

Seated on the wooden bench at the edge of Fresh Pond,
he revolved, for the hundredth time, his proposed scheme, and
summed up what he regarded as its manifold advantages. It
would enable him to indulge his passion for travel, lead him
over rocks, deserts, and mountains, conduct him to Tartar
tents and Cossack hovels, make him intimate with the most
savage and disgusting of barbarians; in short, give full swing
to his favorite propensities, and call into life all his energies
of body and mind. In view of this prospect, he clinched his
long-cherished purpose, devoting himself to ethnology for the
rest of his days.

He had a youthful way of thinking that any resolution
deliberately adopted by him must needs be final and

-- 038 --

[figure description] Page 038.[end figure description]

conclusive, and was fully convinced that his present determination
was a species of destiny, involving one of three results — that
he should meet an early death, which he thought very likely;
that he should be wholly disabled by illness, which he thought
scarcely possible; or that, in the fulness of time, say twenty
or twenty-five years, his labors would have issue in some prodigious
work, redounding to his own honor and the unspeakable
profit of science.

-- 039 --

CHAPTER VII.

'Tis a dull thing to travel like a mill horse,
Still in the place he was born in, round and blinded.
Beaumont and Fletcher.

[figure description] Page 039.[end figure description]

A novel-maker may claim a privilege which his betters
must forego. So, in the teeth of dramatic unities, let the
story leap a chasm of some two years.

Not that the void was a void to Morton. His nature
spurred him into perpetual action; but his wanderings were
over at length; and he and Meredith sat under the porch
of Morton's house, a few miles from town. The features of
the latter were swarthy from exposures, while those of his
friend were somewhat pale, and had the expression of one
insufferably bored.

“Colonel, you are the luckiest fellow I know. Here you
have been following the backbone of the continent from Darien
to the head of the Missouri, mixing yourself up with
Spaniards and Aztecs, poking sticks into the crater of Popocatapetl,
and living hand and glove with Blackfeet and Assinnaboins,
while I have been doing penance among bonds and
mortgages, and title deeds and leases. My father has thrown
up responsibility and gone to Europe — and so has every
body else — and left all on my shoulders.”

“Your time will come.”

-- 040 --

[figure description] Page 040.[end figure description]

“I hope so.”

“But what news is there?”

“Nothing.”

“What, nothing since I went away?”

“The old story. You know it as well as I. Now and
then, a new engagement came out. Mrs. A. approved it, and
Mrs. B. didn't; and then characters were discussed on both
sides. Something has been said of the balls, the opera, and
what not; with the usual talk about the wickedness of the
democrats and the fanaticism of the abolitionists.”

“You appear to have led a gay life.”

“Very! — we need a war, an invasion, — something of the
sort. It would put life into us, and rid us of a great deal of
nonsense. You were born with a stimulus in yourself, and
can stand this stagnant sort of existence; but I need something
more lively.”

“Then go with me on my next journey.”

“Are you thinking of another already? Rest in peace,
and thank Heaven that you have come home in a whole skin.”

“I have done the North American continent; but there
are four more left, not to mention the islands.”

“And you mean to see them all?”

“Certainly.”

“Your science is a convenient hobby. It carries you wherever
you fancy to go.”

“You could not do better than go with me.”

“I know it; but, if wishes were horses — I am training
Dick to take my place. I am a model elder brother to
that youngster in the way of cultivating his mind and morals;

-- 041 --

[figure description] Page 041.[end figure description]

and when I have him up to the mark, I shall gain a year's
furlough for my pains. But when is your next journey to
begin — next week?”

“No, I mean to pin myself down here, and dig like a mole,
for the next ten months, at least.”

“If I had not had ocular proof of what a determined dig
you can be, I should set down your studies as mere humbug.”

“But I wish to hear the news.”

“I would tell it willingly, if I knew any.”

“Have the Primroses come home from Europe yet?”

“Yes.”

“And the Everills?”

“I believe not.”

“Nor the Leslies, I suppose.”

“For a reasonably sensible and straightforward fellow, you
have a queer way of making inquiries. You question like a
lady's letter, with the pith in the postscript. You ask after the
Primroses and the Everills, a stupid, priggish set, for whom
you care nothing, as earnestly as if you were in love with
them, and then grow indifferent when you come to the Leslies,
whom you like.”

“Did I?” said Morton, in some discomposure; “I ask
their pardon. Have they come home?”

“Not yet, but I believe they mean to come as soon as they
have staid their year out.”

“And that will be very soon — early in the spring, or
sooner.”

“Now I think of it, I made the acquaintance, a few

-- 042 --

[figure description] Page 042.[end figure description]

evenings ago, of a person who, I believe, is a relation or connection
of yours — Miss Fanny Euston.”

“O, yes, she is my third, fourth, or fifth cousin, or something
of that sort; but I have not seen her since she was ten
years old. She was a great romp, then, and very plain.”

“That last failing is cured. She has grown very handsome.”

“The first failing ought to be cured, too, by this time.”

“I am not so clear on that point. She is a girl with an
abundance of education, and a good deal of a certain kind of
accomplishment — music, and so on — but no breeding at all.
If she had had the training of good society, she would have
been one of a thousand. As it is she cares for nobody, and
does and says whatever comes into her mind, without the
least regard to consequences or appearances.”

“Does she affect naturalness, independence, and all that?”

“No, she affects nothing. The material is admirable. It
only needs to be refined, polished, and toned down. It's unlucky,
colonel, but in this world every thing worth having is
broken in pieces and mixed with something that one doesn't
want. It's an even balance, good and bad; there's no use in
going off into raptures about any thing. One thing is certain,
though; this cousin of yours has character enough to
supply material for a dozen Miss Primroses, without any visible
diminution.”

“I should like to see her. I'll go to-morrow.”

“You'd better. But now tell me something more about
your journey.”

And, in reply to his friend's questions, Morton proceeded
to relate such incidents as had befallen him.

-- 043 --

CHAPTER VIII.

Beauty is a witch
Against whose charms faith melteth into blood.
D. Pedro.

— If thou wilt hold longer argument,
Do it in notes.
Benedick.

— Now, divine air, now is his soul ravished.
Much Ado about Nothing.

[figure description] Page 043.[end figure description]

Morton visited his cousin, Miss Fanny Euston, a guest,
for a few days, at a friend's house in town. By good fortune,
as he thought it, he found her alone; and, as he conversed
with her, he employed himself — after a practice usual with
him — in studying her character, and making internal comments
upon it. These insidious reflections, condensed into a
paragraph, would have been somewhat as follows: —

“A fine figure, and a very handsome face; but there is a
lurking devil in her eye, and about the corners of her mouth.”
Here some ten minutes of animated dialogue ensued before
his observations had shaped themselves into further results.
“She is exceedingly clever; she knows how to think and act
for herself. I should not like to cross her will. There is fire
enough in her to make a hundred women interesting. She is
none of our frosty New England beauties. She could love a
man to the death, and hate him as well. She could be a
heroine or a tigress. Every thing about her is wild and chaotic,
the unformed elements of a superb woman.”

-- 044 --

[figure description] Page 044.[end figure description]

Here, the conversation having lasted a half hour or more,
his imagination began to disturb the deductions of his philosophy,
and he was no longer in a mood of just psychological
analysis, when, to his vexation, his cousin's hostess, Miss
Jones, entering, brought his tête-à-tête to a close. She displayed
a marvellous fluency of discourse, and was eloquent
upon books, parties, paintings, and the opera.

“I need not ask you, Mr. Morton, if you have seen Tennyson's
new poem.”

“Yes — at the bookseller's.”

“But surely you have read it.”

“No, I am behind the age.”

“Then thank Heaven for it,” exclaimed his unceremonious
cousin; “for of all insipidity, and affectation, and fine-spun,
wire-drawn trash, Tennyson carries away the palm. Every
body reads him because he is the fashion, and every body
admires him because he is the fashion. But he is a bubble,
a film, a gossamer; there's nothing in him.”

This explosion called forth a protest from the poet's admirer.

“May I ask,” said Morton to his cousin, “who are your
literary favorites?”

“Not the latter-day poets — the Tennysonian school;
their puling mannerism is an insult to the Saxon tongue.”

“But,” urged Miss Jones, “you are not quite reasonable.”

“Of course I am not. It's not a woman's province to be
reasonable.”

“Do you subscribe to these poetical heresies, Mr. Morton?”

“On the contrary, I think that Tennyson has often great
beauties.”

-- 045 --

[figure description] Page 045.[end figure description]

“If he sometimes wrote like an angel,” pursued Fanny
Euston, “I should find no patience to see it in a man who
could put upon paper such parrot rhymes as these: —


`Not a whit of thy tuwhoo,
Thee to woo to thy tuwhit,
Thee to woo to thy tuwhit,
With a lengthened loud halloo,
Tuwhoo, tuwhit, tuwhit, tuwhoo-o-o!'
Bah! it puts one in a passion to hear such twaddle.”

“I see,” said her friend, “that nothing less than your own
music will calm your indignation. Pray let us hear the ballad
which you set to music this morning.”

“I will sing, if you wish it; but not that ballad.”

And she seated herself before the open piano.

“What do you choose, Mr. Morton?”

“The Marseillaise. That, I think, is in your vein.”

“Ah! you can choose well!”

And, running her fingers over the keys, she launched at
once into the warlike strains of the hymn of revolution. Her
voice and execution were admirable; and though by no means
unconscious that she was producing an effect, she sang with
a fire, energy, and seeming recklessness that thrilled like
lightning through her auditor's veins. He rose involuntarily
from his seat. For that evening his study of character
was ended, and philosophy dislodged from her last
stronghold.

Half an hour later he was riding homeward in a mood
quite novel to his experience. He pushed his horse to a keen

-- 046 --

[figure description] Page 046.[end figure description]

trot, as if by fierceness of motion to keep pace with the fiery
influence that was kindling all his nerves.

“I have had my fancies before this,” he thought, — “in
fact I have almost been in love; but that feeling was no more
like this than a draught from a clear spring is like a draught
of spiced wine.”

That night he fully expected to be haunted by a vision of
Fanny Euston; but his slumbers were unromantically dreamless.

Three days later, he ventured another visit; but his cousin
had returned to her home in the country. By this time
he was conscious of a great abatement of ardor; and his
equanimity was little moved by the disappointment. In a
week he had learned to look back on his transient emotion
as an effervescence of the moment, and to regard his relative
with no slight interest, indeed, yet by no means in a light
which could blind him to her glaring faults. He summoned
up all that he could recall of herself and her family, and
chiefly of her father, whom he remembered in his boyhood as
a rough, athletic man, whose black and bushy eyebrows were
usually contracted into something which seemed like a frown.
These boyish recollections were far from doing Euston justice.
He was a man of masculine and determined character. His
will was strong, his passions violent; he was full of prejudices,
and when thwarted or contradicted, his rage was formidable.
His honor was unquestioned; he was most bluntly
and unmanageably honest. Yet through the rock and iron
of his character, there ran, known to but few, a delicate vein
of poetic feeling. The music of his daughter, or the verses

-- 047 --

[figure description] Page 047.[end figure description]

of his favorite Burns, could often bring tears to his stern gray
eyes. For his wife, whom he had married in a fit of pique
and disappointment, when little more than a boy, he cared
nothing; but his fondness for his daughter was unbounded.
He alone could control her; for she loved him ardently, and
he was the only living thing of which she stood in awe.

-- 048 --

CHAPTER IX.

Elle ne manque jamais de saisir promptement
L'apparente lueur du moindre attachement,
D'en semer la nouvelle avec beaucoup de joie, —
Le Tartufe.

[figure description] Page 048.[end figure description]

Among Morton's acquaintance was a certain Miss Blanche
Blondel. They had been schoolmates when children; and
as, at a later date, Miss Blanche had been fond of making
long visits to a friend in Cambridge, during term time, Morton,
in common with many others, had a college acquaintance
with her, so that they were now on a footing of easy intercourse.
Not that he liked her. On the contrary, she had
inspired him with a very emphatic aversion; but being rather
a skirmisher on the outposts of society, than enrolled in the
main battalion, she was anxious to make the most of the acquaintance
she had. She had the eyes of an Argus, and was
as sly, smooth, watchful, and rusée as a tortoise shell cat;
wonderfully dexterous at finding or making gossip, and unwearied
in sowing it, broadcast, to the right and left.

One evening Morton was at a ball, crowded to the verge
of suffocation. At length he found himself in a corner from
which there was no retreat, while the stately proportions
of Mrs. Frederic Goldenberg barred his onward progress.
But when that distinguished lady chanced to move aside, she

-- 049 --

[figure description] Page 049.[end figure description]

revealed the countenance of Miss Blondel, beaming on him
like the moon after an eclipse. She nodded and smiled.
There was no escape. Morton smiled hypocritically, and
said, “Good evening.” Blanche, as usual, was eager for conversation,
and, after a few commonplaces, she said, turning up
her eyes at him with an arch expression, —

“I have a piece of news to tell you, Mr. Morton.”

“Ah!” replied Morton, expecting something disagreeable.

“A piece of news that you will be charmed to hear.”

“Indeed.”

“Why, how cold you are! And I know that, in your
heart, you are burning to hear it.”

“If you think so, you are determined to give my patience
a hard schooling.”

“Well, I will not tantalize you any more. Miss Edith
Leslie sailed from Liverpool for home last Wednesday.”

“Ah!”

“How cold you are again! Are you not glad to
hear it?”

“Certainly — all her friends will be glad to hear it.”

“Upon my word, Mr. Morton, you are worse and worse.
When a gentleman dances twice with a young lady on class
day, and twice at Mrs. Fanfaron's ball, and joins her in the
street besides, has she not a right to feel hurt when he hears
with such profound indifference of her coming home after a
year's absence?”

Morton could hardly restrain the extremity of his distaste
and impatience.

“Miss Leslie, I imagine, would spend very little thought

-- 050 --

[figure description] Page 050.[end figure description]

upon the matter.” And he hastened, first to change the conversation,
and then to close it altogether.

Having escaped from his fair informant, he remained divided
between pleasure at the tidings, and annoyance at the
manner in which they had been told.

In a few days Miss Leslie arrived. Her beauty had matured
during her absence. She was conspicuously and brilliantly
handsome, and was admired accordingly, — a fact which,
though she could not but be conscious of it, seemed to affect
her very little. Morton found her but slightly changed, with
the same polished and quiet frankness, the same lively conversation,
not without a tinge of sarcasm, and the same enthusiasm
of character, betraying itself by an earnestness of manner,
and never by any extravagance of expression. He had
many opportunities of seeing her, Miss Blanche Blondel
being but rarely present, and, in his growing admiration of
her, the charms of his unbridled cousin faded more and more
from his memory.

-- 051 --

CHAPTER X.

For three whole days you thus may rest
From office business, news, and strife.
Pope.

[figure description] Page 051.[end figure description]

When the summer heats set in, Meredith, one evening,
drove to Morton's house, and, arrayed in linen and grasscloth,
smoked his cigar under his friend's veranda with as
much contentment as the thermometer at ninety would permit.
The window at his side was that of the room which
Morton used as his study, and the table was covered with
books.

“Colonel,” said Meredith, “what a painstaking fellow you
are! Ever since you left college — except when you were off
on that journey, which was one of the most rational things
you ever did in your life — you have been digging here
among your books, as if you were some half-starved law student,
with a prospect of matrimony.”

“I've done digging for the present. It's against my principles
to work much in July and August.”

“What do you mean to do?”

“Set out on a journey.”

“I suppose so. You are a lucky fellow.”

“Give yourself a vacation, and come with me.”

“No, I'm in for it for the next two months; but I will
have my revenge before long.”

-- 052 --

[figure description] Page 052.[end figure description]

“Three days from your office will never ruin you or your
family. Come with me to New Baden, if you can't do better.”

“I think I can manage that, — and I will.”

Accordingly, on Monday morning, they took the train
thitherward.

-- 053 --

CHAPTER XI.

The company is `mixed,' (the phrase I quote is
As much as saying, they're below your notice.)
Byron.

[figure description] Page 053.[end figure description]

On reaching New Baden, towards night, they learned that
there was to be a dance that evening, in the hall.

“The deuse!” ejaculated Meredith, as they entered; “have
we come all this distance to find old faces again at New Baden?
Look at that corner.”

Morton looked, and beheld a solemn group taking no part
in the amusements, but scrutinizing the scene with the air of
superior beings. He recognized the familiar countenance of
Mrs. Primrose, with her daughter, Miss Constance Primrose,
and her daughter's friend, Miss Wallflower. There, too, was
Mr. Benjamin Stubb, Morton's classmate, and Miss Primrose's
reputed admirer, with several other kindred spirits.
Stubb was a tall and very slender young man, with a grave
and pallid visage, and an uncompromising rigidity of cravat.
Though his brain was unfurnished, his morals were reasonably
good, and he went regularly to church, believing that there
was, he could not tell how, an inseparable connection between
good society and the ritual of the English church. He
prided himself on his gentlemanly deportment, and regarded
a lady as a being who is under no circumstances to be

-- 054 --

[figure description] Page 054.[end figure description]

approached, except through the medium of certain prescribed
forms and ceremonies. He seldom noticed those whom he
thought his inferiors, and was very formal and exact towards
the select few whom he acknowledged as his equals. As to
superiors, he confessed none, except in the highest ranks of
the English aristocracy, upon whom he looked with great
reverence. He thought that there was no really good society
in America, except the society of Boston, of which he regarded
himself and his connections as the crême de la crême.
He cherished a just hereditary scorn of upstarts and parvenus;
for already nearly half a century had expired since
the Stubbs began to rise on golden wings from their native
mud. Nor was this their only claim to ancestral eminence;
since a judicious investment of a little surplus income at the
College of Heralds had revealed the gratifying truth that the
Stubbs of Boston were lineal descendants of King Arthur.

Mrs. Primrose was a very benevolent and estimable person,
who knew nothing of the world beyond her own circle, and
looked with dire reprehension on any deviation from the standard
of morals and manners which she had been accustomed
to regard as the correct and proper one. Miss Constance
Primrose realized Stubb's most exalted ideal of a young lady.
She was very pretty, but with a face cold and unchanging as
marble. She carried an unquestionable air of good, not to
say of high breeding; having in this point an advantage over
her mother, whose style savored a little of the simplicity of
her early surroundings. The material, indeed, was very slender;
but it had received a creditable polish; and though she
had nothing to say, she said it with an undeniable grace.

-- 055 --

[figure description] Page 055.[end figure description]

Morton and Meredith paid their compliments to the group,
the former hastening to mingle with the crowd again, while
Meredith remained to exchange a few words with the pretty,
modest, and too-much-neglected Miss Wallflower.

“Upon my word, Mr. Meredith,” said Mrs. Primrose,
“Mr. Morton has found a singular pair of acquaintances.”

“O, yes,” said Meredith; “those are particular friends of
his.”

“Very singular!” murmured Mrs. Primrose.

Morton was walking slowly up the hall, conversing with an
odd-looking couple — a heavy, thick set man, in the fantastic
finery of a Broadway swell, and a woman of five feet ten,
thin and gaunt, with a yellow complexion, and a pair of fierce,
glittering eyes, like an Indian squaw in ill humor. She was
gorgeous in silk, brocade, and diamonds, and her huge,
gloveless, bony fingers sparkled with jewelry. Her husband,
on his part, displayed a mighty breastpin, in the shape of a
war horse rampant, in diamond frostwork.

“Mr. Meredith,” murmured the horrified Mrs. Primrose,
“pray who are those persons?”

“Aborigines from Red River. Mr. and Mrs. Major Orson,
of Natchitoches. He is a speculator, I believe, of more
wealth than reputation.”

“And are they friends of Mr. Morton?”

“O, Morton is a student of humanity. He met them at
the tea table, and thinks them remarkable specimens of natural
history.”

Mrs. Primrose did not hear this explanation. The trio had
now approached within a few yards; and her whole attention

-- 056 --

[figure description] Page 056.[end figure description]

was absorbed in listening to the high, penetrating voice of
the female ogre.

“There's one great and glorious thing about Natchitoches,”
remarked Mrs. Orson.

“What's that?” asked Morton.

“You can get every thing there to eat that heart can wish.”

“That's a fact,” said the major; “there ain't no discount
on that.”

“Game, and fish, and fruit, and vegetables,” pursued the
lady; “any thing and every thing. The north can't compete
with if, I tell you. There's the pompano! O, my! Did
you ever eat a pompano?”

“Never.”

“Then you have got something to look forward to. That's
a fish that is a fish. Why, sir, you can begin at the tail, and
eat him clean away to the head, and the bones is just like
marrow! It makes my mouth water to think of it!”

“O, hush!” cried the major, with sympathetic emotion.

“And then the fruit! Think of the peaches! They beat
your nasty little northern peaches all holler!”

“Yes,” added the major, and to have your own boys to
shin up the tree and throw 'em down to you; and to sit under
the shade all the afternoon eating 'em; — that's the way
to live!”

“It's all the little niggers is good for, just to pick fruit.”

“Troublesome animals, I should think,” observed Morton.

“Well, they be; and the growed-up niggers ain't much
better. To think of that girl, Cynthy, major. My! wasn't
she one of 'em! The major is, out of all account, too tender

-- 057 --

[figure description] Page 057.[end figure description]

to his niggers, and if it warn't for me, they wouldn't get a
speck of justice done. Why, what are all those folks moving
for? My! supper's ready. I'll go in with this gentleman,
major, and you may foller with any pretty gal that you can
get to come with you. I ain't a jealous woman” — turning
to Morton — “I let the major do pretty much what he
pleases.”

Mrs. Primrose drew a deep breath. “There must be” —
thus she communed with herself — “something essentially
vulgar in the mind of that young man, if he can neglect a
cultivated and refined young lady like Constance, and at the
same time find pleasure in the conversation of a person like
that.” And she considered within herself whether it would
not be best to warn Constance not to encourage any advances
which he might in future make. On second thoughts, reflecting
that his position was unquestionable, his wealth great,
and that she had never heard any thing against his morals,
she determined to suspend all action for the present, keeping
a close watch, meanwhile, on his behavior.

While Morton was thus brought to the bar in the matronly
breast of Mrs. Primrose, while the jury were bringing in a
verdict of guilty, joined to a recommendation to mercy, the
unconscious young man was leading his companion to the
supper room; where, furnishing her with a huge plate of
oysters, he left her in perfect contentment.

Not long after, he encountered Meredith.

“How do you like your friend in the diamonds?”

“She's a superb specimen; about as civilized, with all her
jewelry, as a Pawnee squaw. She has a vein of womanhood,

-- 058 --

[figure description] Page 058.[end figure description]

though. I saw her, in the tea room, fondle a kitten whose
foot had been trodden upon, as tenderly as if it had been a
child.”

“If you had not been so busy with her, you would have
met a person much better worth your time.”

“Who's that?”

“Miss Fanny Euston.”

“Do you mean that she is here?”

“She was here, — in that room adjoining. But she has
gone; you'll see nothing of her to-night.”

“Will not her being here induce you to stay?”

The question, as he spoke it, had a sound of frankness;
but the shameful truth must be confessed, that, in spite of his
friendship for Meredith, and his admiration of Miss Leslie, he
was a little jealous of his friend.

“No,” replied Meredith, “it's out of the question. I must
be off the day after to-morrow. By the way, you never told
me how you liked Miss Euston.”

“A rough diamond, needing nothing but to be cut, polished,
and set!”

“It's too late, I think, for that. The polishing should have
begun before eighteen. She is quite unformed, and quite
unconscious of being so. I'll leave you here to fall in love
with her, if you like; but if you do, colonel, you'll be a good
deal younger than I take you for.”

There was something in his friend's tone which led Morton
half to suspect the truth. Meredith had himself a penchant
for Miss Fanny Euston, held in abeyance by a very lively perception
of her faults.

-- 059 --

CHAPTER XII.

[figure description] Page 059.[end figure description]

Will you woo this wildcat?

Katharine and Petruchio.

Meredith went away, as he had proposed, leaving Morton
at New Baden. The latter soon came to the opinion that
he had never yet found so interesting a subject of psychological
observation as that afforded him in the person of his
relative, Miss Euston. She seemed to him the most wayward
of mortals; yet in the midst of this lawlessness, generous
instincts were constantly betraying themselves, and a certain
native grace, a charm of womanhood, followed her wildest
caprices. She often gave great offence by her brusqueries;
yet those who best knew her were commonly her ardent
friends.

Mrs. Primrose looked upon her with her most profound
and unqualified disapprobation. Her daughter copied her
sentiments; while Stubb thought her an outside barbarian of
the most alarming character. Fanny Euston's perceptions
were very acute. She saw the effect she had produced, and
seemed to take peculiar delight in aggravating it, and shocking
the prejudices of her critics still more.

One afternoon, Miss Primrose, Mr. Stubb, Fanny Euston,
Morton, and several others, set out on a horseback excursion,
matronized by Mrs. Primrose. At a few miles from New

-- 060 --

[figure description] Page 060.[end figure description]

Baden, Morton found himself riding at his cousin's side, a
little behind the rest.

“Do you know, I came this morning, to ask you to join us
on our walk to Elk Ridge.”

“Ah, I am sorry I was not there.”

“You were there; but you seemed so deep in Ivanhoe, or
some other of your favorites, that I had no heart to interrupt
you.”

“But that was quite absurd. I should like to have gone.”

“I am curious to know what book you were so busy with.
Something of Scott's — was it not?”

“Not precisely.”

“Nor one of the new novels,” pursued Morton — “those
are not after your taste.”

“Not at all; they are all full of some grand reform or philanthropic
scheme, or the sorrows of some destitute, uninteresting
little wretch, with whom you are required to sympathize.”

“You are not moulded after the philanthropic model. But
may I ask, what book was entertaining you so much?”

“Napier's Life of Montrose.”

“And do you like it?”

“Indeed I do.”

“And you like Montrose?”

“Certainly I like him.”

“I could have sworn it. Do you remember his verses to
the lady of his heart?”

“That I do,” said Fanny Euston, —



`Like Alexander I will reign,
And I will reign alone;

-- 061 --

[figure description] Page 061.[end figure description]



My heart shall evermore disdain
A rival on my throne.
He either fears his fate too much,
Or his deserts are small,
Who puts it not unto the touch,
To win or lose it all.
`But if thou wilt be constant then,
And faithful of thy word,
I'll make thee famous by my pen,
And glorious by my sword;
I'll serve thee in such noble ways
Was never heard before;
I'll dress and crown thee all with bays,
And love thee evermore.'

“Admirable! I thought I had a good memory, but you
beat me hollow. You repeat the lines as if you liked them.”

“Who would not like them?”

“And yet his fashion of wooing would be a little peremptory
for the nineteenth century.”

“There are no Montroses in the nineteenth century.”

“They are out of date, like many a good thing besides.
Not long ago, I saw some verses in a magazine — a kind of
ballad on Montrose's execution.”

“Can you repeat it?”

“I cannot compete with you; but I think I can give you a
stanza or two: —



`The morning dawned full darkly,
The rain came flashing down,
And the jagged streak of the levin bolt
Lit up the gloomy town:

-- 062 --

[figure description] Page 062.[end figure description]



The thunder crashed across the heaven,
The fatal hour was come;
And ay broke in, with muffled beat,
The 'larum of the drum.
There was madness on the earth below,
And anger in the sky,
And young and old, and rich and poor,
Came forth to see him die.
`But when he came, though pale and wan,
He looked so great and high,
So noble was his manly front,
So calm his steadfast eye, —
The rabble rout forbore to shout,
And each man held his breath,
For well they knew the hero's soul
Was face to face with death.'

Fanny Euston's eye kindled, as if at a strain of warlike
music.

“Go on.”

“I have forgotten the rest.”

“Then pray find the verses and send them to me. Why is
it that, as you say, such men are out of date?”

“What place, or what career, could they find in a commercial
country?”

“Then why were we born in a commercial country?”

“You seem to make an ideal hero of Montrose.”

“Not I. I am not the school girl you take me for. I
have no ideal hero. I do not believe in ideal heroes. Montrose
was a man, with the faults of a man; full of faults, and
yet not a bad man either.”

-- 063 --

[figure description] Page 063.[end figure description]

“Very far from it.”

“He had great faults, but grand qualities to match them,—
worth a thousand of the small, tame, correct virtues that
one sees hereabouts.”

“Dangerous ideas, those, Mrs. Primrose would tell you.”

“Deliver me from Mrs. Primrose!” ejaculated Fanny.

They rode in silence for a few minutes, Morton's companion
murmuring to herself fragments of the lines which he had
just repeated.

“Look!” she cried, suddenly. “How slowly our horses
have been walking! The rest are almost out of sight. We
had better join them. Will you race with me?”

“Any thing you please.”

“Come on, then.”

She touched her horse with the whip, and they set forward
at full speed. Fanny, who was by far the better mounted,
soon gained the day.

“Rein up,” cried Morton, as they came near the party,
“or your horse will startle the others.”

Fanny drew the curb, but not quite successfully; and her
rapid arrival produced some commotion. Stubb's horse, in
particular, began to prance and curvet in a manner which
greatly disturbed his rider's equanimity.

“Whoa! Whoa, boy!” said Stubb. “Steady, now!
steady, sir! Whoa!”

Fanny's eyes twinkled with malicious delight. She had a
great contempt for Stubb, who, on his part, was mortally
afraid of her.

“That's a good horse of yours,” pushing close to his side.

-- 064 --

[figure description] Page 064.[end figure description]

“Yes, a very fine horse, indeed. Steady, boy! Steady,
now!”

“A capital horse; but he needs a spirited hand like yours
to manage him.”

“Whoa! Quiet, now! — poor fellow!”

This last endearing address was checked by a sudden jolt,
produced by a spasmodic movement of the horse, which
shook the cavalier to his very centre.

“Punish him well with your spurs, Mr. Stubb, and let
him run; that's the way to cure him of his tricks. Suppose
we try a race together.”

“Thank you, Miss Euston, but the fact is — Whoa, boy!
whoa! — I mean, the stableman told me that he is rather
short of breath.”

“O, never mind the stableman. Come, let's go.”

“Thank you, Miss Euston, I believe not to-day.”

“You astonish me. I will lay any bet you like — you
shall name the wager — any thing you please.”

“Really, this is a little too bad!” soliloquized the horrified
Mrs. Primrose. “Miss Euston, I entreat of you — I
beg — that we may have no more racing. It is very dangerous,
besides being —”

“What is it besides being dangerous, Mrs. Primrose?”

Very indecorous.”

“I am very sorry, for I have set my heart on a race with
Mr. Stubb.”

“Mr. Morton,” said the distressed lady, aside to that
young gentleman, “you are a prudent and sober-minded
person; pray use your influence.”

-- 065 --

[figure description] Page 065.[end figure description]

She was interrupted by a most uncanonical ejaculation
from the author of her embarrassments, which, though
couched in a foreign language, petrified her into silence. A
sharp gust of wind had blown away Fanny's veil, and she
was on the point of dashing off in pursuit of it.

“Stop!” cried Morton, “you'll break your neck. Let
me get it for you.”

The veil sailed away before the wind, and Morton spurred
in pursuit, delighted to display his horsemanship before
ladies, though it had no other merit than a tenacious seat
and a kind of recklessness, the result of an excitable temperament.
The ground was rough and broken, and studded
with rocks and savin bushes, and as he galloped at a breakneck
speed down the side of the hill, in a vain attempt to
catch the veil flying, even Fanny held her breath. He
secured his prize, as it caught against a bush, and returned
to the road.

“Now, Miss Euston,” said Mrs. Primrose, looking folios
at the offender, “I trust we shall be allowed to go on in
peace.”

There was an interval of repose. Stubb regained his peace
of mind. Miss Primrose, with whom he fancied himself in
love, smiled upon him, and his self-conceit, before shaken in
its stronghold, was returning in full force, when Fanny, who
nourished a peculiar spite against this harmless blockhead,
and whom that afternoon a very Satan of mischief seemed to
possess, again rode to his side, and renewed her solicitations
for a race.

“Miss Euston,” said Mrs. Primrose, “I am certain you

-- 066 --

[figure description] Page 066.[end figure description]

would do nothing so unladylike as to force Mr. Stubb to
race against his will. Consider the example you would set
to Georgiana Gosling, who always imitates what she sees
you do.”

The words were mild and motherly; but the countenance
of the outraged matron had an uncompromising look
of reprehension, which exasperated Fanny's wayward humor
beyond measure. She began, it is true, a lively conversation
on general topics with the intelligent Stubb, but, meantime,
by alternately checking and exciting her horse, and urging
him to play a variety of antics, she contrived to infect her
companion's steed with the like contagion. He pranced,
plunged, and chafed, till his rider was brought to the verge
of despair.

The road had become quite narrow, running through a
thick forest, frequented chiefly by woodcutters in the winter,
and hunters of the picturesque in summer. Fanny's imitator,
the adventurous Miss Gosling, a little girl of fourteen, had
ridden a few rods in advance of the rest, when suddenly they
saw her returning, astonished and disconsolate.

“We can't go any farther; there's a great tree fallen
across the road.”

A severe thundergust of the night before had overthrown
a hemlock, the trunk of which, partly sustained by the roots
and branches, formed a barrier about four feet from the
ground. It was impossible to pass through the woods on
either side, as they were very dense, and choked with a
tangled growth of laurel bushes.

“How very annoying!” said Miss Primrose.

-- 067 --

[figure description] Page 067.[end figure description]

“What shall we do?” inquired Miss Gosling.

“Why, jump over it, to be sure,” said Fanny. “Mr.
Stubb and I will show you the way.”

“You are surely not in earnest!” cried Mrs. Primrose.

“Of course I am. I have taken higher leaps at the riding
school, twenty times.”

“You had better not,” said Morton, who had alighted by
the roadside to draw his saddle girth.

“It is too dangerous to be thought of for a single moment,”
added Mrs. Primrose.

“Our horses,” pursued the indiscreet Stubb, “are not
used to leaping, and some of the ladies would certainly be
hurt.”

“The fool!” thought Morton. “He has done it now.”

Fanny threw a laughing, caustic glance at her victim.

Mine will leap, I know; and you are not a lady. Come,
Mr. Stubb.”

“Miss Euston,” interposed the excited Mrs. Primrose, “this
must not be. I am here in your mother's place, and she will
hold me responsible for your safety. I forbid you to go, Miss
Euston.”

Fanny looked for a moment in her face. Morton caught
the expression. It was one of unqualified, though not illnatured,
defiance.

“Come,” cried Fanny again, and ran her horse towards the
tree. She leaped gallantly, and cleared the barrier; but it
was evident that she had lost control of the spirited animal,
who galloped at a furious rate down the road.

Morton was still on foot, busied with his saddle girth.

-- 068 --

[figure description] Page 068.[end figure description]

“The crazy child!” exclaimed Mrs. Primrose; “her horse
is running away. Go after her — pray! — Mr. Stubb —
somebody.”

“O, quick! quick! — do,” cried little Miss Gosling, who
idolized Fanny, and was in an agony of fright for her.

Thus exhorted, the desperate Stubb cried, “Get up,” and
galloped for the tree; but his horse balked, and, leaping
aside, tumbled him into the mud. The ladies screamed.
Morton would have laughed, if he had not been too anxious
for Fanny.

“Get out of the way, Stubb,” he cried, mounting with all
despatch.

Miss Primrose's admirer gathered himself up, regained his
hat, which had taken refuge in a puddle, and looked with
horror at a ghastly white rent across his knee. Morton
spurred his hack against the barrier, which the beast cleared
with difficulty, striking his hind hoofs as he went over. After
riding a short distance, he discovered Fanny, and saw, to his
great relief, that she was regaining control over her horse.
Half a mile farther on, the road divided. The larger branch
led to the right, Morton did not know whither; the smaller
turned to the left, and after circling through the woods for
two or three miles, issued upon the high road. Fanny, who
was ignorant of the way, took the right hand branch. In a
few minutes after, she had brought her horse to a trot, and
Morton rode up to her side.

“You are wiser than I am, if you know where we are
going.”

“I thought you knew the way. You were to have been
our guide.”

-- 069 --

[figure description] Page 069.[end figure description]

“We are on the wrong road. You should have turned to
the left.”

“But have you no idea where this will lead us?”

“Into a cedar swamp, for what I know. Had we not
better turn back?”

“O, don't speak of turning back. I am in no mood for
turning back. Let us keep on. I am sure this will bring
us out somewhere.”

“As you please,” said Morton, knowing himself to be in
the position of an angler, whose only chance of managing his
salmon is to give it line.

“Where are all the rest?”

“Holding a convention behind the tree, I suppose. At
least, I left them there.”

“And did not Mr. Stubb dare the fatal leap?”

“He tried, and was thrown into a mud puddle.”

“No bodily harm, I hope.”

“No; beaver and broadcloth were the principal sufferers.
But his conceit is shaken out of him for twenty-four hours,
at least.”

“Then I have wrought a miracle, and can claim to be
canonized on the strength of it.”

“I hope you may be; but I never expected to see your
name in the calendar of saints.”

“As you will not allow me to be a saint, I suppose you
consider me as mad. Sanctity and madness, they say, are
of kin.”

“A hair's breadth, or so, on this side madness.”

“Then I am entitled to great credit for keeping my wits at

-- 070 --

[figure description] Page 070.[end figure description]

all. What reasonable girl would not be driven mad with
Mrs. Primrose to watch her, and disapprove of her, and correct
her? Strange — is it not? — that some people — if
Mrs. Primrose will allow me to use so inelegant an expression—
are always rubbing one against the grain.”

“To give you your due, I think you have paid off handsomely
any grudge you may owe in that quarter.”

“There is consolation in that. Tell me — you are of the
out-spoken sort — are you not of my opinion? Let me
know your mind. Mr. Stubb is —”

“A puppy.”

“And the Primroses are —”

“Uninteresting.”

“For uninteresting, say insufferable. If Lucifer wishes to
gain me over to his side, let Mrs. Primrose be made my guardian
angel, and his work is done.”

“Your horse has cast a shoe,” said Morton, abruptly, —
“yes; and he is lame besides.”

“It is this broken, stony road. I wish we were at the end
of it.”

“So do I. If the clouds would break for a moment, and
show us the sun, I could form some idea of the direction we
are following.”

“Why,” said Fanny, in alarm, looking at her watch, “the
sun must be very near setting.”

Morton began to be very anxious, for his companion's sake,
when, a moment after, they came upon a broader track, which
intersected the other, and seemed a main thoroughfare of the
woodcutters.

-- 071 --

[figure description] Page 071.[end figure description]

“This looks more promising,” said Morton; and turning
to the left, they pushed their horses to their best pace. Twilight
came on, and it was quite dark when they emerged at
length upon the broad and dusty highway. In a few minutes
they saw a countryman, with his hands in his pockets, and a
long nine between his lips, lounging by the roadside.

“How far is it to New Baden?”

“Wal,” replied the man, after studying his querist in
silence for about half a minute, “it's fifteen mile strong.”

Morton looked at Fanny, whose horse was very lame, and
who, in spite of her spirit, began to show unmistakable signs
of fatigue.

“Is there a public house any where near?”

“Yas; it ain't far ahead to Mashum's.”

“How far?”

“Rather better nor a mile.”

On coming to the inn, Morton commended Fanny to the
care of the landlady, an honest New Hampshire woman,
remounted without delay, and urged his tired horse to such
speed that he reached the hotel before half past nine. His
arrival relieved the anxieties, or silenced the tattle of the
inmates; and in the morning Fanny's uncle drove to the inn,
and brought back the adventurous damsel to New Baden.

-- 072 --

CHAPTER XIII.

Men will woo the tempest,
And wed it, to their cost.
Passion Flowers.

[figure description] Page 072.[end figure description]



Then fly betimes, for only they
Conquer love that run away.
Carew.

Morton had been for some time of opinion that he had
better leave New Baden; yet still the philosophic youth staid
on, — a week longer, — a fortnight longer, — and still he
lingered. It would be too much to say that he was in love
with his handsome, dare-devil cousin; but his mind was
greatly troubled in regard to her — shaken and tossed with
a variety of conflicting emotions. The multiplied and constantly
changing phases of her character, its strong but
utterly ungoverned resources, its frankness, enthusiasm, detestation
of all deceit or pretension, and, in spite of her
wildness, a deep vein of womanly tenderness which now and
then betrayed itself, all conspired to keep his interest somewhat
painfully excited.

One evening he left the crowded piazza of the hotel, and,
intending to flirt with solitude and a cigar, walked towards a
rustic arbor, overgrown with a wild grape vine, and standing
among a cluster of young elms at the foot of the garden. As
he drew near, he saw the gleam of ladies' dresses, and found

-- 073 --

[figure description] Page 073.[end figure description]

the seats already occupied by Miss Fanny Euston and two
companions. Morton knew them well, and joined the party.
As neither the affected graces of the one companion nor the
voluble emptiness of the other had much interest in his eyes,
he directed his conversation chiefly to Fanny. In a few
minutes the two girls exchanged glances, rose, and alleging
some pretended engagement, returned to the hotel, bent on
making this casual interview assume the air of a flirtation.

Morton and his companion sat for a moment in silence.

“We are cousins — are we not?” said the former, at length.

“At least they would call us so in the Highlands.”

“Then give me a cousin's privilege, and allow me to be
personal. Are you not out of spirits to-night?”

“Why do you think me so?”

“From your look and manner.”

“Are you not tired to death of New Baden?”

“Not yet.”

“I am. What is it all worth? — weary, and vapid, and
flat, and stale, and unprofitable! I have had enough of it.”

“Then why not change it?”

“To find the same thing in a new shape!”

“Pardon me if I call that a freak of the moment. You
are the gayest of the gay.”

“No, I am not.”

“You are a belle here; a centre light. The moths flutter
about you, though you do, now and then, singe their wings.
You frighten them, and they repay you with fine speeches.”

“I am weary of them. For Heaven's sake, abuse me a
little. I know you have it often in your heart.”

-- 074 --

[figure description] Page 074.[end figure description]

“Abuse is sometimes nothing but flattery in disguise.”

“Why do you smile? That smile was at my expense.”

“Why should you imagine so?”

“I insist on your telling me its meaning.”

“I was only thinking that when tribute in an old shape
has become wearisome, one may like to have it paid in a
new one.”

“That certainly is not flattery. Do you know I am beginning
to be afraid of you?”

“I could not have thought you afraid of any one.”

“Yes, I am afraid of you.”

“Why?”

“Because you are always observing me. Because you
penetrate my thoughts and understand me thoroughly.”

“I am less deep than you suppose.”

“At least you know all my faults. You are always, in a
quiet way, making gibes and sarcasms at my expense, and
touching upon my weakest points.”

“Does it make you angry?”

“No; I rather like it; but I wish to repay you. I wish
to find your weaknesses, but cannot. Have you any?”

“Yes, an abundance.”

“And will you tell me what they are?”

“What, that you may use them against me! The moment
you know them, you will attack me without mercy; and if
you see me wince, it is all over with me.”

“What do you mean?”

“I mean that you cease to like one as soon as you find
that you can gain the least advantage over him. If I could

-- 075 --

[figure description] Page 075.[end figure description]

really make you a little afraid of me, you would like me all
the better for it. No, I will show you none of my weaknesses;
and perhaps, if I did, you would not find them of a
kind that you could use against me. I can strike at you,
but you cannot hurt me. I am armed in proof. I defy you.”

In saying this, at least, Morton showed some knowledge
of his companion's character. To defy her successfully was
a great step towards gaining her good graces; for with all
her wildness she was very sensitive to the good or ill opinion
of those who could compel her to respect them. She became
very anxious to know what Morton thought of her.

“You say that you do not understand me thoroughly.
What is there in me that you do not understand?”

“You may say that I do not understand you at all.”

“That is mere evasion.”

“Who can understand the language of Babel?”

“Do you mean that I speak the language of Babel?”

“Who can understand chaos?”

“And am I chaos? You are beginning your peculiar
style of compliment again.”

“Do not be displeased at it. All the power and beauty
of the universe rose out of chaos.”

“Now you are flattering in earnest.”

“You are difficult to satisfy. What may I call you? A
wild Arab racer without a rider?”

“That will answer better.”

“Or a rocket without a stick?”

“I have seen rockets; but I do not know what the stick
is. What is it? What is it for?”

-- 076 --

[figure description] Page 076.[end figure description]

“To give balance and aim to the rocket — make it, as the
transcendentalists say, mount skyward, and end in stars and
`golden rain.'”

“Very fine! And how if it has no stick?”

“Then it sparkles, and blazes, and hisses on the ground;
flies up and down, this way and that, plays the deuse with
every thing and every body, and at last blows itself up to
no purpose.”

“Ah, I see that the stick is very necessary. I will try to
get one.”

“You speak in a bantering tone,” said Morton, “but you
are in earnest.”

“I am in earnest!” exclaimed Fanny Euston, with a sudden
change of voice and manner. “Every word that you
have spoken is true. I am driven hither and thither by feelings
and impulses, — some bad, some good, — chasing every
new fancy like so many butterflies or will-o'-the-wisps, —
without thinking of results — restless — dissatisfied — finding
no life but in the excitement of the moment. Sometimes
I have hints of better things. Glimpses of light
break in upon me; but they come, and they go again. I
have no rule of life, no guiding star.”

Morton looked at his companion not without a certain
sense of victory. He saw that he had gained, for the moment
at least, an influence over her, and roused her to the expression
of feelings to which, perhaps, she had never given utterance
before. Yet his own mind was any thing but tranquil.
Something more than admiration was stirring within him. He
felt impelled to explore farther the proud spirit which had

-- 077 --

[figure description] Page 077.[end figure description]

already yielded up to him some of its secrets. But he felt
that, with her eyes upon him, he could not speak without
committing himself farther than he was prepared to do. In
this dilemma he determined to retreat — a resolution for which
he was entitled to no little credit, if its merit is to be measured
by the effort it cost him. He rose from his seat.

“Find your star, Fanny, and you may challenge the
world. But I see people coming down the garden towards
us. We shall be invaded if we stay here. Let us walk
back towards the house.”

When he found himself alone again, he paced his room in
no very enviable frame of mind.

“What devil impelled me to speak as I did? It was no
part of mine to be telling her of her faults. Am I turning
philanthropist and busybody? If I wished to gain her heart,
I suspect I have been taking the right course. What with
any other lady would have been intolerable presumption and
arrogance, is the most effectual way to win her esteem. And
why should I not wish to gain her heart? There is good
there in abundance, if one could but depend on it. No; I
am not blinded yet. This last outburst was a momentary
impulse, like all the rest; and to-morrow she will be reckless
as ever. She delights in lawlessness, and rejoices in the zest
of breaking established bounds. Her wayward will is like a
cataract, and may carry her, God knows whither. No; I
will not walk in this path; I will not try to marry her. Her
heart is untouched — that is clear as the day. I wish
she could say as much of mine. I will leave this place to-morrow,
cost what it will.”

-- 078 --

[figure description] Page 078.[end figure description]

A letter from Boston gave him a pretext; and bidding
farewell to his cousin and her mother, he took the early train
homewards. The newsboy brought him a paper, and his
eyes rested on the columns; but his thoughts centred on
Fanny Euston and his last evening's conversation with her at
the foot of the garden.

-- 079 --

CHAPTER XIV.

* * * One fire burns out another's burning,
One pain is lessened by another's anguish;
Turn giddy, and be holp by backward turning;
One desperate grief cures with another's languish.
Take thou some new infection to thine eye,
And the rank poison of the old will die.
Romeo and Juliet.

[figure description] Page 079.[end figure description]

All day the train whirled along, and Morton's troubled
thoughts found no rest.

“Matherton!” cried the conductor, opening the door of the
car, as the engine stopped in a large station house, at five
o'clock in the afternoon. Several passengers got out; two
or three came in; the bell rang, and with puffing and clanking,
the train was on its way again. A newsboy passed down
the car with a bundle of newspapers and twopenny novels.
Morton bought one of the latter as an anodyne; but even
“Orlando Melville, or the Victim of the Press Gang,” failed
to produce the desired soporific effect, and his thoughts soon
recurred to their former channel. Suddenly a violent concussion,
a crashing, thumping, and grating sound, the outcries
of a hundred passengers, — the women screaming, and some
of the men not silent, — with a furious rocking and tossing of
the car, ejected every thought but one of his personal safety.
All sprang to their feet, he among the rest. The first distinct
impression which his mind received was that of the man

-- 080 --

[figure description] Page 080.[end figure description]

in front of him making a flying leap out of the open window
of the car, carrying the sash with him — a dexterous piece of
gymnastics, only to be accounted for by the fact that the performer
was a distinguished artist of the Grand National Olympic
Circus. His boots twinkled at the window, and he was
gone, alighting on his feet like a cat, but Morton was too
much frightened to laugh. In a few moments the car came
to a rest, without being overturned, though the front was
partly broken in, and the whole swung off the rails to an angle
of forty-five degrees. On looking out at the window, the
first object that met Morton's eye was the baggage car, thrown
on its side, with the door uppermost. As he looked, the door
opened, and a head emerged — like a triton from the deep,
or Banquo's ghost from a trap door — white with wrath and
fright, and swearing with wonderful volubility. Then appeared
another, rising by the side of the first, equally pallid,
but much less profane. The heads belonged to two men,
who had been seated in the compartment of the baggage car
allotted to the mails, and when it was flung off the track, had
been rattled together like dice in a box, suffering various
bruises, but no serious harm. The breaking of the defective
cast iron axle of the tender had caused the whole disaster,
which would doubtless have produced fatal consequences had
not the train been moving at a very slow rate. As it happened,
a few contusions were its worst results, and one of the
morning papers,


“for profound
And solid lying much renowned,”
solemnly averred that none but Providence was responsible
for it.

-- 081 --

[figure description] Page 081.[end figure description]

There was abundant noise and vociferation. The passengers
left the train, some lending their bungling aid to repair
the mischief, while others withdrew to an inn which chanced
to be in the neighborhood. After looking for a time at the
downfallen tender and the uprooted rails, Morton, from some
idle impulse, entered the car which he had lately left. It
was empty; and, passing through it, he looked into that immediately
behind, which had remained safely upon the rails.
This also was empty, with the exception of a single person, a
young female figure, seated at one of the windows. She was
closely veiled, yet there was in her air that indefinable something
which told Morton at a glance that she was a lady.
He stepped to the ground, conjecturing whether or no she
had a companion.

Five minutes after, glancing at the window, he saw the
solitary traveller seated in the same position as before, and
became convinced that she was unattended. The women in
the train had left it at the outset. The busy and clamorous
throng of men alone remained; and Morton easily conceived
that her situation must be an embarrassing one. He therefore
reëntered the car and approached her.

“I am afraid we shall be detained here for two or three
hours, and perhaps till late at night. There is a public house
a little way off, to which the ladies in the train have gone.
If you will allow me, I will show you the way.”

So he spoke; or, rather, so he would have spoken; but he
had scarcely begun when the veiled head was joyfully raised,
and the veil was thrown aside, disclosing to his astonished
eyes the features of Edith Leslie. She explained that she

-- 082 --

[figure description] Page 082.[end figure description]

was on her way from her father's country seat at Matherton;
and that he was to meet her at the station on the arrival of
the train. When the accident took place, she had been led
to suppose, from the conversation of two men near her, that
the train would not be very long detained, and had preferred
remaining in the car to mingling with the tumultuous throng
outside.

“It is too fine an afternoon,” said Morton, as they left the
spot, “to be mured in that tavern. This lane has an inviting
look. Have you a mind to explore it?”

They walked accordingly in the direction he proposed; and,
as they did so, Morton cast many a stolen glance at the face
of his companion. The mind of the young philosopher was
that day in a peculiarly susceptible state. It seemed as if
Fanny Euston had kindled within him a flame which could
not fix itself upon her, yet must needs find fuel somewhere;
and as his eye met that of Edith Leslie, he began to feel that
she held a deeper place in his thoughts than he had ever before
suspected.

By the side of the lane stood an ancient abode, whose rotten
shingles supported a rich crop of green mosses; and in
the yard an old man, who looked like a relic of Bunker Hill
fight, was diligently chopping firewood.

“What does this lane lead to?” asked Morton, looking
over the fence.

The woodchopper leaned on his axe, wiped his brows
with the tatters of a red handkerchief, and seemed revolving
the expediency of communicating the desired information.

-- 083 --

[figure description] Page 083.[end figure description]

“Well,” he returned, after mature reflection, “if you go
fur enough, it'll take you down to the Diamond Pool.”

“The Diamond Pool,” said Miss Leslie; “that has a promising
sound.”

The lane soon began to lead them down the side of a rugged
hill, between barberry bushes and stunted savins, with
neglected stone walls, where the striped ground squirrels
chirruped as they dodged into the crevices. In a few moments
they had a glimpse of the water, shining between the
branches of the trees below.

“Upon my word,” said Morton, as they stood on the margin,
“the Diamond Pool is not to be despised. We have
chosen our walk well, and found a tempting place of rest at
the end of it.”

“A grassy bank, — a clear spring, with cardinal flowers
along the edge — a cluster of maple trees —”

“And a flat rock at the foot of one of them, for you to rest
upon. We are well provided for.”

“Except that a seat for you seems to have been forgotten.”

“No, if I wish to rest, this mound of grass will serve my
turn. I am used to bivouacs.”

The sun had just vanished behind the rocky hill on the farther
side of the water; a sea of liquid fire, clouds blazoned in
gold and crimson, betokened his recent presence. The lake lay
like a great mirror framed in green. Another sunset glowed
in its depths; rocks, hills, and trees grew downward; and
the kingfisher, as he flitted over it, made a dash at the surface,
as if to peck at the adversary bird, which seemed shooting
upward to meet him.

-- 084 --

[figure description] Page 084.[end figure description]

“One might imagine,” said Miss Leslie, “that we were a
hundred miles away from railroads, factories, and all abominations
of the kind.”

“They will follow soon,” said Morton; “they are not far
off. There is no sanctuary from American enterprise.”

“I know it is omnipotent at spoiling a landscape; but I
hope that this one may escape, — at least if there is no mill
privilege in the neighborhood.”

“There is — an excellent one — at the outlet of the pond,
beyond the three elms yonder. I prophesy that in five years
there will be a brick factory on that meadow, with a row of
one story houses for the operatives.”

“It will be a scandal and a profanation. It is too beautiful
for such base uses. But at least that old cedar tree,
rooted in a cleft of the precipice, has found a safe sanctuary.
There it was growing in King Philip's time; in its younger
days it saw Indian wigwams standing on this bank; and
there its offspring will grow after it, safe from Yankee
axes.”

“One cannot be sure of that. A time will come yet, when
those rocks will be blasted to build a town hall, or open another
railroad track.”

“But they cannot build railroads and factories in the
clouds. Our New England sunsets will still remain to remind
one that there is an ideal side of life — something in it
besides locomotives and cotton gins.”

“There it is that you are wiser than we are. You are
mistresses of a domain of which men, for the most part,
know little or nothing.”

-- 085 --

[figure description] Page 085.[end figure description]

“Pray what domain may that be?”

“One that is all mystery to me — a world of thoughts and
sentiments which to most men is a cloudland, an undiscovered
country, of which they may possibly recognize the existence,
but of whose geography they know nothing.”

“Why should they be more ignorant of it than women?”

“Because they are commonly given over to practicalities,
mixed hopelessly with rivalries and ambitions. Even in their
highest pursuits, they propose to themselves some definite
point to be gained, some object to be achieved; but women
are left to the world of their own minds — there they can
expatiate at will.”

“That is a dangerous privilege.”

“They have leisure to muse on the joys and troubles of
life, and explore depths which we bridge over.”

“Either your mind has very much changed, or I have
very much mistaken it. Pardon me, but I fancied that
you were like Iago, `nothing if not critical;' or at least
that you sympathized with his slanderous opinions of womankind.”

“Heaven forbid! What treasonable thought did you suppose
me to harbor against the better part of humanity?”

“At all events, I never supposed you to believe that the
better part of humanity passed their leisure time in metaphysical
reveries and abstruse meditations.”

“You were speaking, just now, of ideals. May not I have
mine?”

“So your ideal woman is a transcendental philosopher,
seated in the midst of your undiscovered cloudland.”

-- 086 --

[figure description] Page 086.[end figure description]

“Deliver me from such a one! My ideal is full of thought
and of feeling; but no one yet ever dreamed of branding her
as a philosopher. But why did you think me so very
critical? I am hardly old enough yet to make an Iago or a
Rochefoucault.”

“And yet you used always to have some saying of Rochefoucault
at your tongue's end.”

“I detest him, nevertheless, for a French Mephistopheles,—
and all his tribe with him.”

“When I said as much, you always told me that his sayings
had a great deal of truth in them.”

“And have they not a great deal of truth?”

“I cannot pretend to know mankind well enough to answer;
but I sincerely hope, not much. Life would be worse
than a blank if men and women were what he represents
them to be.”

“I think not; for if one cannot learn to be enthusiastic in
regard to the actualities of human nature, he can console
himself by a boundless faith in its possibilities. And now
and then, thank God, — Rochefoucault to the contrary notwithstanding, —
one finds the possibility realized.”

His companion made no reply; and Morton stood for a
moment with his eyes bent upon her face, which, to his
enamoured fancy, seemed to reflect the calm beauty of the
landscape on which she was gazing. He thought of Fanny
Euston; he recalled his last evening's conversation with her,
and felt blindly impelled to give some form of expression
to the feeling which began to master him.

“Miss Leslie, were you ever in a storm at sea?”

-- 087 --

[figure description] Page 087.[end figure description]

“Yes, in a slight one; but the ship was strong; there was
very little danger.”

“Then you were never flung about, as I have been, in an
indifferent egg shell of a craft, out of sight of land, at the
mercy of winds and waves.”

“I did not know that you had been at sea. Ah, yes,
you were at school in France, when you were a boy — were
you not?”

“Yes; but this happened since I have become a man, and
not long ago. I think I shall never forget it. The sun was
bright at one moment, and all was black as a hurricane the
next. The wind came from every point of the compass — always
shifting, never resting. I had not an instant's peace. It
was all watching — all anxiety — and yet there was a kind of
pleasure in it. If I had had wings, I doubt if I should have
found heart to use them. It was a strange gale. It blew
hot and cold by fits; I thought I should lose my reckoning
altogether, and be blown away, body and soul.”

“Really, I cannot imagine where your tempest is going to
carry you.”

“Nor could I; when, of a sudden, I found myself safe
on shore. My good star led me to a place beautiful as the
May sunshine could make it; a scene where art and nature
were blended so harmoniously, that they seemed to have
grown together from the same birth; full of repose, and tranquil,
graceful power; such a scene, in short, as made me
wish that Nature would embody herself in a visible form,
that I might swear homage to her forever.”

Had an interpreter been needed, Morton's look and voice

-- 088 --

[figure description] Page 088.[end figure description]

must have betrayed, at least, some part of his meaning. The
color deepened slightly on his companion's cheek, but she
replied, without any further sign of consciousness, —

“I never knew that you were quite so ardent a votary of
nature. You had better put your emotions into verse, and
sell them to the magazines, after the true poetic custom. In
a little time, I don't doubt, Dr. Griswold would find a place
for you in his constellation of poets.”

“Ah,” said Morton, “it is cruel of you to fling cold water
on my rhapsodies. But my flight is over. And now I will
try my best to gain the esteem in your eyes of a man of
sense and a sound mind.”

“And now those night-hawks over head are beginning to
tell us that we had better go back to the railroad. I suppose
you will place it among the other frailties of women; but I
cannot help being a little afraid that if we stay longer, that
crippled train will run away and leave us behind.”

“Then good night to the Diamond Pool,” said Morton, as
they left the place. “I shall not forget it; I owe it double
thanks. It has shown me a pretty landscape, and made me a
wiser man.”

“I can hardly see how that may be.”

“It has taught me not to speak too earnestly with my
friend, lest she should banter me; and by no means to be
drawn into any absurdity, lest she should laugh at me outright.”

“Do you mean that you thought that I laughed at you?”

“Did you not?”

“If I gave you cause to think that I did, I can only say,
frankly and heartily, that I am very sorry for it.”

-- 089 --

[figure description] Page 089.[end figure description]

“Now I am emboldened to be absurd again, and speak
more parables. I have found a locked-up treasure — a sealed
fountain. I long to open it, but cannot.”

“Your figures are too deep for me. I can make nothing
of them.”

“Then I will sink to plain prose. I have a friend whose
heart is full of warm feeling and earnest thought; but, out
of reserve, or Heaven knows what, she will express it to
nobody but one or two intimate companions. She tantalizes
the rest with a bantering word; and sometimes, when she is
most in earnest, she seems to be most in jest. But why do
you smile?”

“Ask your friend Mr. Sharpe. He is your friend — is
he not?”

“I suppose so, though he is old enough to be my father.
But why should I ask him?”

“Because he once described to me a person very much
like the one you have just described.”

“Who was the person?”

“Mr. Sharpe said that, though he was in general quite
frank and undisguised, yet, if he were particularly in earnest
on any subject, he was apt to speak lightly of it, or perhaps
ridicule it, to hide his real feeling.”

“Pray, who was this person? What was his name?”

“Mr. Vassall Morton.”

“Did Sharpe say that of me? It is not a month since I
was walking with him, — his evening constitutional, — and
he said the very same thing of you. Now, as I hope to live

-- 090 --

[figure description] Page 090.[end figure description]

an honest man, I was never half so much flattered in my life,
as by being slandered in such company.”

Here he was interrupted abruptly, for, turning a corner,
they came full upon the inn, or hotel, as its sign proclaimed
it to be. Discontented male passengers were lounging about
the bar room; disconsolate female passengers sat, in bonnets
and shawls, in the parlor; and an unspeakable air of uneasiness
and discomfort pervaded the whole place.

“Our walk is over,” sighed Morton; “I wish it had a
more propitious ending. And now let me be your courier, or
do your commands in any other capacity in which I can
serve you.”

At eleven o'clock that night the train rolled into the station
house at Boston, some four hours behind its time.

“My father will certainly be here,” said Miss Leslie; but
her father was nowhere to be seen. Morton conducted her
to a carriage. Her trunks and his own had already been
placed upon it, when, by the lantern of one of the porters,
Morton descried the agitated colonel threading the crowd in
anxious search of his daughter. He had been waiting nervously
since seven o'clock, and, when the train came in, had
looked for her in every place but the right one. Morton
hastened to relieve his fears.

“What do you mean to do with yourself to-night?”
Leslie asked, as the carriage drove towards his house.

“Drive to my house in the country.”

“Your people will not expect you, and will be in bed
before you can get there. You had much better come home
with me.”

-- 091 --

[figure description] Page 091.[end figure description]

Morton was but too glad to accept the invitation.

Having bade good night to his host and his host's daughter,
he passed some hours in dreamy cogitation; then tried
to sleep; but sleep long kept aloof, the consciousness of being
under the same roof with Edith Leslie brought with it so
strange a sensation. But as delicate health, that grand
auxiliary of sentiment, was quite unknown to him, nature
prevailed in the end, and at seven the next morning, a servant's
knock wakened him from a deep sleep, a vision of
Mount Katahdin, and an imaginary moose hunt.

-- 092 --

CHAPTER XV.

Yet even these joys dire jealousy molests,
And blackens each fair image in our breasts.
Lyttleton.

[figure description] Page 092.[end figure description]

Descending to the breakfast room, he found Leslie, as
usual, quiet, cordial, and gentlemanly, beguiling the moments
of expectancy with a newspaper, while his daughter presided
at the coffee urn. Leslie happened to be in a garrulous mood,
and talked incessantly about his former military frontier life,
of which, though he had detested it in the experience, he was
very fond in the retrospect. Morton, who had some acquaintance
with such matters, was a tempting auditor, though he
would gladly have exchanged the profuse anecdotes of whitewolf
running and deer shooting for a few moments' conversation
with Miss Edith Leslie. This her father's busy tongue
put out of the question; but Morton consoled himself with
the thought that to bask in her presence was, in itself, no
mean privilege.

His cup of nectar, such as it was, was in a few minutes
dashed with gall; for the street door opened without a summons
from the bell, a man's step sounded in the hall, and
Horace Vinal came in, with a bundle of papers in his hand.

Vinal had become of late all-important to his former guardian.
He was his chief business agent, and Leslie was never

-- 093 --

[figure description] Page 093.[end figure description]

tired of expatiating on his talents, energy, application, and
elevated character. In short, he was fast becoming dependent
on him, and felt towards him the affection which a weak
and kindly man may feel towards one of far greater force and
capacity, whom he believes sincerely attached to him and
devoted to his interests.

Vinal, as he entered, had the air of a man versed in affairs,
and acquainted both with that vast and various theatre which
men call the world, and with those conventional circles
which ladies call the world. He had been absent for a few
days on a mission of business, from which he had returned
the evening before. Leslie received him with a most warm
greeting, and his daughter with a smile of easy friendship,
which was wormwood to the troubled spirit of Morton. The
two rivals — for such, by a common instinct, each felt the
other to be — regarded each other with faces of courtesy and
hearts of wrath.

“How came this fellow here?” thought Vinal, as he smilingly
grasped his classmate's hand.

“The devil take him!” thought Morton, as he returned
the greeting, but with a much worse grace.

They seated themselves on opposite sides of the table,
while the Helen who had kindled this covert warfare in their
breasts dispensed a cup of coffee to each in turn.

There was a singular contrast between the adversaries.
On the one side, the self-dependent Vinal, with little health
and no other wealth than his busy and able brain; with thin
features, wan cheek, and pale, firm lip; with piercing observation
and rapid judgment; self-contained, self-controlled,

-- 094 --

[figure description] Page 094.[end figure description]

self-confiding. But for his measuring five feet ten, he might
have stood for Dryden's Achitophel: —



“A fiery soul, which, working out its way,
Fretted the pygmy body to decay,
And o'er informed the tenement of clay.”

On the other side sat the pet of fortune, fondled, if he
could have endured such blandishment, in the very lap of
affluence; with a cheek brown with wind and weather, and
an eye which, as he often boasted, could look the sun in the
face. His nature was so happily tempered, that to the degree
of nervous stimulus which engenders, or is engendered by, an
energetic character, he joined an indefinite capacity both of
endurance and enjoyment; and yet the possessor of all these
gifts was just now in a mood of extreme dissatisfaction and
discomfort.

Leslie began to speak with Vinal upon business. Morton
snatched the opportunity to converse with the person most
interesting to him. Vinal glanced at him askance. Each
began to hate the other, after his own fashion. Morton
would gladly have come to open rupture, and flung defiance at
his rival; but Vinal was far remote from any wish of the kind.

Morton remained at the house as long as he in decency
could, and then bade them good morning, execrating Vinal
as he went down the steps.

That very afternoon, as he was walking near his cottage in
the country, ruminating on Edith Leslie and Horace Vinal,
he raised his head and saw a lady and gentleman, on horseback,
emerging into view from a wooded bend of the road.

-- 095 --

[figure description] Page 095.[end figure description]

A thrill ran through him from head to foot. They were the
two persons of whom he was thinking. He bowed to Miss
Leslie. She replied with a frank bow and smile; and Vinal,
as he passed, made an easy nonchalant gesture of recognition.
The jealous pedestrian turned and looked after them. They
had ridden a few rods when Vinal also turned his head, but,
catching Morton's eye, instantly averted it again. Morton
fairly ground his teeth with anger and vexation. To be jealous
was bad enough; but that Vinal should be conscious of
his jealousy, and perhaps triumph in it, goaded him beyond
endurance. He went home, saddled and bridled a horse with
his own hands, mounted, and ranged the country for an
hour or two, to get rid of the vulture that was preying on
him. At length he grew more rational, and was able to
reflect that Vinal's riding with Miss Leslie did not necessarily
imply that he stood, in any special sense, within her
favor, since he was the near relative of her mother-in-law,
and had formerly been for years an inmate of her father's
house.

On the next day, at a time when he thought that Vinal
must be safe in his office, Morton took heart of grace, and
called on Miss Leslie. An old woman, an ancient dependant
of the family, raised, as she would have phrased it, in the
backwoods of Matherton, opened the door.

“Is Miss Leslie at home?”

“No; she was took sick yesterday, very sudden.”

“Miss Leslie!” ejaculated the visitor.

“Yes; the doctor says she's goin' to die, sartin; right
away, may be.”

-- 096 --

[figure description] Page 096.[end figure description]

“What?” gasped Morton.

“It wasn't only this morning we heered on it,” said the
old Yankee housekeeper, “and Miss Edith's gone up to
Matherton, to tend on her.”

“O, you mean Mrs. Leslie.”

“Yes; Miss Leslie, Miss Edith's mother-in-law; she never
was a well woman, ever since I've knowed her.”

And the old woman closed the door; while Morton walked
away, without knowing in what direction he was moving.

-- 097 --

CHAPTER XVI. Sganarelle.

O, la grande fatigue que d'avoir une femme, et qu'Aristote a bien
raison quand il dit qu'une femme est pire qu'un démon!

Le Médecin Malgré Lui.

[figure description] Page 097.[end figure description]



Thus day by day and month by month we past;
It pleased the Lord to take my spouse at last
Pope.

It was nine years since, in an evil hour, Leslie had first
seen Miss Cynthia Everille, playing on a harp, and accompanying
herself in a thin, sweet voice, with words of her
own composing. His weak heart succumbed: he fell in love
off hand; and within a year after the death of his first wife,
Edith's mother, her picture was taken from the wall, and a
second Mrs. Leslie reigned in her stead.

“Sweet,” — “charming,” — “fascinating,” — were the
least of the adjectives lavished on the interesting bride.
Some of his lady acquaintance felicitated him that he had
espoused an angel, an embodied beatitude not more than
half pertaining to this world. In fact, there was a certain
aerial grace in her movements, a certain translucency in her
small alabaster features, which might countenance such a notion.
The winning smile, too, with which she met her visitors
on her reception Thursdays, savored wholly of the
angelic. She breathed courtesies around her as the beneficent
royalty of Naples scatters sugar plums among his loving

-- 098 --

[figure description] Page 098.[end figure description]

subjects at the carnival, and, on the next day, sends them to
prison by the cart load.

The tyranny of the strong is bad enough; but the tyranny
of the weak is intolerable; and this latter visitation came
upon Leslie in its most rueful form — that, namely, whose
weapons are sobs, sighs, vapors, and the dire coercion of
hysteric fits. He was a soft-hearted fool, and a fair subject
for such oppression. Not that his newly-installed mistress—
his mistress, since she made him her slave — was naturally
of an ill temper. On the contrary, she was somewhat amiable,
or, at least, much given to tears and tenderness; but in
process of time, this profuse sensibility had all centred on
herself. In short, she was profoundly selfish, though nothing
could have astonished her more than to tell her so; for, in
her own eyes, she seemed a miracle of sensibility, as indeed
she was, though her sensibility had learned to give little
response to any woes but her own. What these woes might
be would be hard to say: she had a wonderful talent for
finding and inventing grievances. She was submerged and
drowned in a sentimental melancholy, which wore in turn ten
thousand different aspects, each worse than the other. She
was a sea-anemone, covered with a myriad of filaments, all
more shrinking and sensitive than a snail's horns.

One reads of famished wretches who have tried to nourish
life from the current of their own veins. So, in a figurative
sense, did she. She was always anatomizing her own ridiculous
heart; groping among the depths of her own sickly
fancies, and making them her daily food. She was a busy
gatherer of tokens, souvenirs, and mementoes, and was

-- 099 --

[figure description] Page 099.[end figure description]

beset with blighted hopes, vain longings, sad remembrances,
and all the spectral ills engendered between a frail mind and
a depraved stomach. She was a great reader, and floated
rudderless through a sea of books, fishing out of it all that
was tender, morbid, and despairing, and stowing it up in
albums.

It may be thought that some disconsolate memory, some
affection nipped in the bud, or the like catastrophe, had
brought her to this pass. Far from it. She mourned that
her fate had been too flat and sterile; that the rapturous
emotions of her heart had never been awakened; that no
sentimental passion, in short, had ever stirred her soul from
its depths. This was the grievance which rankled most in
her reveries. To give her her due, she never told it to her
husband; but she brooded upon it in secret; and the result
was, a multitude of affecting verses, which she treasured in
her album as anonymous.

Leslie, though none of the wisest of men, was one of the
most amiable; and, under his wife's discipline, he learned to
be one of the most discreet. It behooved him to be watchful
and circumspect. His married life was a voyage through
shoals and shallows, and needed sagacious pilotage; for no
common eye could see where the danger lay. There was an
endless variety of subjects tabooed to him; matters to all
appearance quite indifferent, but to which he must never
allude, because, Heaven knows how, they touched some trembling
susceptibility, or wakened some grievous memory from
its blessed sleep. The penalty, if the case were mild, would
be a deep-drawn sigh; if more aggravated, a flood of tears;

-- 100 --

[figure description] Page 100.[end figure description]

if extreme, an hysteric fit. And if, in his efforts to console
her, he ventured to add any thing in the form of remonstrance,
or let fall any word which might intimate that her
conduct was not quite reasonable, the outraged sufferer would
cease weeping, cast up her eyes reproachfully, and murmuring,
“O William, is it come to this?” relapse again instantly
into the depths of sobbing affliction. It was only by the
most abject submission, coupled with all the resources of
conjugal eloquence, that Leslie could succeed at length in
purchasing a look of resignation and a faint smile of forgiveness.

Use, it is said, will blunt the sharpest of troubles. In
time, he became acclimated to his fate; yet, on one or two
occasions, his equanimity was quite overset. He thought
that his wife was losing her wits; for, as he came into her
room, she fixed on him a melting gaze, sank on his shoulder,
and flooded him with such a freshet of tears, that he might
have complained with De Bracy, that a water fiend possessed
her. The truth was, she had just been musing on her own
dissolution, and imagining, in a luxury of woe, her own funeral,
with all the circumstance of that sad event. As she
looked around and bethought her how desolate that chamber
would be when she was gone, and how each trifle that had
once been hers would be treasured by those she left behind,
her sensitive heart had dissolved in tenderness, and produced
the hydraulic demonstration just mentioned.

This libel on womankind became the mother of a pair of
twins — the same infant prodigies whom Morton had seen at
the White Mountains. Both perished at the age of seven,

-- 101 --

[figure description] Page 101.[end figure description]

their precocious brains having by that time usurped all the
vitality of their miserable little bodies. She was inconsolable
at their death, though, while they lived, her delicate nerves
could seldom abide their presence for five minutes at a time.

There was once an idiot, who, being of a conciliating temper,
thought to appease a fire and persuade it to go out by
feeding it with fuel till it should be satisfied, and crave no
more. On the same principle Leslie tried to satisfy the exacting
spirit of his wife by a most watchful and anxious devotion
to all her whims; but the greater his devotion, the
more exacting she grew. She felt her power, and used it
without mercy. She was, withal, intolerably jealous, not so
much of any living rival, as of the memory of a dead one,
Leslie's former wife. Here, indeed, she had some show of
reason; for the poles are not wider asunder than were the
characters of herself and her predecessor.

Those who had known the latter in her maidenhood — she
married young, or perhaps she would never have married Leslie—
knew her as the dominant belle of the season, conspicuous
for her beauty, her position, and for a degree of culture
rare in America at that time; devoted and ardent towards a
few close friends, haughty and distant towards the many;
greatly loved by her few intimates, and either greatly admired
or greatly disliked by most others around her. Those who
knew her in the last years of her life knew her as one who
had passed through a fiery ordeal. Of her many children,
only one was left. They had fallen around her in a sudden
and sharp succession, till it seemed to her that a destroying
doom had gone forth against her race, and that the world of

-- 102 --

[figure description] Page 102.[end figure description]

her affections was turned to a field of carnage. Leslie felt
the shock acutely, not to say intensely, for a while; but the
storm passed, and left on him very little trace. It sank into
the deeper nature of his wife with such a penetrating sense
of the vanity of life and the rottenness of mortal hope, as, in
the olden time, drew saints and anchorites to renounce the
world and give themselves to penance and seclusion. It
made no anchorite of her. She rose from her baptism of fire
saddened, but not broken nor unstrung; with a rooted faith
and an absolute resignation; a nice perception of all human
suffering; sympathies broad and embracing as the air; a
benevolence pervading as the sunshine; and a spirit so calm
in its elevation that no wind of calamity had power to ruffle it.

Edith Leslie was a child when her mother died, yet old
enough to feel the loss profoundly, and to be greatly shocked
and cast down at the alacrity with which her father contrived
to forget it. Having reduced Leslie to obedience, his bride
essayed the same experiment on his daughter, but failed notably.
There was something in the nature of the latter which
revolted so impatiently against the selfish caprices and morbid
fooleries which were played off hourly before her, — she was
so indignant, moreover, at seeing her father sunk inch by inch
in the slough of matrimonial thraldom, — that the issue might
easily have been a protracted household feud. None but herself
could know with how costly an effort she schooled herself
to patience. With a caustic wit, and a fervent fancy
which haunted her with images of an ideal life brighter than
the work-day world around her, a nature with impulses
which, less curbed and tempered, might have carried her

-- 103 --

[figure description] Page 103.[end figure description]

through all the mazes of morbid rebellion, she still bent herself
to accept her lot as she found it, in the full faith that
flowers may be taught to grow on the flintiest soil. And
now that the imagined maladies of a lifetime were turned at
last into a mortal reality, and her step-mother lay on her death
bed, Edith Leslie watched by her side with as much care as
if this wretched piece of perverted sensibility had deserved
her affection and esteem.

-- 104 --

CHAPTER XVII.

Beshrew me, but I love her heartily,
For she is wise, if I can judge of her;
And fair she is, if that mine eyes be true;
And true she is, as she hath proved herself;
And therefore, like herself, wise, fair, and true,
Shall she be placed in my constant soul.
Merchant of Venice.

[figure description] Page 104.[end figure description]

A week after he had heard the tidings from the old housekeeper,
Morton saw Dr. Steele coming out of a patient's door
and getting into his chaise.

“Good morning, Dr. Steele.”

“Sir, your servant,” said the old-fashioned doctor.

“I'm sorry to hear that Mrs. Leslie is so ill.”

“It's very sad,” said the doctor. “Now, what the deuse
is this young fellow stopping me for?” — this was his internal
comment.

“I hope you don't despair of her.”

“Well, sir, she will hold out to-morrow, and the next
day, too.”

“I beg your pardon. Your check rein is loose. Let me
make it right.”

“Thank you, Mr. Morton,” said the doctor, somewhat mollified.

“Ahem! — Colonel Leslie is well, I hope.”

“Apparently so, sir.”

-- 105 --

[figure description] Page 105.[end figure description]

“And — ahem! — his family, too.”

“I wasn't aware he had a family.”

“I mean — that is to say — his daughter — Miss Leslie.”

The shrewd doctor turned his gray eyes sideways on the
querist.

“Ah, his daughter. What did you wish to know of
her, sir?”

“Merely to inquire —” said Morton, stammering and
blushing visibly. “I mean only to ask if she is well.”

“I know nothing to the contrary. She seemed very well
when I brought her down from Matherton last evening. I
dare say, though, she can tell you herself a great deal better
than I can. Good morning, Mr. Morton.”

And with a slight twinkle in his eye, Dr. Steele drove off.

Morton looked after the chaise, as it lumbered down the
street.

“May I be hanged and quartered if I ever question you
again; you are too sharp, by half.”

The doctor's information was very welcome, however; and,
armed with an anxious inquiry after her mother's health,
Morton proceeded to call upon Miss Leslie. She had come
to the city, as he had already judged, on some mission connected
with the wants of the invalid, and was to go back to
Matherton, with Dr. Steele, in the afternoon.

Thenceforward, for a week or upwards, he saw her no more;
but, during the interval, he contrived, by various expedients,
to keep himself advised of the condition and movements of
the family at Matherton. Among other incidents, he became
aware of two visits made them by Vinal, and was tormented,

-- 106 --

[figure description] Page 106.[end figure description]

in consequence, with an unutterable jealousy. One morning
he met the purblind old housekeeper, mousing along in spectacles
through the crowded street, and, stopping her, to her
great alarm and perplexity, he made his usual inquiry concerning
Mrs. Leslie's health. This investigation led to the
discovery that Miss Edith was coming from Matherton that
very afternoon.

Morton, upon this, grew so restless, that he could not
refrain from going to the railroad station, a little before the
train was to come in. And here his worst fear was realized;
for he beheld, slowly pacing along the platform, the hated
form of Horace Vinal. Morton retreated unseen, went into
a neighboring hotel, and seated himself, a little withdrawn
from a window, where he could see all that passed. The
train arrived; and soon after Vinal appeared, conducting
Miss Leslie to a carriage, with an air, as Morton thought, of
the most anxious devotion. He grasped his walking stick,
and burned with a feverish longing to break it across his
rival's back.

He saw Miss Leslie on the next day, and thus added fuel
to a flame which already burned high enough. In short, he
found himself in that most profoundly serious and profoundly
ridiculous of all conditions, the condition of being over head
and ears in love, — and his zeal for science was merged utterly
in a more engrossing devotion. By one means or another, he
contrived to keep pace with the course of things at Matherton,
and learned from day to day that Mrs. Leslie was worse,—
that she seemed to revive a little, — that she was on the
point of death, — that she was dead. By the time this sad

-- 107 --

[figure description] Page 107.[end figure description]

climax was reached, he had been starving a fortnight from the
sight of his mistress, having the consolation to know that
meantime his rival had made at least four visits to Matherton.

One morning Morton was pacing the street in an abstracted
mood, his looks bent on the bricks, when, chancing to look
up, he saw those very eyes which his fancy had been that
moment picturing, employed in guiding their owner's steps
over a crossing towards him. As Edith Leslie stepped upon
the sidewalk, she saw him for the first time. He bowed,
joined her, spoke a few bungling words of condolence, and
walked on at her side. After the fashion of those who are
peculiarly anxious to appear at their best advantage, he
appeared at his worst. And when his companion bade him
good morning on the steps of her father's house, she left him
in a most unenviable mood, muttering maledictions against
himself and his fate, and brought, indeed, to the borders of
despair. This depression, however, was not long in producing
its reaction, under the influence of which, adopting his
usual panacea against mental ailments, he mounted his horse,
and spurred into the country.

Here, about sunset, he beheld a horseman, slowly pacing
along the road in front. On this, he drew rein, and began to
look about him for the means of escape; for in the person of
the rider he recognized his classmate Wren, to whose society
he was far from partial. Neither lane nor by-road was to
be seen.

“At the worst,” he thought, “it is but a mile or two;”
and, setting forward at a trot again, he was in a moment at
his classmate's side.

-- 108 --

[figure description] Page 108.[end figure description]

“How are you, Wren?”

“Ah, Morton, good evening,” exclaimed Wren, with a
graceful wave of his hand. “I'm delighted to see you. A
charming evening — isn't it?”

“Charming.”

“That's a fine horse you have.”

“Tolerably good.”

“Did you ever observe this fellow that I'm riding? Do
you see how long and straight he is in the back? Well,
that's the Arab blood that's in him. His grandfather was a
superb Arab, that the Pacha of Egypt gave my uncle when
he was travelling there;” and he proceeded to dilate at large
on the merits and pedigree of his horse, the truth being that
he and his ancestry before him had been born and bred in
the State of Vermont. Morton listened with civil incredulity,
and wished his companion at the antipodes.

“Ah, there's my cousin's house,” exclaimed Wren, pointing
to a very pretty cottage and grounds which they were
approaching — “Mary Holyoke, you know — Mary Everard
that was some three months ago. What a delightful retreat
for the honeymoon!”

“Very,” said Morton.

“Stop there with me, will you? I'm going in for a few
minutes, to wish them a pleasant journey. They are going
to Niagara to-morrow.”

“Thank you, I believe I won't stop.”

“As you please, my dear fellow. I think they are quite
right to travel now; it's a better season than the spring; and
a honeymoon journey, after all, isn't all romance, you know.

-- 109 --

[figure description] Page 109.[end figure description]

Besides, they are going to have a charming companion —
Miss Leslie.”

“I thought that she had just lost her mother-in-law.”

“That's the very thing. She's almost ill with watching
night after night; so Mary, — they used to be friends at
school, — has been very anxious that she should make the
journey with them, for a change of scene, you know, — and
Colonel Leslie has persuaded her to go.”

“When will they leave town?”

“To-morrow. They mean to spend a few days at Trenton,
and then go to the Falls. But here we are; won't you
change your mind, and come in?”

“No, thank you. Good night.”

“Good evening, then;” and waving his hand again, Wren
trotted up the avenue.

“Virtue never goes unrewarded,” thought Morton; “if I
hadn't joined the fellow, I might not have known about this
journey.”

On the next day he discovered that they had actually gone,
and that, as Wren had said, Niagara was to be the ultimatum
of their tour. On the following morning, he himself took
the western train, and made all speed for the Falls.

-- 110 --

CHAPTER XVIII.

If folly grows romantic, I must paint it.

Pope.

[figure description] Page 110.[end figure description]

On the American side of the Niagara, a few miles below
the Falls, is a deep chasm, bearing the inauspicious christening
of the Devil's Hole. Near it there is — or perhaps was,
for things have changed thereabouts — a path winding far
down among rocks and forests, till it leads to the brink of
the river. Here, darkened by the beetling cliffs and sombre
forests, the Niagara surges on its way, like a compressed
ocean, raging to break free. At the verge of this watery
convulsion stood Holyoke and his wife, Miss Leslie, and
Morton, whom they had chanced to meet that morning.

“It is very fine, no doubt,” said the good-natured, though
very shallow Mrs. Holyoke, “but I have no mind to take
cold in these dark woods. If we stay much longer, I believe
I shall go mad, looking at that rushing, foaming water, and
throw myself in. Come, Harry, let us go back to daylight
again.”

“Just as you please,” said the model husband, offering
his arm.

“Come, Edith; — why, she really seems to like it; —
Edith! — she don't hear me; no wonder, in all this noise;

-- 111 --

[figure description] Page 111.[end figure description]

— Edith, we are going back to the upper world. You can
stay here, if you please, with Mr. Morton.”

But Miss Leslie chose to follow her friend; while Morton
aided her up the rough path.

“I have observed,” he said, as they came to smoother
ground, “in our excursions yesterday and to-day, that Mrs.
Holyoke has not much of your liking for rocks, trees, and
water. I mean, that she has no great taste for nature.”

“At all events, she has an eye for what is picturesque in
it. She is an artist, you know, and paints in water colors
extremely well.”

“Yes, and whenever she sees a landscape, she thinks only
how it would look on paper or canvas, and judges it accordingly.
That is not a genuine love of nature. One does not
value a friend for good looks, or dress, or air; and so, in
the same way, is not a true fondness for nature independent,
to some extent at least, of effects of form, or color, or
grouping?”

“It does not imply, I think, any artistic talent, or even a
good eye for artistic effect. And yet I cannot conceive of a
great landscape artist being without it, any more than a great
poet.”

“If he were, he would be no better than a refined scene
painter. We are in a commercial country; so pardon me if
I use commercial language. This liking for nature is a capital
investment. She is always a kind mistress, a good friend,
always ready with a tranquillizing word, never inconstant,
never out of humor, never sad.”

“And yet sometimes she can speak sadly, too.”

-- 112 --

[figure description] Page 112.[end figure description]

Edith Leslie said no more; but there came before her the
remembrance of her long watchings in the room of the dying
Mrs. Leslie, when, seated by the window, open in the hot
summer nights, she had listened, hour after hour, mournfully,
drearily, almost with superstitious awe, to the chirping of the
crickets, the plaintive cry of the whippoorwill, and now and
then the hooting of a distant owl.

“Here in America,” continued Morton, “we ought to
make the most of this feeling for nature; for we have very
little else.”

“And yet there is less of it here than in some other
countries; in England, for instance.”

“We are too busy for such vanities. Besides, we are just
now in an unlucky position. A wilderness is one thing;
savageness and solitude have a character of their own; and
so has a polished landscape with associations of art, poetry,
legend, and history.”

“And we have destroyed the one, and have not yet found
the other.”

“And so, between two stools we fall to the ground.”

“If you have a liking for a wilderness and primitive
scenery, I don't think that you have much reason to complain;
for you, at least, have contrived to see something of
them.”

“And you of the other sort; art and history wedded to
nature; at Tivoli, for example, — at the Lake of Albano;
where else shall I say?”

“Say, at Giardini, in Sicily.”

“Why at Giardini? I never heard of it before.”

-- 113 --

[figure description] Page 113.[end figure description]

“Not that the view there is finer than in some other
places, though towards evening it is very beautiful. You
see the ocean on one side, and the mountains on the other,
covered to the top with orange, lemon, and olive trees, and
Mount Etna rising above them all, with a spire of white
smoke curling out of its crater, tinted with red, yellow, and
purple, where the sunset strikes it. On the mountain above
you there is an ancient theatre, where a Greek audience
once sat on the stone benches, and after them, in their turn,
a Roman. On the peak of the mountain over it is a Saracen
castle, and, not far off, a Norman tower.”

“So that the whole is an embodiment of poetry and
history from the days of the Odyssey downwards.”

“Nobody, I think, who has seen that eastern shore of
Sicily can have escaped without some strong impression from
it. The Fourrierites, you know, pretend to believe that the
earth is a living being, with a soul, only a larger one, like
ours that creep on the outside of it. One is sometimes
tempted to adopt their idea, and fancy that the changing
face of nature is the expression of the earth's thoughts, and
its way of communicating with us.”

“A landscape will sometimes have a life and a language,—
that is, when one happens to be in the mood to hear it, —
and yet, after all, association is commonly the main source
of its power. The Hudson, I imagine, can match the Rhine
in point of mere beauty; but a few ruined castles, with the
memories about them, turn the tables dead against us.”

“You have always — have you not? — had a penchant for
the barbarism of the middle ages.”

-- 114 --

[figure description] Page 114.[end figure description]

“Not for their barbarism, but for the germs of civilization
that lay in the midst of it. Religion towards God, devotion
towards women — these were the vital ideas of the middle
ages.”

“But how were those ideas acted on? Their religion was
not much better than a mass of superstitions.”

“Not more gross and vulgar than the spirit rapping superstition,
the last freak into which this age of reason has stumbled.
And, for the other idea, the fundamental idea of
chivalry, we are beginning to replace it with woman's rights,
Heaven deliver us!”

“Pardon me if I doubt whether ladies in the middle ages
were better treated than they are now. The theory was admirable,
no doubt, but the practice, if there were any, seems
at this distance a little ridiculous.”

“Chivalry was like Don Quixote, who stands for it —
fantastic and absurd enough on the outside, but noble at
the core.”

“But you would not imply seriously that you would prefer
the age of chivalry to this nineteenth century.”

“No, the reign of shopkeepers is better than the reign of
cutthroats. But the nineteenth century has no right to
abuse the middle ages. The best feature of its civilization is
handed down from them. That feeling which found a place
in the rough hearts of our northern ancestry, half savages as
they were, and gave to their favorite goddess attributes more
high and delicate than any with which the Greeks and Romans,
at the summit of their refinement, ever invested their
Venus; the feeling which afterwards grew into the sentiment

-- 115 --

[figure description] Page 115.[end figure description]

of chivalry, and, hand in hand with Christianity, has made
our modern civilization what it is, — that is the heritage we
owe to the middle ages, and for which we are bound to be
grateful to them. It was a flower all the fairer for springing
in the midst of darkness and barbarism; and now that we
have it in a kinder soil, we can only hope that it is not fast
losing its fragrance and brightness.”

“Of that, I imagine, a woman is a very poor judge; but
if it has lost its antique freshness, at all events we can enjoy
it in peace and tranquillity, and be spared the risk of life and
limb in gathering it. Those sweetbrier blossoms that grow
yonder, down the side of the precipice, are very pretty, but it
would require nothing less than a paladin, or a knight errant,
made crazy with the hope of a smile, to get them and bring
them up.”

“Now it is you that asperse the present, and I that will
defend it.” And the words were hardly spoken before the
young fool was over the edge of the cliff, scarcely hearing his
companion's startled cry of remonstrance.

The rock sloped steeply to a few feet below the spot where
the brier grew, and then sank in a sheer precipice of a hundred
feet or more, so that if hand or foot had failed him, his
career would have ended somewhat abruptly. To the spectatress
above the danger seemed appalling; but, with the
climber's practised eye and well-strung sinews, it was in fact
very slight. Once, indeed, a fragment of stone loosened
under his foot, and fell with a splintering crash upon the
rocks below, followed by a shower of pebbles and gravel,
rattling among the trees. But he soon reached his prize,

-- 116 --

[figure description] Page 116.[end figure description]

secured it in his hatband, and grasping the friendly root of a
spruce tree, drew himself up to the level top of the cliff.

Here he saw the fruit of his Quixotism. Edith Leslie,
pale as death, seemed on the very verge of fainting. He
sprang in great consternation to her aid, supported her to a
rock near at hand, on which she could rest; and as her momentary
dizziness passed away, she began to distinguish his
eager words of apology and self-reproach.

“You will think that I have grown backward into a child
again. Think what you will; I deserve your worst thought;
only do not believe that I could fancy such paltry exploits
and paltry risks could be a tribute worthy of you; or
that you are to be served with such boy's service as that.
Here are the flowers: throw them away, or keep them as a
memento of my absurdity; but let them remind you, at the
same time, that wherever your wish points, there I would go,
if it were into the jaws of fate.”

Here, looking up, he saw the expediency of curtailing his
eloquence; for not far off appeared their two companions,
returning to look for them. Both Miss Leslie and he had
much ado to explain, the one why her face was so pale, the
other why his dress was so dusty and disordered. The carriage
was waiting for them on the road near by; and their
morning's excursion being finished, they proceeded towards
it, Morton leading the way in silence.

His first feeling had been one of compunction and indignation
at himself; but close upon it followed another, very different—
a sense of mixed suspense and delight. What
augury might he not draw from the pale cheek and fainting
form of his companion?

-- 117 --

CHAPTER XIX.

For, in the days of yore, the birds of parts
Were bred to speak, and sing, and learn the liberal arts.
The Cock and the Fox.

[figure description] Page 117.[end figure description]



Thine is the adventure, thine the victory;
Well has thy fortune turned the dice for thee.
Palamon and Arcite.

During the rest of the journey, Morton, on Mrs. Holyoke's
invitation, was one of the party. Again and again
he was impelled to learn his fate; but recoiled from casting
the die, dreading that his hour was not come. Still, though
every day more helplessly spell-bound, his mood was not despondent.

They came to the town of —, a half day from home.

“My household gods are not far off,” said Morton. “My
father was born at Steuben, a few miles below, where my
grandfather used to preach against King George, and stir up
his parish to rebellion. I have relations there still, and have
a mind to spend to-morrow with them.”

This announcement proceeded much less from family affection
than from another motive. Mrs. Holyoke saw it in an
instant.

“Excellent! Then Miss Leslie can accept her friend's
invitation to make a day's visit at this place; and you will
meet her and escort her to Boston.”

-- 118 --

[figure description] Page 118.[end figure description]

And Morton, much rejoiced at this successful issue of his
diplomacy, repaired to his relatives at Steuben; Holyoke and
his wife proceeded homeward; while Miss Leslie remained to
accomplish the visit with her country friend.

Morton spent a quiet day in the primitive New England
village, a place of which boyish association made him fond.
On the next morning, Miss Leslie was to come to Steuben,
with her hostess; but as there was an abundance of time before
the train would appear, he strolled along a quiet road
leading back into the country. He soon came to an old inn,
over whose tottering porch King George's head might once
have swung. Nothing human was astir. The ancient lilacs
flaunted before the door; the tall sunflowers peered over the
garden fence; the primeval well-sweep slanted aloft, far
above the mossy shingles of the roof. The rural quiet of the
place tempted him. He sat under the porch, and watched the
swallows sailing in and out of the great barn whose doors
stood wide open, on the opposite side of the road.

A voice broke the silence — a voice from the barn yard.
It was the voice of a hen mother, the announcement that an
egg was born into the world. Not the proud, exulting cackle
which ordinarily proclaims that auspicious event, but a repining,
discontented cry, now rising in vehement remonstrance
with destiny, now sinking into a low cluck of disgust. Morton,
skilled in the language of birds, construed these melancholy
cacklings as follows: —

“Whither does all this tend? Why is my happiness
blighted, my aspirations repressed? Why am I forever
penned up within these narrow precincts, amid low domestic

-- 119 --

[figure description] Page 119.[end figure description]

cares, and sordid, uncongenial, unsympathizing associates?
And thou, my white and spotless offspring, what shall be thy
fate? To be steeped in hot water, and eaten with a spoon?
Or art thou to be the germ of an existence wretched as my
own, doomed to a ceaseless round of daily parturition? O,
weariness! O, misery! O, despair!”

And throwing her ruffled feelings into one indignant cackle,
the hen was silent.

The advent of a human biped here enlivened the scene.
This was a young gentleman on horseback, a collegian to all
appearance, admirably mounted, but bestriding his horse with
the look of one who has just passed his first course under the
riding master, and rides by the book, as Touchstone quarrelled.
This important personage, with an air oddly compounded
of assumption and timidity, proceeded to call the
hostler, and order oats for his horse, after which he strutted
into the house, switching his leg with his whip.

As ample time remained, Morton continued his walk along
the road, his mood in harmony with the brightness of the
morning. He was in a humor to please himself with trifles.
A ground squirrel chirruped at him from a crevice of the wall.
He stood watching the small, shy visage, as it looked out at
him. Then a red squirrel, a much livelier companion, uttered
its trilling cry from a clump of hazel bushes. Morton seated
himself on a stone very near it. The squirrel resented the
intrusion, ran out on a fence rail towards the offender, chattered,
scolded, swelled himself like a miniature muff, made
his tail and his whole body vibrate with his wrath; then
suddenly dodged down behind the rail and peered over it at

-- 120 --

[figure description] Page 120.[end figure description]

the trespasser, his nose and one eye alone being visible; then
bolted into full sight again, and scolded as before, jerking
himself from side to side in the extremity of his petulance;
till at last, without the smallest apparent cause, he suddenly
wheeled about and fled, bounding like the wind along the top
of the stone wall.

This interview over, Morton looked at his watch, saw that
it was time to go back towards the village, and began to
retrace his steps accordingly. He had gone but a few paces,
when he saw a countryman, a simple-looking fellow, running
at top speed, and in great excitement, up a byway, which
led to the railroad, the latter crossing it by a high bridge, at
some distance from the station.

“What's the matter?” demanded Morton.

“The railroad cars!” gasped the countryman.

“What of them?”

“They'll all go to smash, and no mistake.”

“What!” cried Morton, aghast.

“Fact, mister. Some born devil has been and sawed the
bridge timbers most through in the middle.”

“What!” cried Morton again.

“Sure as I stand here! I seen the heaps of sawdust on
the road. That's the way I come to take notice. The
minute the locomotive gets on the bridge, down she'll go,
and no two ways about it.”

Morton had no doubt that the man was right. The newspapers,
within the last few weeks, had contained various
accounts of impediments, great and small, maliciously placed
on railroads. It was a species of villany which was just

-- 121 --

[figure description] Page 121.[end figure description]

then having its run, as incendiarism will sometimes have;
and a like case of a bridge partly sawed through had lately
occurred in a neighboring state.

“You fool!” exclaimed Morton, in anguish and despair;
“why didn't you get on the track, and stop the train?”

“I'd like to see you stop the train!” retorted the man.

Morton turned to run for the road, bent on stopping the
engine, or letting it pass over him. But as he turned, a new
arrival caught his eye. This was the cavalier who had baited
his horse at the inn, and who, seeing the excited looks of the
two men, had checked his pace, and was looking at them with
much curiosity.

Crazed with agitation, and hardly knowing what he did,
Morton leaped towards him, seized his horse, a powerful and
high-mettled animal, by the head, and, with a few broken
words of explanation, called on him to dismount. The astonished
collegian did not comply. Morton bore back fiercely
on the bit; the horse plunged and snorted; the rider clutched
the pommel; Morton took him by the arm, drew him to the
ground, mounted at a bound after him, and, as he touched
the saddle, struck his whalebone walking stick with all his
force over the horse's flank. The horse leaped forward frantically,
and rushed headlong down the road. His discarded
rider saw his hoofs twinkling for an instant out of the cloud
of dust, and thought he had had a Heaven-directed escape
from a madman.

The small village above Steuben, at which Miss Leslie and
her friend were to take the train, was three miles off. The
road ran almost directly towards it for more than three fourths

-- 122 --

[figure description] Page 122.[end figure description]

of the way, when it made a bend to the right. Morton, with
his furious riding, very soon reached this point. He could
see the station house before him, on the left, and not more
than a third of a mile distant. The space between, though
uneven, had no visible impediments but a few low fences and
scattered clumps of bushes. Morton pushed through the
barberry growth that fringed the road, galloped over the hard
pasture, leaped one fence, passed a gap in another, and half
way to his goal, found himself and his horse in a quagmire.
At this moment, straining his eyes towards the cluster of
houses, he saw, with agony at his heart, a white puff of
vapor rising above the trees beyond. Then the dark outline
of the train came into view, checking its way, and stopping,
half hidden behind the buildings.

Morton knew that it would stop only for a moment, and
plied his horse with merciless blows. The horse plunged
through the mire, — the mud and water spouting high above
his rider's head, — gained the firm ground, and bounded forward
wild with fright and fury. It was too late. The bell
rang, and with quicker and quicker pants, the engine began
to move. Morton shouted, — gesticulated, — still it did not
stop, though the passengers seemed to take alarm, for a head
was thrust from every window, while the occupants of an
open carriage drawn up on the road were bending eagerly
towards him.

Morton wheeled to the left, and urged his horse up the
embankment in front of the train. With a violent effort, he
reached the top. The engineer was running against time,
and cared for nothing but winning his match. He blew the

-- 123 --

[figure description] Page 123.[end figure description]

steam whistle; and as Morton dragged on the curb with
desperate strength, the horse reared upright, pawing the air.
But, as he rose, Morton disengaged his feet, slid over the
crupper to the ground, and let go the rein. The horse leaped
down the bank, and scoured over the meadow, mad with
terror. Morton took his stand in the middle of the track,
and facing the advancing train, stood immovable as a post.
The engineer reversed the engine, brought it to a stand
within a few yards of him, and, with a profusion of oaths,
demanded what he wanted.

Before the breathless Morton could well explain himself,
the passengers began to leap out of the cars, and running
forward, gathered about him. He soon found words to make
the case known. But one object alone engrossed him. He
pushed on among the throng of questioning, eager men,
mounted the foremost car, and made his way through it, the
crowd pushing behind and around him, and plying him with
questions, to which, in the confusion and abstraction of his
faculties, he gave wild and random answers. He looked at
every face. Edith Leslie was not there. He crossed the
platform into the next car, passed through it, and still could
not find her. It was the last in the train. And now a
strange feeling came over him, a bitterness, a sense of disappointment,
as if his efforts and his pangs had been uncalled
for and profitless; for so intensely had his thoughts been
concentred on one object, that he forgot for the moment the
hundred men and women whom he had saved from deadly
jeopardy.

The train rolled back to the station, the distance being

-- 124 --

[figure description] Page 124.[end figure description]

only a few rods. Morton got out and leaned against the
wall of the house. Men thronged about him with questions,
exclamations, thanks, praises. The reaction of his violent
emotion produced in him a frame of mind almost childish.
He was restless to free himself from the crowd.

“It's nothing; it's nothing,” he answered, as fresh praises
were showered on him. “I saw the train going to the devil,
and did what I could to save it. Any of you, I dare say,
would have done as much. Be good enough to let me have
a little air.”

The crowd gave way, and he walked forward past the
corner of the building. Here, standing on the road, close at
hand, he suddenly saw an open carriage, and in it, pale as
death, sat Miss Leslie, with her friend, and a boy of twelve,
her friend's brother. He sprang towards it with an irrepressible
impulse.

“My God! Miss Leslie, I thought you were in the train.”

“And so we should have been,” said the boy, “but the
cars came in three minutes before their time.”

Edith Leslie did not utter a word.

Some of the passengers were soon about him again. He
repeated to them what he knew of the danger, and told them
how he had learned it. In a few minutes, several men were
seen at a distance on the railroad, running forward with a
handkerchief tied to a stick to warn off the train. A few
minutes later, a Connecticut pedler, one of the passengers,
came up to Morton.

“Mister, they're going to do the handsome thing by you.
They're getting up a subscription to give you a piece of silver
plate.”

-- 125 --

[figure description] Page 125.[end figure description]

“The deuse they are!” was Morton's ungrateful response.

Going into the room where the passengers were met, he
found that the pedler had told the truth; on which, for the
first and last time in his life, he addressed an assemblage of
his fellow-citizens. He told them that he thanked them for
their kind intention; but that if he had done them a service,
he wished for no other recompense than the knowledge of it,
and urged them, if they did any thing in the matter, to
devote their efforts to gaining the arrest and punishment of
the scoundrel who had attempted the mischief. His oratory
was much applauded; many, who had thought themselves in
for the subscription, joyfully buttoned their pockets, and,
instead of the plate, he received a series of complimentary
resolutions, to be published in the newspapers.

Meanwhile, having made his speech, he had lost no time in
making his escape also. Going back to the carriage, Miss
Leslie's friend asked him to accompany them home, whence
they could return to take the afternoon train, when the bridge
would, no doubt, be repaired. Morton, however, declined the
invitation, and, having sent two men to catch the horse, with
instructions to refer the distressed owner to him, he drove in
a farmer's wagon to Steuben. In a few hours, he rejoined
Miss Leslie and her friend; and having escorted both safely
to town, took leave of the former, that evening, at the door
of her father's house.

Several of the newspapers next morning contained the
resolutions passed by the passengers, trumpeting Morton's
humanity, presence of mind, &c. He himself very well knew
that the praise was undeserved, since he had neither thought

-- 126 --

[figure description] Page 126.[end figure description]

nor cared for the objects of his supposed humanity, and, far
from acting with presence of mind, had scarcely known what
he was about.

The bridge had been cut by an Irish mechanic in the
employ of the road, who, for some misdemeanor, had been
reprimanded and turned out, and who had passed half the
night in preparing his demoniac revenge. It afterwards
appeared that he had been a state's prison convict in a neighboring
state, and that he would have been still in confinement,
had not the officious zeal of certain benevolent persons
availed to set him loose before his time.

-- 127 --

CHAPTER XX.

For true it is, as in principio,
Mulier est hominis confusio;
Madam, the meaning of this Latin is,
That woman is to man his sovereign bliss.
A woman's counsel brought us first to woe,
And made her man his paradise forego. —
These are the words of Chanticleer, not mine;
I honor dames, and think their sex divine.
Dryden.

[figure description] Page 127.[end figure description]

On the day after their return, Morton visited Miss Leslie
to learn if she had suffered from the fatigues and alarms of
yesterday; and, in truth, she had the pale face of one whose
rest has been short and broken.

“It has been my fate to terrify you,” said the anxious
Morton.

During his visit, the door bell was most obtrusively busy.
Messages, parcels, notes, cards, visitors came in, and expelled
all hope of a tête à tête.

Soon after he left the room, Leslie entered.

“Who gave you those flowers, Edith?”

“Mr. Morton, sir.”

“Humph!” ejaculated Leslie, with a look by no means
of gratification.

Meanwhile, Morton, walking the street in an abstracted

-- 128 --

[figure description] Page 128.[end figure description]

mood, overtook unawares his bachelor friend Mr. Benedick
Sharpe, jurist, philosopher, and man of letters — a personage
whose ordinary discourse was a singular imbroglio of irony
and earnest.

“Why, Morton, what problem of ethnology are you at
now? the unity of the human race, and the descent from
Adam — science versus orthodoxy — is that it?”

“Nothing so deep.”

“What, nothing ethnological?”

“Nothing at all.”

“Ah, then I begin to tremble for you. There's but one
thing else could lose you in such a maze. The flame of a
candle is very pretty; but the moth that flies into it scorches
his wings, poor devil.”

“I am too dull to see through your metaphors.”

“There's another blind divinity besides Justice. Beware
the shoal of matrimony! Many a good fellow has been
wrecked there.”

“Harping on your old string! You are a professed woman
hater.”

“Who, I? Now that is a scandalous libel. I admire
them, — of course.”

“And yet there's not a lady of your acquaintance whom I
have not heard you analyze, criticise, cavil at, and disparage.”

“My dear fellow!”

“You have no conscience to deny it.”

“I protest I have the greatest — ahem! — admiration for
the ladies of our acquaintance. We have an excellent assortment, —
we have witty women; brilliant women; women of

-- 129 --

[figure description] Page 129.[end figure description]

taste and genius; exact and fastidious women, — a full supply, —
accomplished women; finished and elegant women, —
not too many, but still we have them; learned women; gentle,
amiable, tender women; sharp and caustic women; sensible
and practical women; domestic women, — all unimpeachable, —
all good in their kind.”

“Then why is matrimony so dangerous?”

“No, no, not dangerous, exactly, — thanks to discreet
nurture and northern winters; not dangerous hereabouts as it
was in the days of the old satirists. A wise man may be
safe enough here from any climax of matrimonial evil; but
there are minor mischiefs, daily désagrémens.

“What, in spite of that catalogue of feminine virtues which
you delivered just now?”

“Vanity of vanities! Admirable in the abstract; excellent
at a safe distance; but to be tied to for life, bed and
board, day light and candle light, — that's another thing.”

“Even the tender and amiable, — is there risk even there?”

“One cloys on perpetual sweetmeats.”

“And the domestic women?”

“Who incarcerate themselves in their nurseries, and have
no brains but for their babies; who are frantic if the infant
coughs, and are buried and lost among cradles, porringers,
go-carts, pills, and prescriptions.”

“The brilliant woman, then?”

“Brilliant at dinner tables and soirées; but, on the next
day, your Corinne is disconsolate with a headache. Her wit
is for the world, — her moods and mopings, caprices and
lamentations, — those she keeps for her husband.”

-- 130 --

[figure description] Page 130.[end figure description]

“You are a cynic. The woman of taste and genius;
where do you place her?”

“What are the rude heart and brain of a man to such
exalted susceptibilities? What homage is too much for him
to render? Be a bond slave to the sweet enthusiast. Bow
yourself before the delicate shrine. Do your devoirs; she
will not bate you a jot.”

“But there are in the world women governed by reason.”

“My dear Morton, are you demented? A woman always
rational, always sensible, always consistent; a logical woman;
one who can distinguish the relations of cause and effect, one
who marches straight to her purpose like a man, — who ever
found such a woman; or, finding her, who could endure such
a one?”

“You fly into extremes; but women may be rational, as
well as men.”

“I like to see the organ of faith well developed, — yours
is a miracle. Granted, a rational woman; and with a liberal
rendering of the word, such, I admit, are now and then seen,—
women always even, always cheerful, never morbid, always
industrious, always practical; busy with good works, —
charity, for example, or making puddings, — pious daughters,
model wives, pattern mothers —”

“At last you have found a creditable character.”

“Very creditable; but far from interesting. The truth is,
Morton, the very uncertainty, the flitting gleams and shadows,
the opalescent light, the chameleon coloring of a woman's
mind are what make her fascination, — the fascination and
the danger, — there lies the dilemma. Shun the danger,

-- 131 --

[figure description] Page 131.[end figure description]

and you lose the charm as well. A woman's human nature
is not our human nature; the tissue is more cunningly
woven; the string more responsive; the essence lighter and
subtler, — forgive the poetic style, — appropriate to the
theme, you know. In their virtues and their faults they
shoot away into paths where we do not track them. They
can sink in a more abject abasement; and sometimes, again,
while we tread the earth, they are aeronauts of the pure ether.
Stable, stubborn, impassive man holds the steadfast tenor of
his walk, little moved by influences which, on the one hand,
bury his helpmate in ruin, or, on the other, wing her on a
flight to the zenith. They out-sin us, and they out-saint
us; weak as a reed, and strong as an oak; measureless in
folly, profound in wisdom; for the deepest of all wisdom
springs, not out of a questioning brain, but out of a confiding
heart; and all human knowledge must find its root at
last in a blind belief. There, I have given you a sublime
touch of eloquence; and, for the moral to it, — shun matrimony.
It is Satan's slyest mantrap. No, not so, at all; it
is a blessed institution for perfecting mankind in patience,
charity, and meekness, and booking their names in the catalogue
of saints. So be wise, in time. Good by. Look
before you leap!”

And, with an ironical twinkle in his eye, Sharpe vanished.

-- 132 --

CHAPTER XXI.

Quelle diable de fantaisie t'es tu allé mettre dans la cervelle? Tu le veux, amour; il
faut être fou comme beaucoup d'autres.

Le Malade Imaginaire.

[figure description] Page 132.[end figure description]

Matherton, renowned through both hemispheres for the
manufacture of glass ware, stands, unless this history errs,
on the line of the Northern Central Railroad, the distance
from its post office to the post office at Boston being just
thirty-three miles. Four miles from the village is the tract
of land which Leslie's forefather, far back in New England
antiquity, bought of the Indians. The original purchase
covered several square miles, since dwindled to some two
hundred acres. Here, in a sequestered and very beautiful
spot, stands the mansion which Leslie's grandfather built
some eighty-five years ago. In its day it was reputed of
matchless elegance, and, with Leslie's repairs and improvements,
it might still pass as a very handsome old country
residence. Sagamore Pond, or Lake Sagamore, as the last
Mrs. Leslie, who had lived in England, insisted on calling
it, washes the foot of the garden; and along the northern
verge of the estate, Battle Brook steals down to the pond,
under the thick shade of the hemlock trees. Here King
Philip's warriors once lay in ambush, through a hot

-- 133 --

[figure description] Page 133.[end figure description]

summer's day; here many pious Puritans were butchered, and
many carried off into doleful captivity.

At the house at Battle Brook, Leslie, during spring, summer,
and autumn, had always spent every leisure moment
that he could snatch from his affairs. Since his connection
with Vinal, these intervals had become both long and frequent.
And, since grief has a privilege, and since, moreover,
a somewhat alarming cough had lately begun to trouble him,
he now committed all to Vinal's hands, and, on the day after
his daughter's return, repaired with her to his favorite homestead,
there to remain till the autumn frosts should warn
them back to town. Forthwith Matherton became the focus
to which all the thoughts of Morton concentred.

Thither, pretext or no pretext, he resolved to go. He
went, accordingly, and made his quarters at the grand hotel
of Matherton. Fortunately, Battle Brook was then the best
trout stream in Massachusetts; and this would give, he flattered
himself, some faint color to his proceeding. He arrived
in the afternoon, and, mounting a horse, rode to the inn at
the edge of Sagamore Pond, a mile or more from Leslie's
house.

He had scarcely reached it, when a brief sharp thunder
shower came up, and passed away as quickly. As the sun
was setting, he rowed out in a small boat upon the pond.
Here, skirting the brink of a sequestered cove, which the
beech and tupelo trees overhung, and where every thing was
still but the evening singing of a robin, and the mysterious
whisper of the rain-drops, falling from innumerable leaves,
with countless tiny circles on the breathless water, — here,

-- 134 --

[figure description] Page 134.[end figure description]

where his boat glided as if buoyed on a liquid air, while, over
the pebbly bottom, the perch and dace fled away from under
the shadowing prow, — he lingered dreamily for a while, and
then, bending to his oars, bore out into the middle of the
pond. The west was gorgeous with the sunset, while, far in
front, glimmering among the trees, he could see the shrine
of his idolatry, the roof that sheltered Edith Leslie.

A light breeze crisped the water, the ripples murmured
with a lulling sound under his boat, and, lying at ease, he
gave himself up to his reveries.

His passion-kindled fancies ranged earth, sea, and sky;
wandered into the past, lost themselves in the future; evoked
the shadows of dead history; mixed in one phantom conclave
the hairy war gods of the north, the bright shapes of Grecian
fable, the enormities of Egyptian mythology; and, looking
into the burning depths above him, he mused of human hopes,
human aspirations, human destiny. That oddly compounded
malady which had fastened on him had brought with it the
intense yet tranquil awakening of every faculty with which it
will sometimes visit those of the ruder sex whom it attacks
with virulence.

The magic of earth and sky; the black pines rearing their
shaggy tops against the blazing west; the shores mingling in
many-tinted shadow; the fiery sky, where three little clouds
hovered like flaming spirits; the fiery water, where he and
his boat floated as in a crimson sea; the whole glowing
scene, glowing deeper yet in the fervid light of passion, — penetrated
him like an enchantment. He scarcely knew himself;
and in his supreme of intoxication, the familiar world around
him was sublimed into a vision of Eden.

-- 135 --

CHAPTER XXII.

If it were now to die,
'Twere now to be most happy; for I fear,
My soul hath her content so absolute,
That not another comfort like to this
Succeeds in unknown fate.
Othello.

[figure description] Page 135.[end figure description]

It was a day of cloudless sunshine when Morton set forth
for the house at Battle Brook; but his mind was far from
sharing the brightness of the world without. The hope that
flowed so full and calmly the night before had ebbed and
left him dry. He was shaken with doubts, misgivings, perturbations.
He walked his horse up the avenue, till he came
within view of the house, a large, square mansion, with a
veranda on three sides, a quiet-looking place enough, but in
Morton's eyes priceless as Aladdin's palace, and sacred as
Our Lady's house at Loretto. A monthly honeysuckle
twined about one of the columns of the porch; the hall door
stood open, and the air played freely through from front
to rear.

He gave his horse to the charge of an old Scotchman who
was mowing the lawn, rang at the door, asked for Miss Leslie,
and was shown into the vacant parlor. With its straw carpeting
and light summer furniture, it was bright and cheerful
as every thing else about it. Engravings from Turner and

-- 136 --

[figure description] Page 136.[end figure description]

Landseer, framed in black walnut, hung against the walls;
and on a small table in a corner stood a bird cage, with the
door left purposely open. The inmate was hopping about
the room, without attempting to escape, though the windows
also were open.

“No wonder it will not leave her,” thought the visitor.

He seated himself by the window, and looked out on the
fields and the groves beyond. Far down in the meadow, the
yellow-tufted rye was undulating in the warm summer wind,
wave chasing wave in graceful succession. The birds would
not sing, — the afternoon was too hot, — but the buzz, and
hum, and chirrup of a myriad of insects rose from their lurking-places
in the grass, while now and then the cicala raised
its piercing voice from a neighboring apple tree.

Suddenly Morton's heart began to beat; a light step on
the staircase reached his ear, and the rustling of a dress.
Miss Leslie came in with her usual natural and quiet ease of
manner, while he rose to receive her with his heart in his
throat. And now, when he needed them most, his wits
seemed to fail him. He tried to converse, and produced
nothing but barren commonplace. Again and again the conversation
flagged; and the hum and chirrup of the insect
world without filled the pauses between.

He glanced at his companion.

“Be a man, you idiot,” he apostrophized himself.

He looked at her again, as she bent over the embroidery
with which her fingers were employed.

“I must speak out, or die,” he thought.

He rested his arm on the table. He leaned towards her.

-- 137 --

[figure description] Page 137.[end figure description]

Heaven knows what nonsense was on his lips, when the sound
of a man's footstep in the hall made him subside into his
chair, and do his best to look nonchalant. Leslie entered,
cast an uneasy glance at the visitor, and greeted him with
somewhat cool courtesy.

“I have just met Miss Weston and her sister,” said Leslie
to his daughter; “I think they will be here in a few minutes.”

Morton looked at a Landseer on the wall, and gnawed his
lip with vexation.

Leslie took a turn or two about the room, looked out at
the window, remarked that it was a hot afternoon, said that
the hay crop had been the heaviest ever known, in consequence,
he opined, of the joint effects of heat, moisture, and
guano; and was descanting on the ravages committed by the
borers on a certain peach tree, when Miss Weston and her
sister appeared.

“It's all up with me. She does not care for me a straw,”
thought Morton, as he saw the easy cordiality with which
Miss Leslie received her guests. He was introduced. Miss
Weston complimented him on the affair of the railroad. His
reply was cold and constrained. Leslie soon left the room.
Morton felt himself de trop, yet could not muster strength of
mind to go. Conversation flagged. Every body became
constrained. Miss Weston suspected the truth, and glanced
at her sister that they should take their leave, when, at this
juncture, a servant came to announce tea.

The ebbs and flows of the human mind are beyond the
reach of astronomy. As they went into the next room, Morton
became conscious of a faint and indefinite something in

-- 138 --

[figure description] Page 138.[end figure description]

the face of his mistress, which, he could not tell why, cast a
gleam of light into his darkness, and lifted him out of the
slough of despond in which he had been floundering for the
last half hour. A flush of hope dawned on him. His constraint
passed away, and Miss Weston's opinion of him was
wonderfully revolutionized. At length, much to his delight,
one of the visitors remarked to the other, that they had better
go home before it grew too dark. But here a new alarm
seized him. Might he not be expected to offer them his escort?
Terrified at this idea, and oblivious of all gallantry, he
made his escape into the garden, impelled — so he left them
to infer — by a delicate wish to free them from the restraint
of his presence. Here he walked to and fro behind the
hedge, in no small agitation, but with all his faculties on the
alert.

In a quarter of an hour, he heard voices at the hall door;
and approaching behind a cluster of high laurels, saw Edith
Leslie accompanying her two friends down the avenue. After
walking with them a few rods, she bade them good evening,
and turned back towards the house. Morton went forward
to meet her.

“There is a beautiful sunset over the water, beyond the
garden. Will you walk that way?”

They turned down one of the garden paths.

“What did you think of me this afternoon?” asked Morton—
“did you think me ill, or bewitched, or turned idiot?”

“Neither. I thought you a little taciturn, at first.”

“I am fortunate if that was your worst opinion. I believe
I was under a spell. Did you never dream — all people, I

-- 139 --

[figure description] Page 139.[end figure description]

believe, have something in common in their dreams — of being
in some great peril, without power to move hand or foot to
escape? — of being under some desperate necessity of speaking,
without power to open your lips? — or of seeing before you
some splendid prize, without power to make even an effort to
grasp it? Something like that was my case.” Here he came
to an abrupt stop, walked on a pace or two, then turned to
his companion with a vehemence which startled her — “Miss
Leslie, you heard your friend praise me for humanity —
courage — what not? It was all a mistake — all a delusion.
I thought you were in the train. I was wild with agony;
and when the people were crowding after me, I thought that
all had been for nothing, because I had not saved you. I
can hardly tell what I did; it was mere blind instinct. I
could have ridden into the fire, and perhaps not have felt the
burning. There is a spell upon me. I am changed — life is
changed — every thing is changed. I scarcely know myself.
It mans me, and it makes me a child again. The world puts
on a new face; just as this sunset lights the earth with purple
and vermilion, and turns it to a fairy land. Forgive me;
I don't know what I am saying. I am in fear that all this
brightness will change of a sudden into winter and night,
and cold, rocky commonplace. You know what I would say.
I have no words fit to say it. You are my judge, to lift me
up, or cast me down.”

Here he stopped again abruptly, and looked at his companion
in much greater agitation than he would have felt if he
had just thrown the dice for life or death. She stood for a
moment with her eyes fixed on the earth, as if waiting for
him to go on, then slowly raised them to his face.

-- 140 --

[figure description] Page 140.[end figure description]

“You risked your life to save mine. You need not believe
that I could ever forget it.”

Morton's heart sprang to his lips. Nature had not been
liberal to him in the gift of tongues, but the energy of his
emotion supplied the defect. Nor were his words thrown
away; for with all its outward calm, the nature that responded
to them was earnest and ardent as his own.

It was an hour or more since the whippoorwills had begun
their evening cries, when they returned to the house. Candles
were lighted, and Leslie was sitting with two persons
from the neighborhood, an agent of the Matherton factories
and a lawyer, conversing upon railroad stocks. He looked
very uneasily at his daughter and Morton, but said nothing.
The latter was engrossed with one idea; but he forced himself
to join in the conversation, and favored the company with his
views — not very lucid on this occasion — upon the tobic
under discussion. He soon, however, contrived to whisper
to Miss Leslie, “I shall go in five minutes — will you meet
me in the hall?” She left the room in a few moments; and
Morton, after a short interval, took his leave, in much alarm
lest his intended father-in-law should strain courtesy so far as
to follow him. Leslie, however, remained quiet; and he
found his mistress waiting for him at the hall door. Their
interview was short, but Morton never forgot it. After bidding
her good night some eight or ten times, he compelled
himself to leave the house, mounted his horse, waved his
hand to Edith Leslie, whom he saw watching him from a side
window, wheeled, rode down the avenue, turned as he reached
the entrance of the trees, and waved his hand again towards

-- 141 --

[figure description] Page 141.[end figure description]

the window. His heart was full to overflowing, and tears,
not of sorrow, ran down his cheeks. “Good Heaven!”
laughed Morton, as he brushed them away, “this has not
happened to me before these twelve years.” He waved a
farewell once more, and spurring his horse, rode down the
avenue into the high road.

It was a soft, warm, starlight evening, and, as he passed
along, he heard the voices of the whippoorwills from far and
near, while the meadows, the orchards, and the borders of
the woods sparkled with fireflies. With loosened rein, he
suffered his horse to canter lightly forward, and gave himself
up to the enchantment of his dreams. A thousand times in
his after life did he recall the visions of that evening's ride.

About a mile before reaching the town, the road passed,
for a few rods, through a belt of thick woods. While riding
through the darkest of the shadow, a strange cry startled
him — a shriek so wild and awful that the blood curdled in
his veins, and his horse leaped aside with fright. There was
a rustling among the branches over his head, a flapping and
fanning of broad pinions, and the dusky form of some great
bird sailed away into the innermost darkness of the woods.
Morton knew the sound. It was the voice of the great
horned owl, rarely found in that part of the country, though
he had once or twice before heard its midnight yells in the
lonely forests of Maine.

The cry long rang in his ears. It seemed fraught with
startling portent, clouded his spirits, and umbered the rose-tint
of his reveries. He turned his face to the stars, and
breathed a prayer for the welfare of his mistress.

-- 142 --

CHAPTER XXIII.

L'ambition, l'amour, l'avarice, la haine,
Tiennent comme un forçat son esprit à la chaîne.
Boileau.

[figure description] Page 142.[end figure description]

Nobody knew Vinal but Vinal himself. Know thyself was
his favorite maxim. He practised upon it, as he flattered
himself, with a rigorous and unsparing logic, applying the
dissecting knife and microscope to the secrets of his mind,
probing, testing, studying, pitilessly ripping up all that would
fain hide itself. The aim of all this scrutiny was, thoroughly
to comprehend the machine, in order to direct and perfect it
to its highest efficiency.

Vinal, as men go, knew himself very well; and yet there
were points of his character which escaped him, or which,
rather, he misnamed. He knew perfectly that he was ambitious,
selfish, unscrupulous: this he confessed in his own ear,
pluming himself much on his philosophic candor. But he
never would see that he was envious. In his mental map of
himself, envy was laid down as pride and emulation. The
wrestlings of human nature are not all of the sort figured in
the Pilgrim's Progress and set forth in the Catechism. Vinal
had an ideal; he had cherished it from boyhood, and battled
ever since to realize it. He would fain make himself the finished
man of the world, the unflinching, all-knowing,

-- 143 --

[figure description] Page 143.[end figure description]

allpotential man of affairs, like a blade of steel, smooth and
polished, but keen, searching, resistless. This was his aim;
but nature was always balking him. He was the victim of a
constitutional timidity, his scourge from childhood. He had
been known to swoon outright, on being run away with in a
chaise, and he never could muster nerve enough to fire a gun.
Against this defect his pride rose in revolt. It thwarted him
at every turn, and conflicted with all his aspirations. In
short, he could not endure its presence, and fought against it
with an iron energy of will. Thus his life was a secret,
unremitting struggle, whose mark was written on his pale,
nervous, resolute features. It's an ill wind that blows no
good. This painful warfare achieved a singular vigor and
concentration of character, and would have led to still better
issues, had the assailing force been marshalled under a better
banner. A lofty purpose may turn timidity to heroism; but
a purpose like Vinal's is by no means so efficacious, and the
man remains, if not quite a coward, yet something very
like one.

It would have been well for Vinal if, like Morton, he had
been born to a fortune. In that case — for he had no aptitude
for pleasure hunting — his restless energies would
probably have spurred him into some creditable field of effort,
natural science, mathematics, or philology, to all of which he
inclined. But Fate had not been so propitious; and to
achieve the task which she had forgotten was the zenith of
his aspirations.

There was one person who had always been an eyesore to
him, and a stumbling block in his way. This was Vassall

-- 144 --

[figure description] Page 144.[end figure description]

Morton. Morton, at twenty-three, was, in feeling, still a
boy; Vinal, at twenty-three, was a well-ripened man. But
the man hated the boy; and the boy retorted with a dislike
which was largely dashed with scorn. Vinal felt the scorn,
and it cut him to the quick, the more so, that he could not
hide from himself that he stood in awe of Morton. He
hated him, too, because he had that which he, Vinal, lacked —
fortune, good health, steady nerve. He hated him, because
he thought that Morton understood him; because the frankness
of the latter's nature rebuked the secrecy of his own;
and, above all, because he saw in him his most formidable
rival in the affections of Edith Leslie.

Vinal's nature, self-drilled as it was, could not be called a
cold one. It had in it spots and veins of sensitiveness.
When a child, this sensitiveness had often been morbidly
awake, and had caused him much suffering; but as he grew
towards manhood, it had been overlaid and hidden by very
different qualities, not often found in connection with it. Of
late, however, he had been in love, — with Edith Leslie, as
well as with her money, — and the dormant susceptibilities
of his childhood had been in some sort reawakened.

His mind, inharmonious and unhappy as nature and himself
had jointly made it, had never yet felt a pang so sharp
as when, arriving at Matherton, he learned privately from
Colonel Leslie the engagement which had passed between
Morton and his daughter. Miss Leslie's twice rejected
suitor compressed his thin lips in silence; it was his usual
sign of strong emotion. Leslie pressed his favorite's hand,—
he would fain have called him son-in-law, — and, turning
away abruptly, Vinal left the house.

-- 145 --

[figure description] Page 145.[end figure description]

The man whom he envied and hated had triumphed;
robbed him of fortune, and robbed him of happiness; happiness
of which Morton had had already his full share, and a
fortune which would but swell the ample bulk of his possessions.
Vinal was frenzied with grief, rage, and jealousy.

-- 146 --

CHAPTER XXIV. Clo.

That she should love this fellow and refuse me!
If it be sin to make a true election, she is damned.
Cymbeline.

[figure description] Page 146.[end figure description]

Morton sat in the reading room of the National, the grand
hotel of Matherton. It was by no means an elegant apartment.
In the middle was a table covered with newspapers;
at the sides were desks, likewise covered with newspapers,
padlocked together in files. The walls and the ceiling glared
a drear monotony of white, broken, however, by sundry ornaments,
worthy the attention of the curious. Here, framed in
birdseye maple, was the engraved likeness of “Old Hickory,”
with hat and cane in hand, a cloak to hide the gauntness of
his figure, and hair bristling in electrified disorder. Here,
too, was a colored print of the favorite steamboat “Queen of
the Lake;” Niagara Falls, by a license of art, forming a
blue curtain in the background. At its side was a lithograph
of the Empire Hotel, New York, the sidewalk in front
being embellished with groups of pedestrians, dressed with
matchless elegance, after the fashion plates; and, over against
this, an advertisement of Jessup's steel, encircled with a
lithographed halo, composed of ehisels, axes, hammers, saws,
and ploughshares.

The apartment, thus furnished and thus adorned, had,

-- 147 --

[figure description] Page 147.[end figure description]

besides Morton, but two occupants; the one a factory agent,
who stood at a desk, absorbed in the New Orleans Picayune;
the other a country tailor, who displayed the sign of the
“Full-dressed Man” at the neighboring village of Mudfield,
and was now seated at a window, busied in polishing a huge
garnet ring, which he wore, with a red silk handkerchief.

In a window recess, aloof from the tailor's, sat Morton,
scarcely conscious of any presence but that of his own
thoughts. He had found a philosopher's stone; and through
the rest of his life, this comfortless reading room of the
Matherton Hotel, this sanctuary of dry and weary Yankeedom,
was linked in his memory with dreams of golden
brightness.

A firm, quick step crossed the threshold, and paced the
sanded floor. Till this moment, Morton had remained absorbed,
shut in from the outer world; but now an influence,
which believers may call magnetism, made him look up and
bend forward from the recess to see who the sudden stranger
might be. The stranger turned also, and showed the pale,
fixed face of Horace Vinal.

Morton was disposed to be on good terms with all the
world, and more especially with his defeated rival.

“Good morning, Vinal,” he said, holding out his hand,
which Vinal took, his cold, thin fingers trembling in the
warm grasp of Morton. He had had no thought of finding
him there; the encounter was unlooked for as it was unwelcome;
and, as he muttered a few passing words of commonplace,
his features grew haggard with the violence of struggling
emotion. He turned away, went to a desk, pretended

-- 148 --

[figure description] Page 148.[end figure description]

to read a newspaper for a few moments, and then left the
room.

Morton looked after him. He had no doubt that Vinal
had heard of his misfortune; and the first sense of pain
which, since the evening before last, the successful lover
had felt, now crossed his mind.

“It's devilish hard for him, poor fellow,” he thought, as,
measuring Vinal's passion by his own, a vivid image of the
latter's suffering rose upon him.

Vinal strode along a corridor of the hotel. There was no
one to see him. His forehead was knit, his nostrils distended,
his jaws clinched. A man, whom he knew, came from a
side passage. Instantly Vinal's face was calm again, and as
the other passed he greeted him with a smile. He went out
into the main street of the town, along which he walked for a
few rods with his usual air of alert composure; then turned
down a narrow and unfrequented by-way. Here his whole
bearing changed. He trod the gravelled sidewalk with a
fierce, nervous motion; and with hands clinched and eyes
fixed on the ground, muttered through his set teeth, —

“Fair or foul, by G—, I'll be even with him.”

-- 149 --

CHAPTER XXV.

O, quha is this has done this deed,
This ill deed done to me?
To send me out this time o' the zeir,
To sail upon the sea.
Percy Reliques.

[figure description] Page 149.[end figure description]

A slave whose gall coins slanders like a mint.

Troilus and Cressida.

Your proposal flatters me, Mr. Morton; and, in many
points of view, the connection you offer would be a desirable
one, — a very desirable one. But I must say to you plainly,
that if my wishes alone were consulted, my daughter would
bestow her hand elsewhere. Perhaps I need not tell you
that Horace Vinal, who was my ward, and my late wife's
relation, and who has been my partner in business for a year
or more, is a young man whom I have looked upon as my
son, and whom it was my very earnest hope to have seen
such in reality. You who have had an opportunity of knowing
him can hardly be surprised that, after so long an intimacy,
I should prefer this connection to any other. I have
seen him in all the relations of life, and the more I have seen
the more I have learned to esteem him.”

“You speak with a good deal of emphasis of his character.
May I ask if any part of your objection to me rests on that
score.”

“In a matter like this, I am bound to be frank with you.

-- 150 --

[figure description] Page 150.[end figure description]

In many quarters, I hear you very highly spoken of, — so
highly, in fact, that I am disposed to take with every qualification
what I have heard to your disadvantage.”

“Pray, what is that?”

“I was a soldier once, and don't incline to inquire too
closely into the way young men may see fit to amuse themselves.
But on a point where my daughter's happiness might
be involved —”

“Upon my word, sir, I don't understand you.”

“Well, Mr. Morton, I hear — that is, I have learned —
that, like other young men of leisure, you have had your
bonnes fortunes, and winged other game than partridges and
woodcock.”

Morton looked at him in surprise. The truth was, that,
some time before, the discreet and far-sighted Vinal had contrived
to inoculate his patron with this calumny, which he
thought the species most likely to take readily. And such
had been his tact, that Leslie, though well imbued with the
idea, would have been puzzled to say whence he had received
it. A man of shallow-brained uprightness like his, if he
yields too easy a belief to falsehood, has the advantage of
yielding also an easy belief to truth. A few words from
Morton sufficed to carry conviction to the frank-hearted
auditor, who, feeling that, at least as regarded its worst
features, his charge must be groundless, hastened to make
the amende.

“Your word is enough, Mr. Morton, and I owe you an
apology for imagining that you could be false or heartless in
any connection whatever. I think, however, that you can see

-- 151 --

[figure description] Page 151.[end figure description]

how, without disparagement to you, I should still regret that
Horace Vinal, who is personally so near to me, so devoted to
my interests, and so strongly attached to my daughter, should
be disappointed. I advised him, yesterday, to go to Europe,
to recruit his health. I am told that you had yourself some
plan of the kind.”

“A very indefinite one, sir; in fact, amounting to none
at all.”

“Go this autumn; be absent a year, — that is not too
long for seeing Europe, — and if at the end of that time you
and my daughter should remain as earnest in this matter as
you are now, why, I am not the man to persist in opposing
her inclination.”

The sentence was hard; but there was no appeal. Leslie
had told Vinal the day before that he would despatch Morton
on his travels, intimating a hope that a long separation might
bring about a change in his daughter's feelings. Morton saw
nothing for it but acquiescence; to which, indeed, Miss
Leslie urged him, confiding in the strength of his attachment,
and happy to reconcile adverse duties and inclinations
at any price.

Meanwhile, he had not the smallest suspicion of the subtle
trick which his rival had played him. “This is a charitable
world!” he thought; “one must keep the beaten track,
look demure, and talk virtue, or, in one shape or another, it
will be the worse for him.”

-- 152 --

CHAPTER XXVI.

Then loathed he in his native land to dwell.

Childe Harold.

[figure description] Page 152.[end figure description]

Slend.

A gentleman born, Master Parson, who writes himself Armigero; in any
bill, warrant, quittance, or obligation, Armigero!

Shal.

Ay, that I do; and have done any time these three hundred years.

Merry
Wives of Windsor.

The engagement of Miss Leslie and Morton was to be
kept secret till the latter's return. None knew it but Leslie
and Vinal. Vinal, within a few weeks, sailed for Europe,
meaning, however, to be absent only three or four
months. Other motives apart, he felt, and Leslie saw, that
his health, always shivering in the wind, demanded the
change.

Meanwhile, Morton made the best of a six weeks' reprieve;
and hampered as he was by the injunction of secrecy, and
the precautions which it demanded, he crowded the short
interval with half a lifetime of mixed pleasure and pain,
expectation and anxiety.

It was past but too quickly; in three days more he must
set sail. Walking the street in a rueful mood, he met his
classmate, Chester, who, having made the tour of Europe, had
lost his obsolete ways, and grown backward into a man of
the present world.

-- 153 --

[figure description] Page 153.[end figure description]

“Good morning, Morton. Making calls? — I see it by
your face.”

“Yes; it's a thing that must be done sometimes.”

Pour prendre congé, I suppose. I hear you are off very
soon.”

“The day after to-morrow.”

“You couldn't do a wiser thing. When a man finds himself
in a scrape, he had better get out of it as soon as possible;
therefore, if he finds himself born in America, he had
better forswear his country.”

“Patriotic sentiments those.”

“I can't answer for the patriotism; but they are the sentiments
of a true son of the Pilgrim Fathers, who renounced
their country because they couldn't stand it, and came over
here. I mean to follow their example, and go back again.
They fled — so the story goes — from persecution. I mean
to fly from persecution too, — the persecution of a social
atmosphere that I find hostile to my constitution, and a
climate not fit for a reasonable being to live in.”

“I don't know why you should be so fierce against the
climate. By your look, you seem to thrive in it.”

“The bodily man thrives passably well. It's the immortal
part that suffers. Fierce! why, the climate makes me fierce.
Who can be a philosopher in such a climate? — or a poet?—
or an artist? — any thing but a steam engine? It is a
perpetual spur, an unremitting goad. Nobody is happy in
it except the men who ride on locomotives and conduct
express trains, — always on the move. O, so you go in here,
do you?”

-- 154 --

[figure description] Page 154.[end figure description]

“Yes, to see Mrs. Primrose. Will you come too?”

“No, thank you,” replied Chester, walking away, with a
comical look.

Morton rang the door bell, and found Mrs. Primrose at
home.

There was a book on the table. He took it up. It was a
novel, lately published.

Morton praised it.

Mrs. Primrose dissented, with great emphasis.

“You are severe upon the book.”

“Not more so than it deserves,” replied Mrs. Primrose;
“it is too coarse to be permitted for a moment.”

“And yet the moral tone seems good enough.”

“I do not blame the morality so much as the bad taste.
It is full of slang dialogue, and was certainly written by a
very unrefined person.”

“It makes its characters speak as such people speak in
real life.”

“It is not merely that,” said Mrs. Primrose, slightly pursing
her mouth; “it contains, besides, expressions absolutely
reprehensible.”

“One does not admire its good taste; but a little blunt
Saxon never did much harm.”

“No daughter of mine shall read it,” said Mrs. Primrose,
with gravity.

“I imagine that if literature is to reflect human life truly,
it can hardly be limited to the language of the drawing
room.”

“Then it should be banished from the drawing room,”
said Mrs. Primrose, with severity.

-- 155 --

[figure description] Page 155.[end figure description]

Here several visitors appeared, and Morton presently took
leave.

He was but a few rods from the door, when a quick step
came behind him.

“Hallo, colonel, where are you going at such a rate?”

Morton turned, and saw his classmate, Rosny.

“Why, Dick, I'm glad to see you.”

“They tell me you're bound for Europe.”

“Yes.”

“Well, it's a good move. If a man has money, he had
better enjoy it.”

“I shall be driving out of town in an hour. Come and
dine with me.”

“Sorry, colonel, but it can't be done. I'm out on the
stump in the cause of democracy. Shall be off westward in
two hours, and shake the dust from my shoes against this
nest of whiggery and old fogyism.”

“Democracy is under the weather just now, Dick.”

“Just now, I grant you. What with log cabins and hard
cider, and coons, the enlightened people are pretty well gammoned.
But there's a good time coming. Before you know
it, democracy will be upon you again like a load of bricks.
Why, what can you expect of a party that will take a coon
for its emblem? I saw one chained up this morning in the
yard of Taft's tavern, a dirty, mean-looking beast, about half
way between a jackal and an owl. He looked uncommonly
well in health, and could puff out his fur as round as a muff.
But, when you looked close, there was nothing of him but
skin and bone; exactly like the whig party. He put up his

-- 156 --

[figure description] Page 156.[end figure description]

nose, and smiled at me. I suppose — damn his impudence —
he took me for a whig. That coon is going into a decline.
It won't be long before he is taken by the tail and tossed over
Charles River bridge; and there he'll lie on the mud at low
tide, for a genuine emblem of the defunct whig party, and a
solemn warning to all coon worshippers.”

“Let the whigs alone, Dick; and if you won't dine with
me, come in here and drink a glass of claret.”

“That I'll do.” And they went into the hotel accordingly.

As Rosny took up his glass, Morton observed a large old
seal ring on his finger.

“Do you call yourself a democrat, and yet always wear
that ring of yours?”

“Why, what's the matter with the ring?”

“Nothing, except that it is a badge of feudalism, aristocracy,
and every thing else abominable to your party.”

“Pshaw, man. Look here: do you see that crest, cut in
the stone? That crest followed King Francis to Pavia, and
when Henri Quatre charged at Ivry, it wasn't far behind him.
It is mine by right. It comes down to me, straight as a bee
line, through twenty generations. And do you think I'm
going to renounce my birthright? No, be gad!”

“I wouldn't. But what becomes of your democracy?”

“Democracy is tall enough to take care of itself. I wear
that ring; but it don't follow that I stand on my ancestry.
You needn't laugh: the case is just this. If the blood in
my veins makes me stand to my colors where another man
would flinch, or hold my head up where another would be
sprawling on his back; if it gives me a better pluck, grit,

-- 157 --

[figure description] Page 157.[end figure description]

go-ahead; why, that's what I stand on, — that's my patent of
nobility. What the deuse are you laughing at? — the personal
quality, — don't you see? — and not the ancestry.”

“If you stand on personal merit, you'll be sure to go under
before long. The democracy are growing as jealous of that
as of ancestry, or of wealth either.”

“Why, what do you know about politics? You never had
any thing to do with them. You are no more fit for a politician
than for a fiddler.”

“I'm glad you think so. If I must serve the country in
any public capacity, I pray Heaven it may be as a scavenger
sooner than as a politician. Who can touch pitch and be
clean? I'll pay back your compliment, Dick. You are a
great deal too downright to succeed in public life.”

“I'll find a way or make one. But I tell you, colonel,”—
and a shade of something like disappointment passed over
his face, — “if a man wants the people's votes, it's fifty to
one that he's got to sink himself lower than the gutter before
he gets them.”

“Yes, and when the people have turned out of office every
man of virtue, honor, manliness, independence, and ability,
then they will fling up their caps and brag that their day is
come, and their triumph finished over the damned aristocracy.”

“You are an unbeliever. You haven't half faith enough
in the people. Now I put it to your common sense. Isn't
there a thousand times more patriotism in the laboring classes
in this country — yes, and about as much intelligence — as in
the rabble of sham fashionables at Saratoga, or any other
muster of our moneyed snobs and flunkeys?”

-- 158 --

[figure description] Page 158.[end figure description]

“Exceptions excepted, yes.”

“War to the knife with the codfish aristocracy! They are
a kind of mongrel beast, expressly devised and concocted for
me to kick. I don't mean the gentlemen with money; nor
the good fellows with money. I know what a gentleman is;
yes, and a lady, too, though I do make stump speeches, and
shake hands all round with the sovereign people. That sort
are welcome to their money. No, sir, it's the moneyed snobs,
the gilded toadstools, that it's my mission to pitch into.”

“Excuse me a moment, Dick,” said Morton, suddenly leaping
from his seat, as a lady passed the window.

“A lady, eh! Then I'll be off.”

“No, no, stay where you are. I'll be back again in three
minutes.”

He ran out of the hotel, and walked at his best pace in
pursuit of Fanny Euston, who, on her part, was walking with
an earnest air, like one whose thoughts were engaged with
some engrossing subject. He reached her side, and made a
movement to accost her; but she seemed unconscious of his
presence.

“Miss Fanny Euston, will you pardon me for breaking in
upon your reveries?”

She turned and recognized him, but her smile of recognition
was a very mournful one.

“I have stopped you to take my leave, — a good deal more
in short hand than I meant it should have been. I shall sail
for Europe the day after to-morrow.”

“Yes? Is not that a little sudden?”

“More sudden than I wish it were. I am not at all in a

-- 159 --

[figure description] Page 159.[end figure description]

travelling humor. I have been too much pressed for time to
ride out, as I meant to do, to your father's house.”

“We are all in town now. My father came from New
Orleans yesterday, very ill.”

“I did not hear of it. I trust not dangerously ill.”

“He is dying. He cannot live a week.”

Morton well knew the strength and depth of her attachment
to her father. He pressed her hand in silent sympathy.

“It grieves me, Fanny,” he said, after a moment, “to part
from you under such a cloud.”

“Good by,” she replied, returning the friendly pressure.
“I wish you with all my heart a pleasant and prosperous
journey.”

Morton turned back, wondering at the sudden dignity of
manner which grief had given to the wild and lawless Fanny
Euston.

-- 160 --

CHAPTER XXVII. Ham.

Thou wouldst not think how ill's all here about my heart, but it is no
matter.

[figure description] Page 160.[end figure description]

Hor.

Nay, good my lord —

Ham.

It is but foolery; but it is such a kind of gain-giving as would perhaps
trouble a woman.

Hor.

If your mind dislike any thing, obey it.

Ham.

Not a whit. We defy augury.

Morton's day of departure came. It was a comfortless,
savage, gusty morning, an east wind blowing in from the bay.
The hour to set sail was near; he should have been on board;
but still he lingered with Edith Leslie. The secrecy on which
her father insisted made it impossible for her to go with him
to the ship.

Morton forced himself away; his hand was on the door,
but his heart failed him, and he turned back again. On the
mind of each there was something more than the pain of a
year's separation. A dark foreboding, a cloud of dull and
sullen portent, hung over them both. The smooth and bright
crusting with which habit and training had iced over the
warm nature of Edith Leslie was broken and swept away;
and as Morton seized her hands, she disengaged herself, and,
throwing herself on his neck, sobbed convulsively. Morton
pressed her to his heart, and buried his face in her clustering
tresses; then, breaking from her, ran blindly from the house.

-- 161 --

[figure description] Page 161.[end figure description]

He repaired to the house of Meredith, who met him at the
door.

“You've no time to lose. Here's the carriage. Your
trunks are all right. Come on.”

They drove towards the wharf.

“I'd give my head to change places with you,” said Meredith.

“I wish you could.”

There was so much pain and dejection in his look, that his
friend could not fail to observe it.

“You don't want to go, then? I have noticed all along
that you seemed devilish cool about it.”

“Ned,” said Morton, “I never used to think myself superstitious;
but I begin now to change my mind. Heaven
knows why, but I have strange notions running in my brain.
My dog howled all last night; and not long ago, an owl
yelled over my head, and that, too, at a time — But
you'll think I have lost my wits.”

Meredith, in truth, was greatly amazed at this betrayal of a
weakness of which, long and closely as he had known his
companion, he had never suspected him.

“Why, colonel, I have seen you set out on a journey as
long and fifty times as hazardous as this, as carelessly as if
you were going to a dinner party.”

“I know it; but times are changed with me. I am not
quite the child, though, that you may suppose.”

“If you have such a feeling about going, I would give it
up. It's not too late.”

“No, I haven't sunk yet to that pass.” And, as he spoke,
the carriage stopped at the pier.

-- 162 --

CHAPTER XXVIII.

I can't but say it is an awkward sight
To see one's native land receding through
The growing waters.
Byron.

[figure description] Page 162.[end figure description]

The day brightened as the steamer bore out to sea, and
the sun streamed along the fast-receding shore. Morton
stood at the ship's stern, gazing back longingly towards
his native rocks. Though far from inclining to echo those
set terms of praise which the progeny of the Puritans are
fond of lavishing on themselves, he felt himself bound with
enduring cords to the woods and hills of New England, the
scene of his boyish aspirations, of his pure ambition, and
his devoted love; and while the crags of Gloucester faded
from his sight, his eyes were dimmed as he turned them
towards those rugged shores.

“Well, young man, seems to me you look a leetle kind o'
streak-ed at the idee of quitting home,” said a husky voice at
his elbow.

Morton turned, and saw a small man, with a meagre, hatchet
face, and a huge pair of black whiskers hedging round a
countenance so dead and pallid that one could see at a glance
that he was in a consumption. He had an eye hard as a
flint, one that might have faced a Gorgon without risk.

-- 163 --

[figure description] Page 163.[end figure description]

Morton regarded him with an expression which told him,
as plainly as words, to go about his business; but he might
as well have tried to look an image of brass out of countenance.

“Now I,” pursued the small man, “have some reason to
feel bad. It's an even bet if ever I see Boston lighthouse
again — about six of one and half a dozen of the other. I
consider myself a gone sucker. I've ben going, going, for
about two years, and pretty soon I expect I shall be going,
going, gone.”

These words, uttered in a sort of bravado, were interrupted
by a violent fit of coughing.

“Ever crossed the pond before?” asked the small man, as
soon as he could gain breath.

“Yes.”

“Business?”

“No.”

“I thought not. You don't look like a business man. I
know a business man, a mile off, by the cut of his jib. I'm
a business man myself, and a hard used one at that.”

Here a fresh fit of coughing began.

“Bad health; bad health, and damned hard luck, that's
what has finished up this child. If it worn't for them, I
should be worth my hundred thousand dollars this very
minute.”

Another fit of coughing.

“So you've ben across before. Well, so've I. That was
three years ago, by the doctors' advice. It's great advice they
give a man. It's good for their pockets, and there's deused

-- 164 --

[figure description] Page 164.[end figure description]

little else it's good for. I spent that year over three thousand
dollars; and if I'd staid to home, and stuck to my business,
I should have ben jest about as well, and cleared, — well,
yes, I should have cleared double the money, at the smallest
figger.”

More coughing.

“I expect you travel for pleasure.”

Morton replied by an inarticulate sound, which the other
might interpret as he pleased. He chose to interpret it in
the affirmative.

“Well, that's all very well for a young man like you.
You are young enough to like to look at the curiosities, and
take an interest in what's going on; but I'm too old a bird
for that. One night I was down to Palermo, there was an
eruption of Mount Etna going on. We were on the piazzy
at the back of Marston the consul's house, and there it was
blazing away to kill, way off on the further side of the island.
Well, the ladies was all O-ing and Ah-ing like fits. `Nonsense!
' says I; `it ain't a circumstance to the fire that burnt
down my splendid new freestone-front store on Broadway.
Now that was something worth saying O at.'”

More coughing.

“There was a young man there from Boston, and we went
round to look at the churches. He was all for staring at the
pictures, and the marble images, and the Lord knows what all,
while I went and paced off the length of the church from the
door up to the altar, and then again crosswise. There wasn't
a church in Palermo worth shaking a stick at that I didn't
know the size of, and have it all set down on paper.”

-- 165 --

[figure description] Page 165.[end figure description]

“And what good did that do you?”

“What good did that do me? Why, I had something to
show for my pains, something that would keep. They wanted
me to ride up on the back of a jackass to the top of
a mountain to see a cavern where some she saint or other
used to live, — St. Rosa Lee, or some such nigger-minstrel
name.”

“St. Rosalie, I suppose you mean.”

“St. Rosaly or St. Rosa Lee, it comes to pretty much
the same. She was fool enough to leave a comfortable home—
inside of a palace, too, be gad — and go and live all alone
by herself in that cavern. Well, they wanted me to ride up
on the jackass and see it. `No,' says I, `you don't ketch
me,' says I; `if I did, I might as well change places with the
jackass right away,' says I.”

A fresh fit of coughing.

“Yes, sir, bad health and hard luck, that's ben the finishing
of me, or else this minute I could show you my solid
hundred thousand. The fire was what begun it all. A
splendid freestone-front store, that hadn't its beat in all New
York, chock full of goods, that worn't more than half covered
by the insurance, burnt clean down to the sidewalk! Then
come the great failure you've heard of — Bragg, Dash, and
Bustup. I tell you, I was sucked in there to a handsome
figger. Top of all that, my health caved in, — uh, — uh, —
uh.” Here the coughing grew violent. “Well, I'm a gone
sucker, and it's no use crying over spilt milk. But if it
worn't for bad health and damned hard luck, I should have

-- 166 --

[figure description] Page 166.[end figure description]

been worth a hun — uh — uh — uh — a hundred thousand
dol — uh — uh — dollars, — uh — uh — uh — uh — uh.”

“This wind is too sharp for you,” observed Morton.

“Fact,” said the invalid; “I can't stand it no how.”

He went down to the cabin, Morton's eye following him in
pity and disgust.

-- 167 --

CHAPTER XXIX.

The useful science of the world to know,
Which books can never teach, nor pedants show.
Lyttleton.

[figure description] Page 167.[end figure description]

The steamer, in due time, reached Liverpool; but Morton
remained only a few days in England, crossing to Boulogne,
and thence to Paris. Here he arrived late one afternoon;
and taking his seat at the table d'hôte of Meurice's Hotel, he
presently discovered among the guests the familiar profile of
Vinal, who was just returned from a flying tour through the
provinces. Vinal seemed not to see him; but at the close of
the dinner, Morton came behind his chair and spoke to him.
At his side sat a young man, whose face Morton remembered
to have seen before. Vinal introduced him as Mr. Richards.
When a boy, he had been a schoolmate of them both, and
now called himself a medical student, living on the other side
of the Seine. Having been in Paris for two years or more,
he had, as he prided himself, a thorough knowledge of it;
that is to say, he knew its sights of all kinds, and places of
amusement of high and low degree. The sagacious Vinal
thought himself happy in so able and zealous a guide.

“Mr. Vinal and I are going on an excursion about town
to-night,” said Richards; “won't you go with us?”

-- 168 --

[figure description] Page 168.[end figure description]

“Thank you,” replied Morton, “I have letters to write,
and do not mean to go out this evening.”

Vinal and Richards accordingly set forth without him, the
latter acquitting himself wholly to his companion's satisfaction
and his own. Vinal, who inclined very little to
youthful amusements, contemplated all he saw with the eye
of a philosopher rather than of a sybarite, looking upon it as
a curious study of human nature, in the knowledge of which
he was always eager to perfect himself. In the course of
their excursion, they entered a large and handsome building
on the Boulevard des Italiens. Here they passed through a
succession of rooms filled with men engaged in various
games of hazard, more or less deep, and came at length to
two small apartments, which seemed to form the penetralia
of the temple.

In the farther of these was a table, about which sat some
eight or ten well-dressed men, and at the head, a sedate, collected,
vigilant-looking person, with a little wooden rake in
his hand.

Messieurs, tout est fait. Rien ne va plus,” he said,
drawing towards him a plentiful heap of gold coin, almost at
the instant that Vinal and Richards came in. The game was
that moment finished.

As he spoke, a strong, thick-set man rose abruptly from the
table, muttering a savage oath through his black moustache,
and brushing fiercely past the two visitors, went out at the
door. Richards pressed Vinal's arm, as a hint that he should
observe him. As the game was not immediately resumed,
they soon left the room; and after staking and losing a few
small pieces at another table, returned to the street.

-- 169 --

[figure description] Page 169.[end figure description]

“Did you observe that man who passed us?” asked
Richards.

“Yes. He seemed out of humor with his luck.”

“He was clean emptied out; I would swear to it. I was
afraid he would see me as he went by, but he didn't.”

“Why, do you know him?”

“O, yes; and you ought to know him too, if you want to
understand how things are managed hereabouts. He's a
patriot, — agitator, — democrat, — red republican, — conspirator, —
you can call him whichever you like, according to
taste. He's mixed up with all the secret clubs, secret committees,
and what not, from one end of the continent to the
other. He's a sort of political sapper and miner, — not
exactly like our patriots of '76, but all's fair that aims a kick
at the House of Hapsburg.”

“Has he any special spite in that quarter?”

“He has been intriguing so long in Austria and Lombardy,
that now he could not show his face there a moment without
being arrested. So he is living here, where he keeps very
quiet at present, for fear of consequences.”

“What is his name?”

“Speyer, — Henry Speyer.”

“A German?”

“No; he's of no nation at all. He belongs to a sort of
mongrel breed, from the Rock of Gibraltar, — a cross of
half the nations in Europe. They go by the name of Rock
Scorpions. Speyer is a compound of German, Spanish,
English, French, Genoese, and Moorish, and the result is the
greatest rascal that ever went unhung. Still you ought to

-- 170 --

[figure description] Page 170.[end figure description]

know him; he is a curiosity, — one of the men of the times.
If you want to know the secret springs of the revolution that
all the newspapers will be full of not many years from this,
why, Speyer is one of them.”

“But is there not some risk in being in communication
with such a man?”

“Yes, if one isn't cautious. But, as I'll manage it, it will
be perfectly safe.”

Vinal, though morbidly timorous as respected peril to life
or limb, was not wholly deficient in the courage of the intriguer—
a quality quite distinct from the courage of the
soldier. Any thing which promised to show him human
nature under a new aspect, or disclose to him a hidden spring
of human action, had a resistless attraction in his eyes. He
therefore assented to Richards's proposal, and promised that,
at some more auspicious time, he would go with him to the
patriot's lodging.

-- 171 --

CHAPTER XXX.

Those travelled youths whom tender mothers wean
And send abroad to see and to be seen,
Have made all Europe's vices so well known,
They seem almost as natural as our own.
Churchill.

[figure description] Page 171.[end figure description]

On the next morning, Vinal, Morton, and two other young
Americans were seated together in the coffee room at Meurice's.
They were discussing plans of travel.

“Then you don't intend to stay long in Paris,” said one
of the strangers to Morton.

“Not at present. I shall set out in a few days for
Vienna, and then go down the Danube.”

“That's an original idea. What will you find there worth
seeing?”

“It's a fancy of mine. There is no place in Europe where
one can see such a conglomerate of nations and races as in
the provinces along the Danube. I like to see the human
animal in all his varieties, — that's my specialty.”

“But what facilities will you find there for travelling?”

“O, I shall be content with any that offer; the vehicles of
the country, whatever they are. I don't believe in travelling
en grand seigneur. By mixing with the people, and doing
at Rome as the Romans do, one learns in a month more than
he could learn in ten years by the other way.”

-- 172 --

[figure description] Page 172.[end figure description]

“You'll take your servant with you, I suppose.”

“No. I shall discharge him when I leave Paris.”

After conversing for some time longer, Morton and the two
young men left the room, while Vinal still remained faithful
to the attractions of his omelet. He was interrupted by
the advent of the small man who had accosted Morton in the
steamer, and had since favored him with his company from
Liverpool to Paris.

“Well, here's a pretty business, damned if there isn't,”
said the new arrival, seating himself indignantly.

“What's the matter?” asked Vinal.

“What's the matter! Why, there's a good deal the
matter. There was a young man in Philadelphy named Wilkins, —
John Wilkins, — I've known him ever sence he was
knee high to a toad, and a likelier young feller there isn't in
the States. He was goin' on to make a right smart, active,
business man, too. Well, he was clerk in one of the biggest
drug concerns south of New York city, — Gooch and Scammony, —
I tell you, they do a tall business out west, and
no mistake. No, sir, Gooch and Scammony ain't hardly got
their beat in the drug business nowhere.”

“But what about the clerk?”

“What about him? Why, that's just what I was going
on to tell you. Well, John, he had a little money laid up;
so he thought he'd just come out and see a bit of the world.
Well, there was a German there at Philadelphy who had to
cut stick from the old country on account of some political
muss or other. John and he worn't on good terms; — it was
about a gal, John says. However, jest about the time John

-- 173 --

[figure description] Page 173.[end figure description]

talked of coming out to Europe, the German comes and
makes it up, and pretends to be friends again. `John,' says
he, `I've got relations out to Vienny, where I come from;
first-rate, genteel folks; now,' says he, `perhaps you might
like me to make you acquainted with 'em. They'd do the
handsome thing by you, and no mistake.' `Well,' says John,
`I don't mind if you do.' So the German gives him some
letters; and, sure enough, they treated him very civil; but
the very next morning, before he was out of bed, up comes
the police, and carries him off to jail; and that, I guess,
would have been about the last we'd ever have seen of John
Wilkins, if, by the slimmest ghost of a chance, he hadn't got
word to our minister, and the minister blowed out so hard
about it, that they just let John go, and said they was very
sorry, and it was all a mistake, but he'd better make tracks
out of Austria in double quick time, because if he didn't,
they didn't know as there was any body there would undertake
to be responsible for what might happen.”

Here the orator's breath quite failed, and he coughed till
his hatchet face turned blue. Vinal reflected in silence.

“Wasn't he an Amerikin?” pursued the small man, “and
didn't he have an Amerikin passport in his pocket? I expect
to go where I please, and keep what company I please, —
uh, — uh, — uh. I'm an Amerikin, — uh, — and that's
enough; and a considerable wide margin to spare, — uh, —
uh, — uh.”

“But what evidence is there that the German had any
thing to do with the affair?”

-- 174 --

[figure description] Page 174.[end figure description]

“That's the deused part of the business. There ain't no
evidence to fix it on him.”

“Were the letters he gave your friend sealed?”

“Not a bit of it. They was open, and read jest as fair as
need be.”

“Probably he was imprudent, and said something which
compromised him. Stone walls, you know, have ears in
Austria.”

“Well, I don't know.”

“It is very easy for an American to get into trouble with
the Austrian government. There is a natural antipathy
between them.”

“Damn such a government.”

“Exactly; you're quite right there.”

“Why, if you or me was to go down to Austria, and happen
to rip out what we thought of 'em, where's the guarantee
that they wouldn't stick us down in some of their prisons,
and nobody be any wiser for it?”

“There is no guarantee at all.”

“I've heerd said that such things has happened.”

“No doubt of it. About this German, — I should advise
your friend to be cautious how he accuses him of any intention
of having him arrested. If the letters had been sealed,
there might have been some ground for suspicion; but as the
case stands, I do not see how there can be any. And it is a
little hard upon a man, when he meant to do a kindness, to
charge him with playing such a trick as that.”

“Well, it may be as you think. It looks like enough,
any way.”

-- 175 --

[figure description] Page 175.[end figure description]

The small man addressed himself to his breakfast. Vinal
sat playing with his spoon, his brain filled with busy and
feverish thoughts.

In a few minutes, a messenger from an American banking
house came in, looking about the room as if in search of
some person. Observing Vinal, whom he had seen before,
he asked if he knew where Mr. Morton was.

“Letters there for me?” demanded Vinal, taking several
which the messenger held in his hand, and glancing over the
directions.

“No, sir, they are all Mr. Morton's.”

At that instant Vinal discovered the well-remembered
handwriting of Edith Leslie. His pale face grew a shade
paler.

“O, Mr. Morton's! I don't know where you will find
him,” and he gave back the letters to the messenger, who
presently left the room.

Vinal sat for a few minutes more, brooding in silence;
then slowly rose, and walked away. In going towards the
room of the hotel which he occupied, he passed along a
corridor, opposite the end of which opened a parlor occupied
by Morton. The door was open, and Vinal, as he advanced,
could plainly see his rival within. Morton had been on the
point of going out. His hat and gloves lay on the table at his
side; near them were three or four sealed letters; another—
Vinal well knew from whom — was open in his hands;
and as he stood bending over it, there was a sunlight in the
eye of the successful lover which shot deadly envy into the
breast of Vinal. Hate and jealousy gnawed and rankled at
his heart.

-- 176 --

CHAPTER XXXI.

Though I do hate him as I do hell pains,
I must throw out a flag and sign of love.
Othello.

[figure description] Page 176.[end figure description]

That day Vinal drove to the Quartier Latin, called upon
his friend Richards, and asked him to dine at the Trois
Frères Provençaux. Mr. Richards was never known to
decline such an invitation.

To the Trois Frères accordingly they repaired. Richards,
whose social position at home was much inferior to that of
his entertainer, thought the latter a capital fellow; especially
when Vinal flattered him by deferring to his better taste and
experience in the ordering of the dinner. But when, after
nightfall, they issued forth again upon the open area of the
Palais Royal, the delicate Vinal shivered with the cold. A
chill wind and a dreary rain had set in, and Vinal, always
cautious in such matters, said that before proceeding on their
evening's amusements, he would go to Meurice's and get an
overcoat.

The overcoat being found, Vinal, buttoned to the chin,
came down the stairway, and rejoined Richards.

Morton had just before sent a servant for a carriage, to
drive to the opera, and was waiting wrapped in his cloak,
on the steps outside the door.

-- 177 --

[figure description] Page 177.[end figure description]

“What shall our first move be?” asked Richards of Vinal,
as they passed out.

“Whatever you like.”

“You had better give the word.”

“Then suppose we go and see your friend, the professor.”

“Who the deuse is Richards's friend, the professor?”
thought Morton, as the others passed without observing him.

“The professor” was a cant term for Mr. Henry Speyer.

Speyer lived in an obscure part of the Latin quarter; and
Richards, who was vain of his intimacy with this scoundrel,
as indicating how deeply he was versed in Paris life, approached
his lodging with much circumspection, by dim and
devious routes.

“My name is Wilton, and I hail from New Orleans,” said
Vinal, as they reached the patriot's threshold.

As Mr. Wilton, of New Orleans, then, Vinal became known
to Mr. Henry Speyer. The latter's quarters were any thing
but commodious or attractive; and Richards invited him to a
petit souper at his own lodgings, which were not very remote.
Leaving Speyer to make his own way thither, he proceeded
to summon two additional guests, in the persons of two
friends of his own, his favorite partners at the Chaumière.
With the aid of wine and cigars, the party became, in time,
very animated. Vinal, who had a quick and pungent wit,
drew upon himself much applause, and Speyer regarded him
with especial commendation. But while he played his part
thus successfully, he was studying his companions, as a scholar
studies a book; studiously keeping himself cool; sipping a
few drops of his wine, and slyly spilling the rest under the

-- 178 --

[figure description] Page 178.[end figure description]

table, while he did his best to stimulate the others, and especially
Speyer, to drink. Speyer drank, indeed, but the wine
seemed to produce no more effect on him than water. He
remained as cool as Vinal himself. The latter, young as he
was, was a close and penetrating judge of men; and when,
at two o'clock in the morning, he returned to his hotel, he
carried with him the conviction that, in his present beggared
condition, a few hundred francs would bribe the patriot to
commit any moderately safe villany.

The evening, however, had had one result which Vinal
regretted. Mr. Richards, being obfuscated with champagne,
had repeatedly called him by his true name; so that Speyer
was fully aware that his new acquaintance was not Mr. Wilton,
of New Orleans, but Mr. Horace Vinal, of Boston.

-- 179 --

CHAPTER XXXII.

And, far the blackest there, the traitor friend.

Dryden.

[figure description] Page 179.[end figure description]

Several days had passed, during which Vinal contrived to
have more than one private interview with his new acquaintance,
Speyer. He had sounded him with much astuteness;
found that he could serve him; and was confirmed in his
assurance that he would.

Morton, he knew, was to leave Paris on the next morning.
The time to act was now, or never.

At about three in the afternoon, he discovered his rival
sauntering along an avenue in the garden of the Tuileries;
and walking up behind, he joined him.

“There are some of us,” said Vinal, after a few moments'
conversation, “going to Versailles to-morrow. Will you go?”

“I mean to leave Paris to-morrow.”

“To-morrow! That's very sudden.”

“I shall come back again in a few months.”

“Your first move is to Italy, I think you said.”

“No, to Austria and the Danube.”

“O, I remember; it is West who is going to Italy. I
think he has chosen the better route of the two.”

“Yes, as far as history and works of art are concerned.
But the Austrian provinces are the best field for me. I

-- 180 --

[figure description] Page 180.[end figure description]

am mounted on a hobby, you know, and my time is so short
that I must make the most of what I have.”

“You wish to see the people — the different races — is
that it?”

“Yes.”

“You ought to be well booked up before you go, or you'll
lose time. By the way, I made an acquaintance a little
while ago in the diligence from Strasburg — a very agreeable
man, a professor at Berlin —”

“O, the professor whom you and Richards were going to
see, the other night.”

A thrill shot through Vinal's nerves; but the unsuspecting
Morton almost instantly relieved his terror.

“I was standing on the steps as you went out, and heard
you say that you were going to visit him. From the way in
which you spoke, I imagined him to be some professor of the
noble art of self-defence.”

“Ha, ha!” laughed Vinal, not quite recovered from his surprise;
“no, not precisely that; Speyer is a philologist —
that's his department.”

“And Richards knows him, too?”

“Yes, through my introduction.”

“From your calling him `his friend, the professor,' I
imagined that the acquaintance began the other way.”

“Yes, his friend, with a vengeance. Confound the fellow,
as I was walking with him the other day, we met Speyer, and
I, thinking no harm, introduced them; but it wasn't twenty-four
hours before Richards was at him to borrow money,
which Speyer let him have. I dare say Richards has bled
you as well.”

-- 181 --

[figure description] Page 181.[end figure description]

“No.”

“No? Then you are luckier than I am. I advise you to
keep out of his way, or he'll pin you before you know it.”

“I should judge as much.”

“I spoke of Professor Speyer because he was born in some
outlandish corner of the Austrian empire, — Croatia, I think
he told me, — and had his head full of political soap bubbles
founded on the distribution of races in that part of the world.
He put me to sleep half a dozen times with talking about
Pansclavism and the manifest destinies of the Sclavic peoples.
He is the very man for you; and I am sorry I didn't think
of it before.”

“Well,” said Morton, “I must blunder through as I can.”

“Are you at leisure? I'll go with you this afternoon, if
you like, and call on him.”

“I dare say my visit would bore him.”

“Get him upon the races in the Austrian empire, and he
will be more apt to bore you. Are you free at four o'clock?”
pursued Vinal, looking at his watch.

“Yes, quite so.”

“Very well. I'm going now to my tailor's. Every genuine
American, you know, must have a new fit-out in Paris.
I'll meet you at Meurice's at four, and we'll go from there to
Speyer's.”

Vinal had three quarters of an hour to spare. He spent a
part of them in forging the next link of his chain. At four
he rejoined Morton, and they walked out together.

“I think you'll like Professor Speyer,” said Vinal. “I
have become quite intimate with him, on the strength of a

-- 182 --

[figure description] Page 182.[end figure description]

fortnight's acquaintance. He urges me to go to Hungary and
Transylvania, and offered me introductions to his friends
there. It would not be a bad plan for you to ask him for
letters. They would not make you acquainted with the Austrian
haut ton, but they would bring you into contact with
men of his own stamp, — people of knowledge and intelligence,
who could be of great service to you, and with whom
you needn't be on terms of much ceremony. — Here's the
place; — he lives here.”

It was a lodging house on the Rue Rivoli. Vinal rang the
bell. The porter appeared.

“Is Professor Speyer at home?”

Non, monsieur; il est sorti.

Vinal had just bribed the man to give this answer.

“That's unlucky,” he said. “Well, if you like, we can
come again this evening.”

“I am engaged to dine this evening at Madame —'s.”

Vinal had known of this engagement.

“I don't see, then, but that you will lose your chance with
Speyer. Well, fortune de guerre. I should like to have had
you see him, though.”

And they walked towards the Boulevards, conversing on
indifferent matters.

-- 183 --

CHAPTER XXXIII.

Whose nature is so far from doing evil
That he suspects none; on whose foolish honesty
My practices ride easy.
King Lear.

[figure description] Page 183.[end figure description]

Early the next morning, Morton was writing in his room,
when Vinal came in.

“Are you still bent on going off to-day?”

“Yes, within an hour.”

“I was passing last evening by Professor Speyer's lodgings,
and, seeing a light at his window, went in. I told him that
I had come to find him in the afternoon with an old acquaintance
of mine, who was going to the Austrian provinces, and
that I had advised you to ask introductions from him to his
friends there. He was a good deal interested, as I knew he
would be, in what I told him about the objects of your journey.
`I'm very sorry,' he said, `that I did not see your friend,
for I could have given him letters which I don't doubt would
have been of great use to him. But wait a few minutes,'
said he, `and I'll write a few lines now.' Here they are,”
continued Vinal, giving to Morton four or five notes of introduction.
“You can put them in your pocket, and use
them or not, as you may find convenient.”

“I'm very much obliged to you,” said Morton. “Tell
Professor Speyer that I am greatly indebted to his kindness,

-- 184 --

[figure description] Page 184.[end figure description]

and shall be happy to avail myself of it. You are looking
very pale; are you ill?”

“No, not at all,” stammered Vinal, “but, what is nearly as
bad, I have been kept awake all night with a raging toothache.”

He had been awake all night, but not with toothache.

“There is one consolation for that trouble; cold steel will
cure it.”

“Yes, but the remedy is none of the pleasantest. I won't
interrupt you any longer. Good by. I wish you a pleasant
journey.”

He shook hands with Morton, and, pressing his haggard
cheek, as if to stifle the pain, left the room.

With a new letter from Edith Leslie before him, Morton
saw the world in rose tint. Happiness blinded him, and he
was in no mood to doubt of human nature. He blamed himself
for his harsh opinions of Vinal.

“It's very generous of him to interest himself at this time,
in my affairs. `'Tis my nature's plague to spy into abuses.'
I have misjudged him. He is a better fellow than I ever took
him for.”

The notes were written in a peculiarly neat, small hand,
and bore the signature of Henry Speyer. They all spoke of
Morton as interested in a common object with the person
addressed; but, with this exception, there was nothing in
them which drew his attention, especially as they were in
German, a language with which he was not very familiar.
As for the circumstance of their having been given at all to a
person whom the writer had never seen, Morton accounted
for it on the score of the good natured professor's desire to
oblige his valued friend Vinal.

-- 185 --

CHAPTER XXXIV.

Things bad begun make strong themselves by ill.

Macbeth.

[figure description] Page 185.[end figure description]

The requisites of a successful villain are manifold. The
toughened conscience, the ready wit, the sage experience, the
mind tutored, like Iago, in all qualities of human dealing, —
all these, in some reasonable measure, Vinal had; but he
miserably lacked the vulgar, but no less needful requisite of
a sound bodily fibre to support the workings of his brain.
His mind was a good lever with a feeble fulcrum; a gun
mounted on a tottering rampart. When every breath of
emotion that touches the fine-strung organism quivers along
the electric chord to the brain, kindling there strange perturbations,
then philosophy must lower her tone, and stoicism
itself must soon confess that its only resource is to avoid the
enemy with whom it cannot cope. Vinal was but ill fitted
to act the part he had undertaken. The excitements of
villany were too much for him. Peace of mind was as needful
to him as food and drink. He had been battling all his
life against what he imagined to be a defect of his mental
forces, but which had, in the main, no deeper root than in the
sensitiveness of his bodily constitution. In prudence and
common sense, he was bound to seek asylum in that blissful
serenity, that benignant calm, said to be the unfailing

-- 186 --

[figure description] Page 186.[end figure description]

attendant on piety and good works. Never did Nature give a
sharper hint than she gave to Vinal to eschew evil courses,
and leaving rascality to tougher nerves, to tread the placid
paths of virtue and discretion. Vinal saw fit to disregard
the hint, and the consequences became somewhat grievous.

While his intrigue was in progress, his nerves had given
him no great trouble. Hate and jealousy absorbed him.
He was steadfast in his purpose to get rid of his rival. But
now that the mine was laid, and the match lighted, a change
began to come upon him. It was his maiden felony; his
first début in the distinct character of a scoundrel; and,
though his conscience was none of the liveliest, it sufficed to
visit him with some qualms. Anxieties, doubts, fears, began
to prey upon him; sleep failed him; his nerves were set
more and more on edge; in short, body and mind, mutually
acting on each other, were fast bringing him to a state quite
adverse to the maxims of his philosophy.

When a sophomore in college, his favorite reading had
been Foster's Essay on Decision of Character, and he had
aspired to realize in his own person the type of character
therein set forth; the man of steel, who, in his firm march
towards his ends, knows neither doubts, nor waverings, nor
relentings. Of this ideal he was now falling lamentably
short; and as, at two o'clock in the morning, he rose from his
restless bed, and paced his chamber to and fro, vainly upbraiding
his weakness, and struggling to reason down the
rebellious vibration of his nerves, he was any thing but the
inexorable hero of his boyish fancy.

“The thing is done,” — so he communed with himself, —

-- 187 --

[figure description] Page 187.[end figure description]

“it was deliberately done, and well done. That hound is
chained and muzzled, or will be so soon. For a time, at
least, he is out of my path. But is he? What if he should
escape the trap? What if those men to whom I have sent
him are less an abomination in the eyes of the government
than there is reason to think them? No doubt he will be
compromised; no doubt he will get into difficulty; but if he
should get out again! if, within a year from this he should
come home to charge me with trapanning him! Pshaw! he
could prove nothing. He would be thought malicious if he
accused me. But he may suspect!” and this idea sufficed to
fill his excited mind with fresh agitation. For three nights
he had been without sleep; and now his irritable system was
wrought almost to the point of fever.

“Half measures are nothing! The nail must be driven
home and clinched! I must make sure of him.” And early
in the morning he went to find Speyer.

Speyer was not to be found. In his eagerness, he went
again and again to seek him, though he knew that there was
risk in doing so. At length he succeeded; and in spite of
his resolute and long-practised self-control, his confederate
saw at a glance, in his shining eye, flushed cheek, and the
nervous compression of his lips, that he was under a great,
though a painfully repressed excitement.

“Well, monsieur, do you hear any thing from your
friend?”

“No, it is not time to hear.”

“You will have to wait a long while before the time
comes.”

-- 188 --

[figure description] Page 188.[end figure description]

“Your letters were very well so far as they go; but the
thing should be done thoroughly. What I wish you to do is
this. Write to him a letter, implicating him in your revolutionary
plot. He will be under suspicion. Every letter sent
to him will be stopped and opened by the police.”

“If that is done, I will warrant you quit of him; at least
for some years to come.”

“They will imprison him,” said Vinal, nervously, “but
that will be the whole, — his life will be in no danger.”

“His life!” returned Speyer, glancing sidelong at his
visitor; “don't be troubled on that score. They won't kill
him.”

“Then write the letter,” said Vinal, laying a rouleau of
gold on the table, “and write it in such a way that it shall
spring the trap on him, and keep him caged till doomsday.”

The letter was written. Vinal read it, re-read it, sealed
it, and with a quivering hand thrust it into the post office.

-- 189 --

CHAPTER XXXV.

Thy hope is young, thy heart is strong, but yet a day may be,
When thou shalt weep in dungeon deep, and none thy weeping see.
The Count of Saldana.

[figure description] Page 189.[end figure description]

Morton had left Vienna, and was journeying in the diligence
on the confines of Styria. The cumbrous machine had
been lumbering on all night. Awaking at daybreak from his
comfortless sleep, and looking through the breath-bedimmed
panes before him, he saw the postilion's shoulders wearily
jolting up and down with the motion of the lazy horses. He
had one fellow-traveller in the compartment which he occupied,
a man of thirty-five or thereabouts, who had taken the
diligence late the evening before, and who now, his shoulders
supported by the leather straps which hung for the purpose
from the roof, and his head tumbling forward on his chest,
was dozing with a ludicrously grim expression of countenance.
At length a sudden jolt awakened him; he started,
shook himself, looked about him, inclined his head by way
of salutation to his fellow-traveller, and opened a conversation
with a remark on the chillness of the morning. After
conversing for a time in French, the stranger said in excellent
English, “I see there is no need of our speaking French,
for by your accent I judge that you are English. I myself

-- 190 --

[figure description] Page 190.[end figure description]

have a little of the English about me; that is to say, I was
four years at Oxford, though I am German by birth.”

“I am not English, though my ancestors were.”

“You are American, then?” said the stranger, looking at
him with some curiosity; and from this beginning, their
acquaintance ripened fast. The German, regarding his companion
as a young man of more intelligence than experience,
conversed with an ease and frankness which fast gained upon
Morton's confidence. He proved, indeed, a storehouse of
information, discoursing of the people, the country, and even
the government, with little reserve, and an admirable copiousness
and minuteness of knowledge. At length he asked
Morton if he had any acquaintance in Austria.

“None, excepting one or two persons at Vienna, to whom
I had letters.”

“Then you have probably made agreeable acquaintances.
The society of Vienna is a very pleasant one.”

“My letters were, or purported to be, to savans and literary
men.”

“There, too, you should have found persons well worth
the meeting.”

“I have no doubt of it.”

“You do not speak,” said the investigating stranger, with
a smile, “like one who has been much pleased with his experience.”

“I have had no opportunity to judge fairly of the Viennese
savans.

“Your letters gave you no opportunity?”

-- 191 --

[figure description] Page 191.[end figure description]

“They were given me at Paris, in a rather singular way;
and, to say the truth, the persons to whom they introduced
me were so little to my taste, that after delivering one or two
of them, I determined not to use the rest.”

“You appear to have been very unfortunate. Will you
allow me to ask to whom your letters were addressed?”

“They were written by a person whom I never saw, and
were given to me by a friend, — an acquaintance, — of mine,
as a means of gaining information about the country; such
information as that for which I am indebted to you. I have
been a good deal perplexed as to the character of the persons
to whom they were written.”

“Very probably I could aid you.”

Morton mentioned the names of the men he had seen.

The German at first looked puzzled, then amazed, then
distrustful.

“Your letters were got for you by a friend of yours?”

“Yes.”

“And were written by —”

“A professor from Berlin, named Speyer, — Henry Speyer.”

“Henry Speyer!” repeated the German, in astonishment.

“You were saying that you had lived for some years at
Berlin. Perhaps you can tell me who and what he is.”

“I know of no Professor Henry Speyer at Berlin.”

“This man, I am told, is well known as a philologist.”

“There is a Henry Speyer who is a philologist, so far as
speaking every language in Europe can make him one; but
he was never a professor in Berlin or any where else.”

-- 192 --

[figure description] Page 192.[end figure description]

Morton looked perplexed. The German studied his face
for a moment, and then said, —

“You say that a friend of yours gave you letters from
Henry Speyer to the men you just named?”

“Yes.”

“I beg your pardon! Have you ever quarrelled with
your friend? Are you on terms with your friend's mistress?
or do you stand between your friend and a fortune?”

A cold thrill passed through Morton's frame. There was
an approach to truth in both the two last suppositions.

“Either you are very much deeper than I know how to
comprehend you, or else you are the victim of a plot.”

“What kind of plot?” demanded the startled Morton;
“who is Speyer, and who are the other men?”

“I will tell you. Speyer is an intriguer, a revolutionist,
a man in every way infamous. As for his being a professor,
he is no more a professor than he is a prime minister, and
you may ascribe what motives you please to your friend for
giving him the name. He dares not set foot in Austria. If
he did, it would go very hard with him. The other men are
of the same kidney — his aiders, abetters, fellow conspirators;
known or suspected to be plotting for the overthrow
of the government.”

“Then why are they at liberty?”

“Do you call it liberty to be day and night under the eye
of the police — to be dogged and watched every hour of
their lives? They serve as a sort of decoy. All who hold
communication with them are noted down as dangerous;

-- 193 --

[figure description] Page 193.[end figure description]

and my only wonder is, that you have not before this heard
from the police.”

“And what would you advise me to do?”

“Get out of Austria as soon and as quietly as you can.
When you have passed the frontier you will be safe, and
not before.”

-- 194 --

CHAPTER XXXVI.

Monsieur, j'ai deux mots à vous dire;
Messieurs les maréchaux, dont j'ai commandement,
Vous mandent de venir les trouver promptement,
Monsieur.
Le Misanthrope.

[figure description] Page 194.[end figure description]

That evening Morton arrived at the post house at —.
He was alone, his companion of the morning, whose route
lay in another direction, having left him long before. At the
head of the ancient staircase, the host welcomed him with a
“good night,” and ushered him into a large, low, wooden room,
where some thirty men and women were smoking, eating,
and lounging among the tables and benches. Old Germans
talked over their beer pots, and puffed at their pipes; young
ones laughed and bantered with the servant girls. A Frenchman,
en route for Laibach, gulped down his bowlful of soup,
sprang to the window when he heard the postilion's horn,
bounded back to finish his tumbler of wine, then seized his
cane, and dashed out in hot haste. A small, prim student
strutted to the window to watch him, pipe in hand, and an
amused grin on his face; then turned to roar for more beer,
and joke with the girl who brought it.

Morton sat alone, incensed, disturbed, anxious. He had
resolved to go no farther without taking measures to secure
his own safety; and a day or two, he hoped, would place

-- 195 --

[figure description] Page 195.[end figure description]

him out of the reach of danger. Meanwhile, what with his
horror at the villany which had duped him, his anger with
himself at being duped, and the consciousness that the hundred-handed
despotism of Austria might at any moment close
its gripe upon him, the condition of his mind was far from
enviable.

As he surveyed the noisy groups around him, three men
appeared at the door. Morton sipped his wine, and watched
them uneasily out of the corner of his eye. One of them
was a military officer; another was a tall man in a civil
dress; the third was the conductor of the diligence in which
Morton had travelled all day. The conductor looked towards
him significantly; the tall man inclined his head, as a token
that he understood the sign. Then approaching, hat in hand,
he said very courteously, in French, —

“Pardon, monsieur; I regret that I must give you some
little trouble. I have a carriage below; will you have the
goodness to accept a seat in it?”

“To go whither?” demanded Morton, in alarm.

“To the office of police, monsieur.”

The Austrian Briareus had clutched him at last.

-- 196 --

CHAPTER XXXVII.

Are you called forth, from out a world of men,
To slay the innocent? What is my offence?
Where is the evidence that doth accuse me?
What lawful quest have given their verdict up
Unto the frowning judge?
Richard III.

[figure description] Page 196.[end figure description]

You have trifled long enough,” said the commissioner;
“declare what you know, or you shall be dealt with summarily.”

A long journey, manacled like a felon, and guarded by
dragoons with loaded carbines; a rigorous imprisonment,
already five months protracted; repeated examinations before
a military tribunal; cross-questionings, threats, and insults,
to extort his supposed secrets; — all these had formed a
sharp transition from the halcyon days of Vassall Morton's
prosperity.

“Declare what you know, or you shall be dealt with
summarily.”

“I know nothing, and therefore can declare nothing.”

“You have held that tone long enough. Do you imagine
that we are to be deceived by your inventions? Tell what
you know, or in twenty minutes you will be led to the
rampart and shot.”

“I am in your power, and you can do what you will.”

-- 197 --

[figure description] Page 197.[end figure description]

The commissioner spoke in German to the corporal of the
guard, who took Morton into custody, and was leading him
from the room.

“Stop,” cried the official, from his seat.

Morton turned.

“You are destroying yourself, young man.”

“It is false. You are murdering me.”

“Do not answer me. I tell you, you are murdering yourself.
Are you the fool to fling away your life in a fit of
obstinacy?”

“Are you the villain to shoot innocent men in cold blood?”

The commissioner swore a savage oath, and with an angry
gesture sent the corporal from the room.

The corporal led his prisoner along the corridor, which had
grown ruefully familiar to Morton's eye; but instead of
following the way which led to the latter's cell, he turned
into a much wider and more commodious passage. Here, at
his open door, stood Padre Luca, confessing priest of the
castle.

Padre Luca had mistaken his calling, when he took it upon
him to discharge such a function. He was too tender of
heart, too soft of nature; ill seasoned, moreover, to his work,
for he had been but a week in the fortress, and this was the
first victim whom it behooved him to prepare for death. And
when he saw the young prisoner, and learned the instant
doom under which he stood, his nerves grew tremulous, and
he found no words to usher in his ghostly counsels.

Corporal Max Kubitski, with a face unperturbed as a block,
unfettered Morton's wrists, left him with the confessor, and

-- 198 --

[figure description] Page 198.[end figure description]

withdrew, placing a soldier on guard at the door without.
Morton sat silent and calm. The hand of Padre Luca
quivered with agitation.

“My son,” he began; and here his voice faltered.

“I trust,” he said, finding his tongue again, “that you are
a faithful child of our holy mother, the church, and that the
heresies and infidelities of these times —”

“Father,” said Morton, willingly adopting the filial address
to the kind-hearted priest, “I am a Protestant. I was
born and bred among Protestants. I respect your ancient
church for the good she has done in ages past, and for the
good men who have held her faith; but I do not believe her
doctrine, nor approve her practice.”

The priest's face betrayed his discomposure.

“My son, my dear son, it is not too late; it is never too
late. Listen to the truth; renounce your fatal errors. I
will baptize you; and when you are gone, I will pray our
great saint of Milan to intercede for you, and I will say
masses for your soul.”

Morton smiled faintly, and shook his head.

“I thank you; but it is too late for conversion. I must
die in my heresy, as I have lived.”

“So young!” exclaimed Padre Luca; “and so calm on
the brink of eternity! Ah, it is hard to die, when so much
is left to enjoy; but it is worse to plunge from present
suffering into everlasting despair.” And he proceeded to
give a most graphic picture of post-mortal torments, drawn
from the Spiritual Exercises of Saint Ignatius, a work very
familiar to his meditations. This dire imagery failed to
convince the dying heretic.

-- 199 --

[figure description] Page 199.[end figure description]

“My mind is made up. I cannot believe your doctrine,
but I can feel your kindness. You have spoken the first
friendly words that I have heard for months.”

“It is hard that you should die so unprepared, and so
young. You have relatives? You have friends?”

“More than friends! More than friends!” groaned Morton.
And as a flood of recollection swept over him, his
heart for a moment was sick with anguish.

“Come with me,” whispered Padre Luca. He led the
way into the chapel of the castle, which adjoined his room.
Here he bowed and crossed himself before an altar, over
which was displayed a painting of the Virgin.

“Our Blessed Mother is full of love, full of mercy. See,—
hang this round your neck” — placing in his hand a small
medal on which her image was stamped. “Go and kneel
before that altar, and repeat these words,” pointing to the
Ave Maria in a little book of devotion. “Call on her with a
true heart, and she will have pity. She cannot see you
perish, body and soul. She will appear, and teach you the
truth.”

There was so much of earnestness and sincerity in his
words, that Morton felt nothing but gratitude as he answered, —

“It would be no better than a mockery, if I should do as
you wish. I cannot —”

Here a clear, deep voice from the adjacent room interrupted
him.

“Mother of heaven!” cried Padre Luca, greatly agitated.

“I am ready,” answered Morton, in a voice firm as that
which summoned him.

-- 200 --

[figure description] Page 200.[end figure description]

He returned to the priest's apartment, and in the doorway
stood the athletic corporal, like the statue of a modern
Mars.

Mio figlio! Mio caro figlio!” faltered Padre Luca,
laying a tremulous hand on the young man's shoulder. The
kindly accents of the melodious Italian fell on his ear like a
strain of music.

“You must not die now; you are not prepared. I will go
to the commissioner. He will grant time.”

He was pushing past the corporal, when Morton gently
checked him.

“I thank you, father, a thousand times; but if I must die,
there is no mercy in a half hour's delay. Let me go. This
sentence may be, after all, a kindness.”

The corporal took him into custody; and, with three soldiers
before and three behind, he moved towards his place of
execution. He seemed to himself like one not fully awake;
the stern reality would not come home to his thoughts, until,
as he was mounting a flight of steps leading to the rampart,
a vivid remembrance glowed upon him of that summer evening
when, in her father's garden, Edith Leslie had accepted
his love. It was with a desperate effort of pride and resolution
that he quelled the emotion which rose choking to his
throat, and murmuring a petition for her safety, walked
forward with an unchanged face.

A light shone in upon the passage, and they stood in a
moment upon the rampart, whence a panorama of sunny
mountains opened on the view. It was a space of some
extent, paved with flag-stones, and compassed with

-- 201 --

[figure description] Page 201.[end figure description]

battlements and walls. On one side stood, leaning on their muskets,
a file of Bohemian soldiers, in their close frogged uniforms
and long mustaches. These, with their officer, Corporal
Kubitski, with his six men, a sub-official acting for the
commissioner, and Padre Luca, were the only persons present,
besides the prisoner. The latter was placed before the Bohemians,
at the distance of twelve or fourteen paces. The
corporal and his men drew aside.

“Now,” demanded the deputy, “will you confess what you
know, or will you die?”

“I have told you, once and again, that I have nothing to
confess.”

“Then take the consequence of your obstinacy.”

He motioned to the officer. A word of command was
given. Each soldier loaded with ball, and the ramrods rattled
as they sent home the charge. Another command, and
the cocked muskets rose to the level, concentrating their aim
against the prisoner's breast.

“If you will speak, speak now. You have a quarter of a
minute to save yourself.” And the deputy took out his
watch.

Morton turned his head slowly, and looked at him for an
instant in silence.

“Speak, speak,” cried Padre Luca, pressing towards him;
“tell him what you know.”

The sharp voice of the officer warned him back.

Morton stood with compressed lips, and every nerve at its
tension, in instant expectation of the volley; already, in
fancy, he felt the bullets plunging through his breast; but

-- 202 --

[figure description] Page 202.[end figure description]

not a muscle flinched, and he fronted the deadly muzzles with
an unblenching eye. The deputy scrutinized his face, and
turned away, muttering. At that moment a man, who
through the whole scene had stood hidden in the entrance of
a passage, ran out with a pretence of great haste and earnestness,
and called to stop the execution, since the commissioner
had granted a reprieve. In fact, the whole affair was a sham,
played off upon the prisoner to terrify him into confession.

The Bohemians recovered their muskets, and the bewildered
Morton was once more in custody of the corporal, who
led him, guarded as before, back towards his cell. Padre
Luca, who thought that an interposition of the Virgin had
softened the commissioner's heart, hastened to his oratory to
pray for the heretic's conversion. Faint and heartsick, Morton
scarcely knew what was passing, till he was thrust in at
his narrow door. The jailer was there, but the corporal entered
also, to aid in taking the handcuffs from his wrists.

One might have looked in vain among ten thousand to find
a nobler model of masculine proportion than this soldier.
He stood more than six feet high, and Morton, who loved to
look upon a man, had often, even in his distress, admired his
martial bearing and the powerful symmetry of his frame.
His face, too, was singularly fine in its way, and though the
discipline of long habit usually banished from it any distinct
expression, yet the cast of the features, and the manly curve
of the lip, which the thick brown mustache could not wholly
hide, seemed to augur a brave, generous, and loyal nature.

More stupefied than cheered at being snatched, as he supposed,
from the jaws of death, Morton stood passive while his

-- 203 --

[figure description] Page 203.[end figure description]

hands were released. The jailer left him for a moment, and
crossed over to the opposite corner of the cell. His back was
turned as he did so. The corporal's six soldiers were all in
the passage without. At that instant, Morton felt a warm
breath at his ear, and heard whispered in a barbarous accent, —

Courage, mon ami! Vive la liberté! Vive l'Amérique!

He turned; but the martial visage of the corporal was
unmoved as bronze; and, in a moment more, the iron door
clanged behind him as he disappeared.

-- 204 --

CHAPTER XXXVIII.

O Death, why now so slow art thou? why fearest thou to smite?

Lamentation of Don Roderick.

[figure description] Page 204.[end figure description]



When all the blandishments of life are gone,
The coward sneaks to death, the brave live on.
Sewell.

The whispered words of the corporal kindled a spark of
hope in Morton's breast; but it was destined to fade and die.
Once he was sure that he heard the tones of his voice in the
passage without his cell; but weeks passed, months passed,
and he did not see him again.

And now let the curtain drop for a space of three years.

Morton was still a prisoner. Despair was at hand. He
longed to die. His longing at length seemed near its accomplishment.
A raging fever seized him, and for days he lay
delirious, balanced on the brink of death. But his constitution
endured the shock; and late one night he lay on his
pallet, exhausted, worn to a skeleton, yet fully conscious of
his situation.

The locks clashed, the hinges jarred, and a physician of the
prison, a bulky German, stood at his side.

He felt his patient's pulse.

“Shall I die, or not?” demanded the sick man.

“Die!” echoed the German, a laugh gurgling within him,

-- 205 --

[figure description] Page 205.[end figure description]

like the first symptom of an earthquake; “all men die, but
this sickness will never kill you. It would have killed
ninety-nine out of a hundred; but you are as tough as a rhinoceros.”

Morton turned to the wall, and cursed the hour when he
was born.

The German gave a prescription to his attendant; the
locks clashed again behind him, and Morton was left alone
with his misery.

The lamp in the passage without shone through the grated
opening above the door, and shed a square of yellow light on
the black, damp stones of the dungeon. They sweated and
trickled with a clammy moisture; and the brick pavement
was wet, as if the clouds had rained upon it. Morton lay
motionless as a dead man. The crisis of his disorder was
past; but its effects were heavy upon him, and his mind
shared the deep exhaustion of his body. Perilous thoughts
rose upon him, spectral and hollow-eyed.

“By what right am I doomed to this protracted misery?
By what justice, when a refuge is at hand, am I forbidden to
fly to it? I have only to drag myself from this bed, and rest
for a few moments on those wet, cold bricks, and all the medicines
in Austria could not keep me many days a prisoner.
And who could blame me? Who could say that I destroyed
myself? It is not suicide. It is but aiding kindly nature to
do a deed of mercy.”

He repelled the thought; but it returned. He repelled it
again, but still it returned. The insidious demon was again
and again at his ear, stealing back with a noiseless gliding,

-- 206 --

[figure description] Page 206.[end figure description]

smoothly commending her poison to his lips, soothing his
worn spirit as the vampire fans its slumbering victim with
its wings. But his better nature, not without a higher
appeal, fortified itself against her, and struggled to hold its
ground.

When the French besieged Saragossa; when her walls
crumbled before their batteries; when, day by day, through
secret mine or open assault, foot by foot, they won their way
inward towards her heart; when treason within aided force
without, and famine and pestilence leagued against her, —
still her undespairing children refused to yield. Sick men
dragged themselves to the barricades, women and boys
pointed the cannon, and her heroic banner still floated above
the wreck.

Thus, spent with disease, gnawed with pertinacious miseries,
assailed by black memories of the past, and blacker
forebodings of the future, did Morton maintain his weary
battle with despair.

-- 207 --

CHAPTER XXXIX.

Who would lose,
Though full of pain, this intellectual being,
These thoughts that wander through eternity?
To be weak is miserable,
Doing or suffering.
Paradise Lost.

[figure description] Page 207.[end figure description]

Morton recovered slowly. The influences about him were
any thing but favorable to a quick convalescence, and it was
months before he was himself again. Even then, though his
health seemed confirmed, a deeper cloud remained upon his
spirits: his dungeon seemed more dark and gloomy, his
prospects more desperate.

One day he paced his cell in a mood of more than usual
depression.

“Fools and knaves are at large; robbery and murder have
full scope; vanity and profligacy run their free career; then
why is honest effort paralyzed, and buried here alive? There
are those in these vaults, — men innocent of crime as I, —
men who would have been an honor to their race, — who
have passed a score of years in this living death. And canting
fools would console them with saying that `all is for the
best.' I will sooner believe that the world is governed by
devils, and that the prince of them all is bodied in Metternich.
Why is there not in crushed hope, and stifled wrath,

-- 208 --

[figure description] Page 208.[end figure description]

and swelling anguish, and frenzy, and despair, a force to burst
these hellish sepulchres, and blow them to the moon!

“It is but a weak punishment to which Milton dooms his
ruined angel. Action, — enterprise, — achievement, — a hell
like that is heaven to the cells of Ehrenberg. He should have
chained him to a rock, and left him alone to the torture of
his own thoughts; the unutterable agonies of a mind preying
on itself for want of other sustenance. Action! — mured
in this dungeon, the starved soul gasps for it as the lungs for
air. `Action, action, action! — all in all! What is life
without it? A marsh, a quagmire, a rotten, stagnant pool.
It is its own reward. The chase is all; the prize nothing.
The huntsmen chase the fox all day, and, when they have
caught her, fling her to their hounds for a worthless vermin.
Alexander wept that he had no more worlds to conquer. What
did it profit him that a conquered world lay already at his feet?
The errant knights who roamed the world with their mistress's
glove on their helmet, achieving impossibilities in her
name, — which of them could have endured to live in peace
with her for a six-month? The crusader master of Jerusalem,
Cortes with Mexico subdued, any hero when his work
is done, falls back to the ranks of common men. His lamp
is out, his fire quenched; and what avails the stale, lacklustre
remnant of his days?

“Action! the panacea of human ills; the sure resource of
misery; the refuge of bad consciences; a maelstroom, in
whose giddy vortex saints and villains may whirl alike.
How like a madman some great criminal, some Macbeth, will
plunge on through his slough of blood and treachery, frantic

-- 209 --

[figure description] Page 209.[end figure description]

to dam out justice at every chink, and bulwark himself against
fate; clinching crime with crime; giving conscience no time
to stab; finding no rest; but still plunging on, desperate
and blind! How like a madman some pious anchorite, fervent
to win heaven, will pile torture on torture, fast, and vigil,
and scourge, made wretched daily with some fresh scruple,
delving to find some new depth of self-abasement, and still
struggling on unsatisfied, insatiable of penance, till the
grave devours him! Human activity! — to pursue a security
which is never reached, a contentment which eludes the
grasp, some golden consummation which proves but hollow
mockery; to seize the prize, to taste it, to fling it away, and
reach after another! This cell, where I thought myself buried
and sealed up from knowledge, is, after all, a school of philosophy.
It teaches a dreary wisdom of its own. Through
these stone walls I can see the follies of the world more
clearly than when I was in the midst of them. A dreary
wisdom; and yet not wholly dreary. There is a power and a
consolation in it. Misery is the mind-maker; the revealer of
truth; the spring of nobleness; the test, the purger, the
strengthener of the spirit. Our natures are like grapes in the
wine press: they must be pressed to the uttermost before
they will give forth all their virtue.

“Why do I delude myself? What good can be wrung out
of a misery like mine? It is folly to cheat myself with hope.
This hell-begotten Austria has me fast, and will not loosen
her gripe. Abroad in the free world, fortitude will count
for much. There, one can hold firm the clefts and cracks
of his tottering fortunes with the cement of an

-- 210 --

[figure description] Page 210.[end figure description]

unyielding mind; but here, it is but bare and blank endurance.
Yet it is something that I can still find heart to face my
doom; that there are still moments when I dare to meet this
death-in-life, this slow-consuming horror, face to face, and
look into all its hideousness without shrinking. To creep on
to my end through years of slow decay, mind and soul famishing
in solitude, sapped and worn, eaten and fretted away,
by the droppings of lonely thought, till I find my rest at last
under these cursed stones! God! could I but die the death
of a man! De Foix, — Dundee, — Wolfe. I grudge them
their bloody end. When the fierce blood boiled highest,
when the keen life was tingling through their veins, and the
shout of victory ringing in their ears, then to be launched at
a breath forth into the wilderness of space, to sail through
eternity, to explore the seas and continents of the vast unknown!
But I, — I must lie here and rot. You fool! you
are tied to the stake, and must bide the baiting as you can.
Will you play the coward? What can you gain by that?
You cannot run away. What wretch, when misery falls upon
him, will not cry out, `Take any shape but that?' In the
familiar crowd, in the daily resort, how many an unregarded
face masks a wretchedness worse than this! some shrunken,
cankered soul, palsied and world-weary, more hopelessly
dungeoned than you. Crush down your anguish, choke
down your groan, and say, `Heaven's will be done.'

“Muster what courage you may. Not those spasms of
valor that make the hero of an emergency, and when the
heart is on fire and the soul in arms, bear him on to great
achievement. Mine must be an inward flame, that warms

-- 211 --

[figure description] Page 211.[end figure description]

though it cannot shine; a fire, like the sacred Chaldean fire,
that must never go out; a perpetual spring, flowing up without
ceasing, to meet the unceasing need.

“And you, source of my deepest joy and my deepest sorrow, —
do not fail me now. Come to me in this darkness;
let your spirit haunt this tomb where I lie buried. In your
presence, the evil of my heart shrank back, rebuked; its good
sprang up and grew in life and freshness. You rose upon me
like the sun, warming every noble germ into leaf and flower.
You streamed into my soul, banishing its mists, and gladdening
it to its depths with summer light. These are no
girl's tears. Towards myself and my own woes, I have
hardened my heart like the barren flint. I should be less
than man if I did not weep when I think of you. You must
pass the appointed lot; you must fade with time and sorrow;
but to me you will be radiant still with youth and beauty.
So will I bide my hour, anchored on that pure and lofty
memory, waiting that last release when the winged spirit
shall laugh at bolts and dungeon bars.”

-- 212 --

CHAPTER XL.

Lost liberty and love at once he bore;
His prison pained him much, his passion more.
Palemon and Arcite.

[figure description] Page 212.[end figure description]

Since his illness, Morton had had some of an invalid's
privilege. He had been allowed to walk on the rampart for
half an hour daily. In the distance, a great mountain range
bounded the view, and, nearer, the Croatian forest stretched
its dark and wild frontier. The scene recalled kindred scenes
at home; and when he was led back to his cell, when the
heavy door clashed and the bolts grated upon him, he leaned
his forehead on his hand, and stood in fancy again among the
mountains of New England, with all their associations of
health, freedom, and golden hopes. The White Mountains
seemed to rise around him like a living presence, rugged with
their rocks and pines, scarred with avalanches, cinctured with
morning mists; and, standing again on the bank of the Saco,
he seemed to feel their breezes and hear the brawling of their
waters. Then his roused fancy took a wider range; carried
him across the Alleghanies and along the Ohio, up the Mississippi
to its source, and downward to the sea, picturing the
whole like the shifting scene of a panorama.

“Ah,” he thought, “if my story could be blown abroad
over those western waters! How long then should I lie here

-- 213 --

[figure description] Page 213.[end figure description]

dying by inches? The farmers of Ohio, the planters of Tennessee,
the backwoodsmen of Missouri, how would they endure
such outrage to the meanest member of their haughty sovereignty!
A hopeless dream! I have looked my last on
America. My wrongs will find no voice. They and I are
smothering together, safely walled up in sound and solid
mason-work. Strange, the power of fancy! Heaven knows
how or why, but at this moment I could believe myself seated
on the edge of the lake at Matherton, under the beech trees,
on a hot July noon. The leaves will not rustle; the birds
will not sing; nothing seems awake but the small yellow
butterflies, flickering over the clover tops, and the heat-loving
cicala, raising his shrill voice from the dead pear tree. The
breathless pines on the farther bank grow downward in the
glassy mirror. The water lies at my feet, pellucid as the air;
the dace, the bream, and the perch glide through it like spirits,
their shadows following them over the quartz pebbles; and,
in the cove hard by, the pirate pickerel lies asleep under the
water lilies.

“On such a day, I came down the garden walk, and found
Edith reading under the shade of the maple grove. On the
evening of such a day, I heard from her lips the words which
seemed to launch me upon a life of more than human happiness.
Could I have looked into the future! Could I have
lifted the glowing curtain which my fancy drew before it, the
gay and gilded illusion which covered the hideous truth!
Where is she now? Does she still walk in the garden, and
read under the grove of maples? She thinks me dead:
almost four years! She has good cause to think so; and

-- 214 --

[figure description] Page 214.[end figure description]

perhaps at this moment some glib-tongued suitor, as earnest
and eager as I was, is whispering persuasion into her ear,
winning her to his hearth stone and his arms. Powers of
hell, if you would rack man's soul with torments like your
own, show him first a gleam of heaven; bathe him in celestial
light; then thrust him down to a damnation like this.”

And he groaned between his set teeth, in the extremity of
mental torture.

-- 215 --

CHAPTER XLI.

The manly heart must sometimes cease to languish,
Ruled by the manly brain.
Bayard Taylor.

[figure description] Page 215.[end figure description]

One day the jailer came in at his stated hour. He was,
by birth, a German peasant, stupid and brutish enough; but,
his calling considered, he might have been worse, and, in the
lack of better company, Morton had diligently cultivated his
acquaintance. On this occasion he was more than commonly
dogged and impenetrable; and, on being taken to task for
some neglect or malperformance of his functions, he made no
manner of reply, by word, look, or gesture. Being again
upbraided, he turned for a moment towards the prisoner a
face as expressive as a block of pudding stone, and then
sullenly continued his work as before. Morton laughed,
partly in vexation, and resumed his walk, of just three paces,
to and fro, the length of his cell. He followed the jailer
with his eye, as the latter closed the door.

“`God made him, and therefore let him pass for a man.'
Measure the distance from Shakespeare down to that fellow,
and then from him again down to a baboon, and which measurement
would be the longer? It would be a knotty problem
to settle the question of kindred; and yet, after all, a soul
to be saved, such as it is, and an indefinite power of

-- 216 --

[figure description] Page 216.[end figure description]

expansion and refining, give Jacob strong odds against the baboon.
He has human possibilities, like the rest of us; his unit goes
to make up the sum of man; man, the riddle and marvel of
the universe, the centre of interest, the centre of wonder.
When I was a boy, I pleased myself with planning that I
would study out the springs of human action, and trace human
emotion up to its sources. It was a boy's idea, — to fathom
the unfathomable, to line and map out the shifting clouds and
the ever-moving winds. De Staël speaks the truth — `Man
may learn to rule man, but only God can comprehend him.'
View him under one aspect only. Seek to analyze that pervading
passion, that mighty mystic influence which, consciously
or unconsciously, directly or indirectly, prevails in human
action, and holds the sovereignty of the world. It is a vain
attempt; the reason loses and confounds itself. What human
faculty can follow the workings of a principle which at once
exalts man to the stars, and fetters him to the earth; which
can fire him with triumphant energies, or lull him into effeminate
repose; kindle strange aspirations and eager longings
after knowledge; spur the intellect to range time and space,
or cramp it within narrow confines, among mean fancies and
base associations? In its mysterious contradictions, its boundless
possibilities of good and ill, it is a type of human nature
itself. The soldier saint, Loyola, was right when he figured
the conflicts of man's spirit by the collision of two armies,
ranked under adverse banners; for what is the spirit of man
but a field of war, with its marches and retreats, its ambuscades,
stratagems, surprises, skirmishings, and weary life-long
sieges; its shock of onset, and death-grapple, throat to

-- 217 --

[figure description] Page 217.[end figure description]

throat? And whoever would be wise, or safe, must sentinel
his thoughts, and rule his mind by martial law, like a city
beleaguered.

“How to escape such strife! There is no escape. It has
followed hermits to their deserts; and it follows me to my
prison. It will find no end but in that decay and torpor, that
callousness of faculty, which long imprisonment is said to
bring, but which, as yet, I do not feel. Perhaps I may never
feel it; for strive as I will to prepare for the worst, by inuring
my mind to contemplate it, that spark of hope which never,
it is said, dies wholly in a human heart, is still alive in mine.
And sometimes, of late, it has kindled and glowed, as now,
with a strange brightness. Is it a delusion, or the presage of
some succor not far distant? Let that be as it may, I will
still cling to the possibility of a better time. Whatever new
disaster meets me, I will confront it with some new audacity
of hope. I will nail my flag to the mast, and there it shall
fly till all go down, or till flag, mast, and hulk rot together.”

-- 218 --

CHAPTER XLII.

But droop not; fortune at your time of life,
Although a female moderately fickle,
Will hardly leave you, as she's not your wife,
For any length of days in such a pickle.
Don Juan.

[figure description] Page 218.[end figure description]

Here his reflections were interrupted by the opening of
the outer door of his cell, and a voice somewhat sternly
pronouncing his name.

It was a regulation of the prison, that twice a day an
official should visit each cell, to prevent the possibility of the
tenant's attempting to escape, or hold communication with
neighboring prisoners. This duty was commonly discharged
by non-commissioned officers of certain corps in the garrison.
Each cell had two doors. The outer one was of massive
wood, guarded by iron plates and rivets. The inner door,
though much less ponderous, was secured with equal care;
but in the middle of it was an oblong aperture, much like
that of a post office letter box, though shorter and wider.
The visiting official opened the outer door, and without opening
the inner, could see the prisoner by applying his eye to
this aperture.

“What are you doing there?” demanded the voice, in the
usual form of the visitor's challenge.

The voice was different from that to which Morton had

-- 219 --

[figure description] Page 219.[end figure description]

been accustomed; and, as he gave the usual answer, he
looked towards the opening. Here he saw a full, clear, blue
eye, with a brown eyebrow, very well formed; altogether a
different eye from that which had formerly presented itself, —
a contracted, blackish, or mud-colored organ, furrowed round
about with the wrinkles called “crow's feet;” — altogether
a mean and vulgar-looking eye, belonging, indeed, to a
rugged old soldier, whose skull might safely have been
warranted sabre-proof.

Morton looked at the eye, and the eye looked at him, with
great intentness, seemingly, for some twenty seconds. Then
it disappeared, but returned, and resumed its scrutiny for
some moments longer.

“A new broom sweeps clean,” thought Morton; “that
fellow means to do his duty.”

The eye vanished at length, the door closed, and the step
of the retiring visitor sounded along the flag-stones.

Morton thought little more of the matter, but busied himself
with his usual masculine employment of stocking knitting,
till seven in the evening, when the visitor came on his
second round, and the same voice challenged him through the
opening. He looked up, and saw the eye again; when to
his astonishment, the low, hissing sound — “s — s — t” —
used by Italians and some other Europeans when they wish
to attract attention, sounded from the soldier's lips. At the
next instant, however, something seemed to have alarmed
him; for the eye disappeared, and the door closed abruptly.

Morton perplexed himself greatly with conjectures about
this incident, and had half persuaded himself that the whole

-- 220 --

[figure description] Page 220.[end figure description]

was a cheat of the fancy; when, on the next morning, as he
was led back, under a guard, from his walk on the rampart,
he saw, on entering a long gallery of the prison, a tall man
approaching from the farther end. He recognized him at
once. It was Max Kubitski, the corporal, who long before
had guarded him to his sham execution, and whose friendly
whisper in his cell had wakened in him a short gleam of
hope. As the corporal passed, his eye met Morton's for an
instant, with, as the latter thought, a glance of recognition.

In vain he tried to reason down the new hope that, in
spite of himself, this meeting kindled. Of one thing he was
sure; the corporal's eye was the eye that looked in upon
him through the hole in the door; and he felt assured, moreover,
that, from whatever cause, the corporal inclined to
befriend him.

He waited, in great expectancy and some agitation, for the
next visit; and at the stated hour, the outer door was
opened, and the eye appeared.

Morton, as he replied to the challenge, made a gesture of
friendly recognition.

“You remember me, eh?” whispered a voice, in broken
French; “be always close to the door when I come. I shall
have something to tell you.”

The moustached lips whence the whisper issued were
withdrawn from the opening, and Morton was left to his
reflections.

To have a friend near him, however humble, was much,
and the hope, slender as it seemed, that this friend might aid
him, filled him with a feverish excitement. Why the

-- 221 --

[figure description] Page 221.[end figure description]

corporal should interest himself in his behalf, he could not imagine;
and he waited restlessly for his next coming.

In due time, the eye appeared.

“Look here,” whispered Max, and thrust a paper through
the opening, waiting only long enough to see Morton pick
it up.

The chirography was worse, if possible, than the spelling;
but Morton at last deciphered words to the following purport.

“You are brave. Don't despair. I shall help you, if I
can. Long live America! Down with the emperor! Only
be patient. Be sure to chew this paper, and swallow it.”

The last injunction had its objections, and the prisoner
compromised the matter by tearing the paper into small
pieces, and stuffing them into the crevices of the floor.

At the next appearance of the eye, Morton, in a few rapid
words, expressed his gratitude; adding that if the corporal
would help him to escape, and go with him to America, he
would make him rich for life.

The intimation probably had its effect; and yet in the case
of Max it was not needed. Though his tastes and habits
savored of the barrack, the corporal was one of the most
simple-hearted and generous of men, with, besides, much of
that kind of enthusiasm of character which is apt to be rather
ornamental than useful to its owner. His birth and connections
were not quite so low as might have been argued from
his mean station in the service, in which his life had been
spent from boyhood. He was a native of Gallicia. Several
of his brothers, and others of his relatives, had been deeply
compromised in the Polish rising of 1831, and had suffered

-- 222 --

[figure description] Page 222.[end figure description]

heavy and humiliating penalties in consequence. His eldest
brother, however, had escaped in time, and gone to America,
where, being very different in character from Max, he had
thriven wonderfully. After a long absence, he had reappeared,
travelling with a United States passport, as an
American, inveighing against European despotisms, and dilating
on the glories of his adopted country. Max, the only
auditor of these declamations, was greatly excited by them.
He had long been tired of his thankless position in the Austrian
service; and listening to his brother's persuasions, he
agreed to desert, and go with him to America, the seat, as he
began to imagine, of more than earthly beatitude. But before
he could find opportunity, his cautious brother took alarm;
and seeing some indications that his identity was suspected
by the police, decamped with the promptness and alacrity
which had always distinguished him in times of danger.
Max, therefore, was left alone; his adviser, for fear of compromising
him, not daring to attempt any communication.

It was soon after this, that, being on guard in the commissioner's
inquest room at Ehrenberg, Max first saw Morton,
brought in for examination, and learned from the questions
and replies, that the prisoner was an American. His interest
was greatly stirred; for he had never seen one of the favored
race before; and, like the commissioner, he had no doubt that
Morton had come on a revolutionary mission. His interest
was inflamed to enthusiasm, when, being ordered to guard
Morton to his execution, he saw the calmness with which the
latter faced his expected fate. Indeed, his soldier heart was
moved so deeply, that in the flush of the moment he

-- 223 --

[figure description] Page 223.[end figure description]

conceived the idea of helping Morton to escape, and going with
him to the land of promise. It was an idea more easily conceived
than executed; and before he could find an opportunity,
his corps was removed from the castle, and sent on duty
elsewhere.

Max had always detested the life of a garrison, and especially
of a prison garrison, and the change proved very agreeable
to him. Though brave as the bravest, he had not much
energy or forecast, and commonly let his affairs take care of
themselves. He lived on from day to day, neither abandoning
his plan of desertion, nor acting upon it; until, after
more than two years, he was remanded to Ehrenberg, where
his old disgust returned in greater force than ever. In this
state of his mind, the duty of visitor was assigned to him,
thus bringing him in contact with Morton, reviving his half-forgotten
feeling, and, at the same time, promising him an
opportunity to carry his former scheme into effect.

To this time, Morton had borne his troubles with as much
philosophy as could reasonably have been expected; but now
that something like a tangible hope began to open on him,
the excitement became intense. He waited the daily visits
of the soldier with a painful eagerness and suspense. At the
stated hours, Max always came; and, at each return, some
whispered word of friendship greeted the prisoner's ear.

Two days after the first paper, he thrust in another; and
Morton read as follows: —

“We must wait; but our time will come; perhaps in ten
days; perhaps in a week. I shall watch for a chance. Only
be patient.”

-- 224 --

[figure description] Page 224.[end figure description]

Five long and anxious days succeeded; when, on the forenoon
of the sixth, Max thrust in a third paper; and Morton,
with a beating heart, read, —

“When the jailer comes this afternoon, make him talk with
you, and keep him with his back to the door. I shall come.
Be cool and steady. I shall tell you what to do.”

Illness and long confinement had wrought upon Morton's
system in a manner which made it doubly difficult to preserve
the coolness which the emergency demanded; but he summoned
his utmost resolution to meet this crisis of his fate.

The jailer was nowise addicted to conversation; and how
to engage him in it, was a problem of some difficulty. There
was only one topic on which Morton had ever seen him at all
animated. This was the battle of Wagram, in which, in his
youth, he had taken part, and where he had received a sabre
cut, which had left a ghastly blue scar across his cheek. In
dilating on this momentous passage of his life, the old German
would sometimes be roused into a great excitement; and
Morton had often amused himself with trying to comprehend
the jargon which he poured out, in thick gobbling tones,
about cannonading and charging, sabres and bombshells,
pointing continually at his scar, and laboring to impress his
hearer with the conviction, immovably fixed in his own mind,
that he, Jacob, was one of the chief heroes of the day.

At his usual hour, about the middle of the afternoon,
Jacob appeared. As he came in, he closed the outer door,
which secured itself by a latch. This latch could be moved
back from within or without, by a species of key in the jailer's
keeping, Max also, as visitor, having a duplicate. The

-- 225 --

[figure description] Page 225.[end figure description]

jailer alone had the key of the inner door; but this, during
his stay in the cell, he never thought it necessary to close.

Jacob went through his ordinary routine, breathing deeply,
meanwhile, and talking unconsciously to himself, after his
usual manner.

“Do you know, Jacob,” said Morton, seating himself on a
stool in the farther corner, “I was dreaming the other night
of you and the battle of Wagram.”

“Eh!” grunted the jailer.

“What you have been telling me about it is a lie. You
were never in that battle at all.”

“Eh!”

“You were frightened, and ran off before the fighting
began.”

“Run! I run off!” growled Jacob, the idea slowly penetrating
his brain.

Morton nodded assent.

The jailer turned and stared at him for a moment with open
eyes and mouth. Then, as his wrath slowly mounted, he
began to pour forth a flood of denial, mixed with invective
against his assailant, appealing to his scar as proof positive
of his valor.

“A sabre never made that scar,” said Morton, as the other
paused in his eloquence.

Jacob stared at him, speechless.

“You got it in a drunken row.”

At this Jacob's rage seemed to choke his utterance; and
Morton thought he would attack him bodily, as he stood before
him, shaking his fists, and stamping on the pavement.

-- 226 --

[figure description] Page 226.[end figure description]

This pantomime was brought to a sudden close by a pair
of strong hands clinched around Jacob's neck from behind,
with the gripe of a vice.

“Shut the door,” whispered Max.

On entering, he had left it ajar. Morton hastened to close
it. The corporal meanwhile laid Jacob flat on the floor of
the cell.

“Take my bayonet, and run it through him if he makes a
sound.”

Morton drew the bayonet from its sheath at the belt of
Max, and kneeling on the jailer's breast, pressed the point of
the weapon against his throat. Max then loosed his grasp,
and gagged him effectually with a piece of wood and a cord
which he had brought for the purpose. Jacob lay, during the
whole, quite motionless, glaring upward with glassy, bloodshot
eyes, stupefied with fright and astonishment.

“You must put on his clothes,” said Max.

They accordingly took off the jailer's outer garments,
which Morton substituted for his own, drawing the deepvisored
cap over his eyes. Max, at the same time, bound the
jailer, hand and foot, with strings of leather, which he took
from his pocket.

“Look out into the gallery,” he said, unclosing the door,
“and see if there's any body in the way.”

Morton, in his jailer's dress, went out, and, looking back,
reported that the coast was clear. Max followed, and closed
the door. The helpless Jacob remained a prisoner, till some
other functionary of the castle should come to his relief.

They passed along the gallery, down one flight of steps,

-- 227 --

[figure description] Page 227.[end figure description]

and up another, meeting no one but a soldier, to whom Max
gave a careless nod of recognition. There were several private
outlets to the castle, but each was guarded by a sentinel;
and it was chiefly his preparation against this difficulty that
had caused Max's delay.

Among his acquaintance was an old soldier, called Peter,—
a Prussian by birth. He had learned to read and write,
and being inordinately vain of his superior acquirements,
looked upon himself as the most learned of men. When off
duty, he was commonly to be found in a corner of the barrack,
poring over a greasy little book, which he always carried
in his pocket. As his temper was exceedingly sour and
disagreeable, he was no favorite; indeed, he was the general
butt of his brother soldiers, who delighted to exasperate his
crusty mood. Max, however, with a view to the furtherance
of his scheme, had of late courted his good graces, flattering
him on his learning, often asking him to drink, and otherwise
cajoling him. Finding that, on this day, Peter's turn had
come to stand guard at a certain postern of the prison, he
had contrived to drug him with a strong dose of opium,
mixed with a dram of bitters. Max, who was a singular
compound of simplicity and finesse, the former the result of
nature, the latter of circumstance, plumed himself greatly on
this exploit.

As they approached the narrow door in question, Max
stooped and took off his shoes, motioning Morton to do the
same. At a few paces farther on, they saw the sentinel,
walking to and fro on his post, with no very military gait.

Max, who was wonderfully cool and composed, pressed
Morton's arm.

-- 228 --

[figure description] Page 228.[end figure description]

Voilà, monsieur,” — he was now and hereafter very respectful
in his manner towards the man he was saving, —
voilà; look at the old booby; how he reels and staggers
about — ah! do you see?”

Peter had stopped in his walk, and was leaning against the
wall, nodding his head with a look indescribably sleepy and
silly. Meanwhile his musket was slowly slipping down between
his arm and his side, in spite of one or two efforts to
clutch it. At last the butt struck on the pavement. The
sound roused the sentinel from his torpor. He shook himself,
and began his walk again; but in a few moments
stopped, leaned his shoulder against the wall, on the farther
side of the door, let his musket this time rest fairly on the
floor, and began nodding and butting his head, in a most
ludicrous manner, into an angle of the wall.

Max again pressed Morton's arm, and gliding on tiptoe
past the drugged sentinel, they went out at the door without
alarming him. They were now in an obscure and narrow
precinct of the castle, flanked on one side by a high wall of
ancient masonry, and on the other by the rear of various outbuildings.
The place did no great credit to the neatness of
the garrison, being littered with a variety of refuse; but no
living thing was visible; none, that is, but a gray cat sneaking
along under the wall of a shed, with a newly-killed rat
dangling from her mouth.

They next passed into a wider area, overlooked on the left
by the rear of the principal range of barracks.

“Hallo, Max, where are you going?” cried a voice.

Max looked up, and saw a brother corporal leaning out at

-- 229 --

[figure description] Page 229.[end figure description]

one of the barrack windows, with a fatigue cap on one side
of his head, and a German pipe between his moustached lips.

“To the village.”

“Who gave you leave?”

“The lieutenant.”

“It's good company you are in. What are you going to
do below?”

“Get me a pipe. Mine is broke. What is a man fit for
without his pipe?”

The other at the window replied by a joke, not very refined,
levelled at Max and his companion. Max retorted
only by a ludicrous gesture of derision, which drew a horse
laugh from a soldier at another window, under cover of which
they passed out of the area, and reached a pathway leading
down the height.

A natural gully, or shallow ravine, twisted and zigzagged
down the side of the rock. In wet weather, it became a
little watercourse, conducting all the rain that fell on the
western roofs of the castle down to the filthy and picturesque
hamlet of Ehrenberg, with its dirty population of five hundred
Wallack and Croat peasants, and a horde of dirtier
gypsies, nested in the outskirts. In dry weather, the gully
served as a pathway, which the soldiers often used in their
descents to the village.

Max began to descend, and Morton followed at his heels.
The fresh wind, the open view, the unwonted sense of treading
mother earth, wrought on him strangely; not, as on
the wrestler of old, to nerve him with renewed force. He
grew faint, dizzy, and half blind; and as he staggered after

-- 230 --

[figure description] Page 230.[end figure description]

his guide, he felt for the first time how the prison had sapped
away his strength.

In ten minutes, they were at the bottom, and picking their
way past the rear of the squalid cottages, among rickety out-houses,
broken fences, heaps of litter, pigs, children, and
other impediments. Most of the men were absent; a few
women only stared at them as they passed. With one very
pretty Wallack girl, Max, for the sake of appearances, exchanged
a few words of bantering gallantry. She stood
looking after him admiringly. Behind the next cottage, a
yellow Hungarian shepherd dog, large as a wolf, jumped suddenly
from a heap of rotten straw, on which he had been
dozing, and made a fierce dash at Max's leg; but the latter
gave him a kick in the teeth, which sent him off yelping,
followed by a brickbat, and a curse from the Wallack damsel.

Beyond the village, the ground was without trees or shrubs
for a full half mile; yet it was uneven, — not to say broken;
and Max, who had made a careful reconnaissance, knew that
if they could but reach unnoticed a hollow some twenty rods
from the skirts of the hamlet, no eye from the ramparts could
see them. Towards this, therefore, he walked, with an air
of great nonchalance, Morton following, his heart in his
throat. Their movements were either unseen, or failed to
excite suspicion; and taking a beaten track into the hollow,
they came upon a spring at the foot of a rock, where three
women were pounding clothes on a stone with clubs, by way
of washing them; while a lazy boor, in a broad felt hat, lay
on the ground listlessly watching the process.

In five minutes more, the hollow ceased to conceal them;

-- 231 --

[figure description] Page 231.[end figure description]

and, to Morton's great dismay, they stood again within eye-shot
of the castle. Max, however, with the skill of an old
deer stalker, soon managed to place, first, a large rock, then
the rugged shoulder of a hill, between themselves and the
detested battlements. Next they gained the partial shelter
of the scattered scrub oaks and pines which formed a ragged
outskirt to the deeper forest behind, and, in a few moments
more, reached the dark asylum of its matted boughs and
underwood.

Thus far they had walked at the leisurely pace of a pair of
idle strollers; but no sooner were they well out of sight,
than Max cried, “Come on!” and set out at a run. When
he turned, however, and saw the pale face of Morton, already
tired with unwonted effort, he took a flask of brandy from
his pocket. The fiery draught strung Morton's sinews afresh.
They pushed on, over hills and hollows, by cattle paths and
brooks, across open glades, and through wooded tracts, dense
and breathless as an American forest.

“Look!” said Max, stopping on a rising ground, and
pointing back over the woods. Three miles off, the rock of
Ehrenberg rose in view, bearing aloft its heavy load of battlements
and towers. Morton gave it one look, prayed it
might be the last, and motioned his companion forward
again.

They came to a lazy brook, stealing out of a marsh. In
the mud by its side was the slough where a wild boar had
wallowed. The solitude and savageness of the place shot a
fresh life through Morton's failing veins. The sense came
upon him that his fate was now in his own hands; the

-- 232 --

[figure description] Page 232.[end figure description]

resolve that he would never be taken alive. He called Max
to stop.

“Have you any weapon besides your bayonet?”

Max produced a pair of pistols, which he had contrived to
appropriate; and, keeping one of them, handed the other to
Morton.

It was dusk before they stopped, in the depth of the woods,
on a grassy spot, shut in by a tall cliff, and a growth of old
beeches, oaks, and evergreens. Morton threw himself on the
ground. Max made a fire, by plugging up the touch-hole of
his flint-lock pistol, and placing in the pan, by way of tinder, a
piece of cotton rag, rubbed with a little wet gunpowder.
Morton roused himself, and breaking off small branches of the
firs and spruces, piled them for beds. The loaf which the jailer
had brought for his next day's meal, with some more solid
viands which Max produced, served them for supper; and,
for drink, they scooped water in their hands from the neighboring
brook.

It grew dark, and as they sat together by the fire, the red
light flared against the jagged rock, the shaggy fir boughs,
and knotty limbs of the oaks. It seemed to Morton as if
time and space were done away; as if the prison were a
dream; and as if, once more on some college ramble, he were
seated by a camp fire in the familiar forests of America. But
instead of a vagabond Indian, or the hardy face of a Penobscot
lumberman, the flame fell on the frogged uniform and
long, waxed moustache of Corporal Max, as he sat crosslegged,
like a Turk, on the pile of evergreens.

As Morton looked on his manly face, and thought of the

-- 233 --

[figure description] Page 233.[end figure description]

boundless debt he owed him, his heart warmed towards him,
and he poured forth his gratitude as well as he could, in the
patchwork of languages which Max himself had used as his
medium of communication.

The latter soon fell asleep, and lay snoring lustily. With
his companion sleep was impossible. He lay watching the
stars, and the dull folds of smoke that half hid them, listening
to the wind, and the mysterious sounds of the forest, and,
as the night drew on, shivering with the damp and cold. His
mind was a maze of confused emotions, suspense, and delight,
hope, and fear, mingling in a dreamy chaos; till at last
fatigue prevailed, and he, too, fell asleep; a sleep haunted by
hideous images, yet with its intervals of deep peace and
repose.

He woke, shivering; and rising in the twilight, stirred the
half-dead embers, and crouched over them for warmth. But,
as the fresh odors of the morning reached his senses, they
brought so vividly upon him the memory of his youthful
health, and hope, and liberty, that his spirits rose almost to
defiance of the peril around him. He woke Max, whose
slumbers were noisy as ever, and they pushed forward again
on a well-beaten cattle path, leading westward.

About sunrise they found a cow, one of the gray, longhorned
breed of the country, grazing very peacefully. Max
looked about him, and began to move with caution. The
cow was wild, and would not let them pass her, but walked
before them along the path. In a few minutes, a great number
of cattle appeared, grazing on an open glade, with two
men watching them. They were of the half-savage

-- 234 --

[figure description] Page 234.[end figure description]

herdsmen of this district, little better than banditti. One of them
sat on a rock, the other lounged on the grass. Both were
dressed in coarse linen shirts and trousers, short, heavy woollen
cloaks thrown over their shoulders, a kind of rude
sandals, and broad felt hats. For weapons, one carried a
club, the other a hatchet, the long handle of which served
him for a walking stick.

Max whispered to Morton; and stealing unperceived
through the bushes, they suddenly appeared before the two
men, much, as it seemed, to their amazement. Max, in a
language quite new to his companion, desired them to change
clothes with Morton and himself. The voice and air of the
applicant, and the butt of a pistol protruding from the breast
pocket of each of the strangers, gave warning that the wish
could not wisely be slighted. The boors complied, the more
willingly as they would be great gainers by the bargain.
Max threw off his uniform, and put on the dress of the taller
herdsman. Morton satisfied himself with the woollen cloak
of the other, in exchange for the jailer's coat.

The exchange made, he signed to the man to give him the
hatchet which he carried; but the boor hesitated, scowling
very sullenly. Max hastened to interpose, and offered a silver
coin in return for the hatchet, which its owner at once
surrendered. It was by no means any love of abstract justice
which dictated this procedure; but a desire, on Max's part,
to leave the men in good humor, lest, being offended, they
might set the soldiers on the track of the fugitives.

They parted on the best terms, and Max and Morton
betook themselves again to the woods.

-- 235 --

CHAPTER XLIII.

Like bloodhounds now they search me out; —
Hark to the whistle and the shout! —
The chase is up, — but they shall know,
The stag at bay's a dangerous foe.
Lady of the Lake.

[figure description] Page 235.[end figure description]

Three or four weeks passed. They were deep within the
bounds of Tyrol. By avoiding towns and highways, travelling
often in the night, making prize of every stray sheep,
pig, or fowl, and a diligent robbing of henroosts, they had
thus far contrived to elude arrest, and support life.

Morton was greatly changed. Body and mind, he was
formed for hardship, and toils which would have broken a
weaker frame had nerved and strengthened his. But of late
their suffering had increased. They found but poor forage
among the poverty-pinched mountaineers, and for two days,
had had no better sustenance than the soft inner bark of the
pine trees. This, with previous abstinence, had sunk them to
the last extremity, and brought Max to the verge of despair.

It was a rainy afternoon; rain drizzling in the valleys,
clouds hanging on the mountains, dark vapors steaming up
from the chasms, and clinging sullenly to the edge of the
pine forests. Max and Morton sat under a dripping rock, on
a mountain which overhangs a nameless little valley, not far
to the north of the Val di Sole.

-- 236 --

[figure description] Page 236.[end figure description]

“Keep a good heart, Max,” said Morton, “it shall go hard
but you and I will get out of this scrape yet.”

Max shook his head despondingly. His bold spirit was
starved out of him. Morton's courage, unlike that of his
companion, was the result more of his mental habits than of
a native constitutional intrepidity, and was therefore much
less subject to the changes of his bodily condition. He had
proved Max, and knew him to be brave as he was warm and
true-hearted; but the corporal's valor, like that of Homer's
heroes, was best displayed on a full stomach.

“There's nothing else for it,” said Morton; “we must
take the bull by the horns. One of those houses below is an
inn, or something that pretends to be one. I can see the
bush fastened to the door post. We must go and buy food;
or else lie here and die.”

“It is better to be shot than starve,” said Max.

“Come on, then. You must be spokesman. I am good
for nothing in that way; but if there's any trouble, I'll stand
by you as well as I can.”

Max had had a little money in copper and silver, the
greater part of which he had consigned to the keeping of
Morton, as the more careful treasurer. With this for their
passport, they issued from the cover of the woods, and began
to cross the mountain slopes and rough pasture that lay between
them and the hamlet.

The latter, as they drew near, seemed by no means so insignificant
as at first, a rising ground having hidden a part of
it. They came to the inn, a low stone building of a most
respectable antiquity, and pushing open the door, were met

-- 237 --

[figure description] Page 237.[end figure description]

by a short man who seemed to be the owner. Max produced
a handful of kreutzers, and asked for bread and meat. The
host looked at the strangers, then at their money; seemed
satisfied with both, and showed them up a flight of broken
steps to a large room above the half-sunken kitchen. Here,
at his call, a girl brought the food and placed it on a table.
He next asked if they would not have beer; and Max assenting,
went out to bring it.

The fugitives now addressed themselves to their meal with
the keenness of starving men; but the prudent Morton took
care, at the same time, to secure the more portable of the
viands for future need. Having dulled the edge of his appetite,
he began to grow uneasy at the landlord's long absence.

“What is that man doing? He might have brewed the
beer by this time.”

“He does take his time,” responded Max, also growing
anxious.

“This is no place for us. Take the rest of that biscuit,
and let's be off.”

Max was following this counsel, when — “Hark!” cried
Morton; “what noise is that?”

“Go to the window and look.”

Morton did so.

“My God!” he exclaimed, recoiling, his face ghastly with
dismay.

Max sprang to the window. Below, at the door, four or
five men were standing, and among them two gendarmes,
while others were in the act of entering.

The outlandish dress of the two strangers had at once

-- 238 --

[figure description] Page 238.[end figure description]

roused the landlord's suspicion. Of Max's character he had
not a moment's doubt; for in him no disguise could hide
the look and port of the trained soldier. By ill luck, a party
of gendarmes were in the village, weather-bound on their
way from Latsch. Having secured his guests' money, the
landlord thought to make a farther profit from them; and,
sure of his reward, reported to the officer in command, that
there were in his house two men, the taller of whom was certainly
a deserter, while the other could not be a peasant,
though he wore the dress of one. The officer mustered his
followers, and hastened to beat up the game.

He entered as Max turned from the window, and came up
to him, sword in hand.

“I arrest you. Give yourselves up, you and the other.”

But before the words were well out of his mouth, the fist
of Max fell between his eyes like a battering ram, and dashed
him back against the soldier next behind him.

“Come on,” cried Max to Morton, and leaped through the
open window at the farther end of the room. Morton followed
in time to escape two or three bayonet thrusts which
were made after him. They both vaulted over a fence, and
ran through the narrow passage between an old shed and a
huge square stack of the last year's hay. A musket or two
were let off at them, but to no effect; and splashing across a
shallow brook, they made at headlong speed for the shelter
of the mountains.

As they reached the base, Max looked back. Seven or
eight gendarmes were after them, and behind, later joining
the chase, ran two or three men in a different dress.

-- 239 --

[figure description] Page 239.[end figure description]

“Riflemen!” muttered Max, with an oath.

Breasting the rough heights, clinging to stumps, roots, and
bushes, they made their way up with all the speed which
desperate need could give them. They were soon among
thick trees, hidden from the pursuers, and almost from each
other. But the shouts of the soldiers came up from below:
they all gave tongue like so many hounds.

“Curse your yelping throats!” gasped Morton. Breathless
and half spent, he was clinging to a sapling on the edge
of a steep pitch of the hill. One of the soldiers saw him.
A musket shot rang from below, the hollow hum of the ball
passing high above his head.

Max laughed in fierce derision. They ran forward again
across a wide plateau, nearly void of trees; and before they
had fairly gained its farther side, the foremost pursuers were
at the border of woods they had just left. Their late famine
made fatal odds against them. The gendarmes, indeed,
gained little in the race; but the more active riflemen were
nearer every moment.

Climbing, running, and scrambling among rocks, trees, and
bushes, they won their way up till they came to another
plateau, which broke the ascent of the mountain a furlong
above the former. Across this they dashed at full speed.
They were within a rod or two of the woods beyond, Max
running on Morton's left, a little in advance of him, when a
musket was fired at them from behind. The aim was so bad,
that they did not even hear the humming of the bullet. At
the next instant, came a dull, plunging report, unlike the
former. Max leaped four feet into the air, and fell forward

-- 240 --

[figure description] Page 240.[end figure description]

on his face with a force that seemed to shake the earth.
Morton kneeled by his side; turned him on his back; lifted
him by main strength into a sitting posture. Both his hands
were clutched full of grass and earth.

“Max! Max!” cried Morton, in the extremity of anguish;
“speak, Max, for God's sake.”

But Max said nothing. His hat had fallen off; his eyes
rolled wildly under his tangled hair; he gasped; blood flowed
from his lips; and a spot of blood was soaking wider and
wider upon the breast of his shirt. Then a deathly change
came over his dilated eyeballs. Morton had seen the throes
of the wounded bison, when the fierce eyes, glaring with angry
life, are clouded of a sudden into a dull, cold jelly, fixed
unmeaning lumps. It was a change like this that he saw in
the eyes of Max. His friend was dead. The fatal rifle of
Tyrol had done its work. The ball had pierced him from
back to breast, and torn through his heart on its way.

The whole passed in a few moments; but when Morton
looked up, nearly all the pursuers were in sight on the open
ground, and one of them, the man who had fired the death
shot, was almost upon him. He snatched Max's pistol, which
had fallen on the grass, and, blind with grief and fury, ran forward,
levelled, and pulled the trigger. The pistol, wet with
the rain, missed fire. The man was not four paces off. Morton
hurled the pistol at his face. The iron barrel clashed
against his teeth, and sent him reeling backward, bleeding
and half stunned. Griping his hatchet, his best remaining
friend, Morton turned for the woods, gained them at three
bounds, and tore through the cover like a hunted wolf.

-- 241 --

[figure description] Page 241.[end figure description]

Over rocks, among trees, through thickets and brambles,
he struggled and clambered on, seeking safety, like the Rocky
Mountain goat, in the rudest and wildest refuge. But in a
few minutes, his flight was stopped. Rocks rose before him,
and rocks on each side. He was caught in a complete cul de
sac.
He might have climbed the precipices, but, in the act,
the shots from below would soon have tumbled him to the
earth again. There was no escape; and, grinding his teeth
in rage and desperation, he turned savagely at bay.

Three or four of the men were very near him; and almost
as he turned, one of them came in sight, pushing through the
bushes. As he saw the game, he gave a shout, a sort of view
halloo. Then appeared another, and another, all advancing
upon him. In a moment, he would have been in their hands,
alive or dead; but, without waiting the attack, he sprang on
the foremost like a tiger, and plunged his hatchet deep in the
soldier's eyes and brain. Then pushing past another, who,
with a hesitating movement, was making towards him, he
dashed down a sloping mass of rocks, dived into a labyrinth
of thickets, and thence into a dark and hollow gorge of the
mountain. Along this he ran like one with death's shadow
behind him, losing himself deeper and deeper among the chaotic
rocks and ragged trees. He stopped, at last, and listened.
Far behind, he could hear his pursuers shouting to each other.
The pack were at fault, and ranging in vain search after him.

Spent as he was, he pressed on again, following upward
for an hour or more the course of a brook, which issued from
a narrow glen, reaching far back into the solitude of the
mountains. His mind was dim and confused, a cloudland of

-- 242 --

[figure description] Page 242.[end figure description]

mixed emotions; deep grief for his murdered friend, deep
rage that he had been hunted like a wild beast, a longing for
further vengeance, a sense, almost to despair, of his own loneliness
and peril. He felt himself outcast from mankind,
driven back to find a sanctuary among the dens and fastnesses
of Nature. She alone, amid the general frown, seemed propitious;
for of a sudden the clouds sundered in the west; a
gush of warm light poured across the dripping mountains,
and flushed the distant glaciers with their evening rose-tint.
In the depths where he stood, all was shadow; but the crags
above were basking in the sunshine, and the savage old pines,
jewelled with rain drops, seemed stretching their shaggy arms
to welcome the kindly radiance. Morton threw himself on
the ground, and commended his desperate fortunes to the God
of the waste and the mountain.

-- 243 --

CHAPTER XLIV.

In dread, in danger, and alone,
Famished and chilled, through ways unknown,
Tangled and steep, he journeyed on.
Lady of the Lake.

[figure description] Page 243.[end figure description]

Whoever, journeying southward from Coire, passes
through the Via Mala, thence through the village of Andeer,
and thence turns to the left, following a mountain path up
the torrent of the Aversa, will soon lose himself in the solitudes
of the savage valley of Ferrera. Thither Morton made
his way; but not by so smooth an access. Ignorant of the
country, and guided chiefly by the sun, he had pushed blindly
forward by paths best known to the chamois and those who
chase them.

His best hope had been to meet some of his travelling
countrymen, from whom he could gain help. To this end he
had once and again approached the highways, and as often
some real or seeming danger had driven him back to the
mountains. For a day or more, the food he had taken from
the inn served to support him. He had flung away Max's
pistol, but still had his own. It served him to kindle a fire;
and by loading it with gravel, in place of shot, he contrived
to kill thrushes and other small birds. Their nests, too, full
at this time of eggs and young, supplied a meagre resource;
and once, being hard pressed, he made a Gallic banquet on a

-- 244 --

[figure description] Page 244.[end figure description]

party of serenaders who were croaking and trilling their
evening concert about the edge of a shallow pool. Frogs
have found warm eulogists; but never did the art of Paris or
Bologna transmute those delectable reptiles into so savory a
repast as did the famine-sharpened appetite of Morton.

Upon fare like this, he wandered on, till he stumbled upon
the valley of Ferrera.

He had found at last an asylum wild enough to content
the most pious of eremites, or the most desperate of bandits.
Below he saw the raging water foaming along the depths of
its black ravine; above — the stupendous ramparts that
walled the valley in — cliffs, along whose giddy verge the
firs were dwindled to feathers. Cascades spouted from their
tops, scattering to mist and nothingness long before their
measureless leap was done. The tribute drawn from the
clouds the lavish mountain flung back to the clouds again.
Rocks were piled on rocks, ruin on ruin, and, high over all,
the glaciers of the Splugen shone like cliffs of silver.

Take a savage from his woods or his prairies, and, school
him as you will, the ingrained savage will still declare itself.
Take the most polished of mankind, turn him into the wilderness,
and forthwith the dormant savage begins to appear.
Hunt him with enemies, gnaw him with hunger, beat him
with wind and rain, and observe the result; how the delicate
tissues of civilization are blown away, how rude passions start
into life, how his bodily cravings grow clamorous and importunate,
how he grows reckless of his own blood and the
blood of others. “Men are as the times.” Young Lovelace
of the hussars singing a duet at Lady Belgrave's soirée,

-- 245 --

[figure description] Page 245.[end figure description]

would hardly know himself, hewing down Russian artillerymen
at Balaklava.

Had Meredith met his old comrade as he was making his
slow way among the rocks and ravines, in dress no better
than the meanest peasant, his face moustached and bearded,
and thin and dark with hardship, he would have needed the
eyes of a lynx to detect Morton the millionaire. The mind
of the latter shared, in some sort, the changes of his outer
man. Proscribed and hunted, starved into fierceness, his
best friend murdered at his side, his mood was, to say the
least, none of the most benign. But, as he toiled on his
way, he turned aside to rest in a sunny nook, deep sheltered
among rocks. Here, where the fresh grass tempted him, and
where, from a jutting crag, the water, trickling from some hidden
spring, fell in rapid drops, tinkling into a pool below,
and, as they fell, flashing in the sun like a string of diamonds,—
here, in this quiet nook, he sat down; and, as he did so,
he saw by his side, close nestled in the young grass, a little
family of white and purple blossoms. They were blossoms
of the crocus, a native of these valleys.

Morton bent over them, and put aside the grass from the
delicate petals. A flower will now and then find a voice,
and that not a weak one. As he looked, there came in upon
him such a surge of recollection, such a memory of New
England gardens, such a vision of loved faces, and, chief
before them all, the face he best loved, such an awakening of
every tender thought that had once possessed him, and all in
such overpowering contrast with his present misery, that the
famished outlaw burst into a flood of tears.

-- 246 --

CHAPTER XLV.

The lamentable change is from the best;
The worst returns to laughter. Welcome, then,
Thou unsubstantial air that I embrace.
Lear.

[figure description] Page 246.[end figure description]

The Honorable Charles Augustus Murray, recreating himself
with a hunting tour among the Pawnees, killed a buffalo;
and being, as he assures us, ravenously hungry, proceeded to
regale himself on his game, without asking the aid of the
cook. Morton, in his wandering, had the good luck to kill a
straggling sheep; and being twice as hungry as the Honorable
Charles Augustus Murray, it may be set down largely to
his credit, if he did not follow that gentleman's example.
At all events, the sheep was a windfall of the first magnitude.
Morton had woodcraft enough to turn the fleece into a receptacle
for carrying such parts of the flesh as best answered
his purposes; and thus he was well provisioned for several
days.

After various roamings, by night and by day, he came
upon a broad road, clearly one of the great alpine passes.
Which of them he could not tell. He would have given the
world to learn; for he knew nothing of his whereabouts,
and thought himself still in Tyrol, or, at the best, in Bormio.
His attempts to gain information from the peasants had
always failed, and, in one or two instances, had seemed to

-- 247 --

[figure description] Page 247.[end figure description]

threaten serious consequences. Though brave enough in the
front of an open danger, the secret toils which had been
about him so long had taught him to shrink from the face of
man. Moreover, he could not speak the prevalent language
of the district, and his Italian, which might sometimes have
served him, was none of the best. A little local knowledge
could have saved him a world of suffering; but, in the lack
of it, he pushed blindly on, resolved to die on the mountains
rather than risk another prison.

The sky for some days had been overclouded. He had
lost the points of the compass; and when he saw the great
highway stretching before him, dim and lonely in the gray
of the morning, he thought, or hoped, that it would lead
him into the heart of Switzerland. It was the pass of the
Splugen, where it leaves the Rheinwald. Turning his back
on safety, he began to plod on towards the lion's jaws.

Seeing a small cottage, in a recess of the forest, he reconnoitred
it, with the laudable view of robbing a henroost.
While thus employed, he saw two men leave the house, and
betake themselves to their work in some remote part of the
mountain. After a long reconnaissance, he could see no one
about the place but a young woman, about six feet high,
who, fork in hand, was busying herself in a field with labors
much less elegant than useful. Morton watched her for a
time, then, taking heart of grace, walked towards her from
his lurking-place, holding between his fingers, as a talisman,
a piece of silver, part of the scanty trust which Max had
left him.

When he beheld her lusty proportions, her white teeth,

-- 248 --

[figure description] Page 248.[end figure description]

grinning between perplexity at his appearance and pleasure
at sight of the coin, and her broad cheeks, ruddy with
health, good-nature, and stupidity, his apprehensions vanished.
She seemed not at all afraid of him. In truth, she
and her pitchfork might between them have put two common
men to flight. He spoke to her in bad Italian, and asked for
food, proffering the money in exchange. She answered in a
patois which was Greek to him, mixed with a few words of
Italian, worse than his own. She seemed, however, to catch
his meaning very clearly; for, running to the house, she
presently emerged with a loaf of barley bread and a formidable
piece of bacon. These she gave him, and, taking the
silver, tied it up with much care in a corner of her apron.

Thus far successful, Morton next tried to learn something
touching the country and the routes; but here his failure
was signal. Where food and drink were the topics in hand,
and especially when her wits were quickened by the sight of
silver, she had contrived to understand him; but with matters
more abstruse her faculties had never been trained to
grapple. She showed, however, no lack of good-will, nodding,
laughing, and answering, “Si, si!” to all his questions
indiscriminately. With this he had to content himself. He
bade her “addio,” received a friendly nod and grin in return,
and went on his way, much less bitter against mankind than
he had been ten minutes before.

-- 249 --

CHAPTER XLVI.

Auf.

Your hand! Most welcome.

[figure description] Page 249.[end figure description]

1 Serv.

Here's a strange alteration!

2 Serv.

By my hand, I had thought to have strucken him with a cudgel; and yet
my mind gave me his clothes made a false report of him.

Coriolanus.

In passing the Splugen, Morton journeyed chiefly in the
night, making a wide detour over the crusted snow to avoid
the station at the summit. By day, he found some safe
retreat where he could rest and sleep in tolerable ease and
warmth. His night progress was, for the most part, on a
broad, clear road, very different from that rugged path by the
Cardinel, where, some forty-seven years before, the avalanches
cut through Macdonald's columns, and swept men and horses
to bottomless ruin.

The sky was still clouded; but there was a full moon
behind the clouds, and the mountains reflected its light, from
their vast surfaces of snow. He could hear any approaching
foot from a great distance, for there was nothing to break the
stillness but the hollow fall of torrents, and the whisper and
moan of winds through ravines and gorges.

On the third night, he was descending the defiles that lead
from Campo Dolcino to Chiavenna. He passed Chiavenna,
and soon a new scene opened upon him. The Alps were
behind him, cliff and chasm, torrent and ravine, and the icy

-- 250 --

[figure description] Page 250.[end figure description]

sheen of glaciers. Italy received him, robed in her “fatal
gift of beauty;” in the midst of her shame, radiant as in her
day of honor; breathing still of history, and art, and poetry.

Standing on the heights behind Colico, he saw the Lake
of Como stretching southward, its banks studded with villas,
its hills green with the chestnut and the laurel, the fig, pomegranate,
and vine. But, to the north, the sheer cliffs rose
like a battlement, and, higher yet, towered cold white peaks,
aloof in stern and lofty desolation.

Reality will now and then make fancy blush for herself.
The Easter illumination of St. Peter's may match the wildest
dream of the Arabian Nights; and this scene on the Lake
of Como, with the sunset upon it, may outvie the highest
wrought counterfeit of Claude or Salvator, or both combined.
The world, much abused as she is, does her part. She is
profuse of beauties; but, in the midst of them, one still
drags with him his own work-day identity. Go where he
will, his old Adam still hangs about him; and the spell-breaking
sense that he is himself and no other scatters every
charm that Art and Nature would cast over him.

Morton, poor devil, had other matters to think of than
scenery. Hunger and danger are a cure for the most rabid
love of landscape. His bread and bacon had given out, and
the phantom of an Austrian sbirro rode him like a nightmare.
Mustering his best recollections of geography, he came to the
belief that he was either on the Lake of Como, or, as seemed
to him much more likely, on the lake farther eastward, that
of Garda. One thing was certain: he was on a great route of
travel. His best course, as he thought, was to watch for the

-- 251 --

[figure description] Page 251.[end figure description]

chance of a meeting with some American or English tourist,
to whom he could make his case known; and meanwhile,
though a worse actor never appeared on any stage, to pass
himself off, if he could, as a beggar.

He passed a night on the hills above Colico, and happily
for him, above the malaria; woke half famished from his
miserably broken sleep, and wearily walked on his way, wondering
if, in support of his character, he could ever find grace
to say, “Datemi qualche cosa.” There was something in the
idea of thus sneaking through a country that grated on
him with peculiar discomfort; and to have headed the forlorn
hope of a storming party would have been less trying to his
nerve.

The thought how to content the cravings of his hunger
soon absorbed all other thoughts. Looking about him, he
saw a small white house, standing alone on the road by the
shore of the lake; and over the door he could read from
afar the sign, “Spaccio di Vino.” Famine got the better of
caution. He approached warily, ensconced himself behind
an old wall, and, quite unseen, began his observations. The
house was but a few rods off, on the other side of the road.
An old wayfarer sat in the porch, busy in breakfasting on
curds, pressed hard like a cheese, a slice of very black and
solid-looking bread serving him for a plate. In a few moments,
the landlord, a freckled-faced Italian, came to the
door, and began to chat with his customer. Morton took a
coin from his pocket, walked forth from his hiding-place, and
was approaching, still unnoticed, when he was startled by the
sound of a horse's tread, on the road beyond the house. A

-- 252 --

[figure description] Page 252.[end figure description]

single glance at the rider told him that there was no danger,
and made his heart beat with sudden hope.

Il signor Inglese,” remarked the host to his friend.—
Buon' giorno, eccellenza, buon' giorno,” — lifting his white
night cap, and bowing with a great flourish.

The young man touched his hat with a careless smile, and
half-turning his horse, asked, —

“Padrone, has my man passed this way?”

He had, to Morton's eye, rather the easy manner of a well-bred
American, than the more distant bearing common with
an English gentleman.

Eccellenza, si,” replied the padrone, — “he passed a quarter
of an hour ago, with the birds your excellency has shot.”

The young man rode on, passing Morton, as he stood by
the roadside.

“I have seen that face before,” said the latter to himself—
“in a dream, for what I know, but I have seen it.”

It was a frank and open face, manly, yet full of kindliness,
not without a tinge of melancholy.

“Come of it what will,” thought the fugitive, “I will speak
to him.”

He walked after the retiring horseman, and when an angle
of the road concealed him from the inn, quickened his pace
almost to a run. But at that moment the Englishman struck
into a sharp trot, and disappeared over the ridge of a hill.
Morton soon gained sight of him again, and kept him in view
for about a mile, when he saw him enter the gateway belonging
to a small villa, between the road and the water. It was
a very pretty spot; the grounds terraced to the edge of the

-- 253 --

[figure description] Page 253.[end figure description]

lake; with laurels, cypresses, box hedges, a fountain or two,
an artificial grotto, and a superb diorama of water and
mountains.

Morton stood waiting at the gate. At length he saw a
female domestic, evidently Italian, passing through the shrubbery
before the house, and disappearing behind it. In a few
minutes more, a solemn personage appeared at the door,
whom he would have known at a mile's distance for an old
English servant. He stood looking with great gravity out
upon the grounds. Morton approached, and accosting him
in Italian, asked to see his master.

John was not a proficient in the tongue of Ariosto and
Dante. Indeed, in his intercourse with the natives, he had
seen occasion for one phrase alone, and that a somewhat pithy
and repellant one, — Andate al diavolo.

He glared with supreme and savage scorn on the tatterdemalion
stranger, and uttered his talismanic words, —

Andarty al devillio!

Morton changed his tactics; and, looking fixedly at the
human mastiff, said in English, —

“Go to your master, sir, and tell him that I wish to speak
with him.”

The Saxon words and the tone of authority coming from
one whom he had taken for a vagrant beggar, astonished the
old man beyond utterance. He stared for a moment, —
turned to obey, — then turned back again, —

“Mr. Wentworth is at breakfast, sir.”

The last monosyllable was spoken in a doubtful tone, the

-- 254 --

[figure description] Page 254.[end figure description]

speaker being perplexed between respect for the tone and
language of the stranger, and contempt for his vagabond
attire.

“Then bring me pen, ink, and paper — I will write to
him.”

And pushing past the servant, he seated himself on a chair
in the hall.

John went for the articles required, first glancing around
to see what items of plunder might be within the intruder's
reach. Morton in his absence opened several books which
lay upon a table; and in one of them he saw, pencilled on
the fly leaf, the name of the owner, Robert Wentworth.

The pen, ink, and paper arriving, he wrote as follows,
John meanwhile keeping a vigilant guard over him: —

Sir: I am a native of the United States, who, for the
past four years, have been a prisoner in the Castle of Ehrenberg,
confined for no offence, political or otherwise, but
on a groundless suspicion. I escaped by the assistance
of a soldier in the garrison, and have made my way thus far
in the dress of a peasant. I am anxious to reach Genoa, or
some other port beyond the power of Austria, but am embarrassed
and endangered by my ignorance of the routes and
the state of the country. Information on these points, and
the means of communicating with an American consul, are the
only aid of which I am in necessity; and I take the liberty
of applying to you in the hope of obtaining it. By giving it,
you will oblige me in a matter of life and death. The people

-- 255 --

[figure description] Page 255.[end figure description]

of the country cannot be trusted; but I may rely securely on
the generosity of an English gentleman.

Your obedient servant,
Vassall Morton.

He sealed the note, and gave it to the old servant. The
latter mounted the stairs, and reappearing in a few moments,
said, in his former doubtful tone, “Please to walk up.”

Morton followed him to the door of a small room looking
upon the lake. Near the window stood the young man
whom he had seen at the inn, with the note open in his hand.
Morton entered, inclining his head slightly. The other returned
his salutation, looked at him for an instant without
speaking, and then, coming forward, gave him his hand, and
bade him welcome with the utmost frankness.

Astonished, and half overcome, Morton could only stammer
his acknowledgments for such a reception of one who
came with no passport but his own word.

“O,” said Wentworth, smiling, “when I meet an honest
man, I know him by instinct, as Falstaff knew the true prince.
Sit down; I am glad to see you; and shall be still more glad
if I can help you.”

The old servant received some whispered directions, and
left the room. Morton gave a short outline of his story, to
which his host listened with unequivocal signs of interest.

“I wish,” said Wentworth, “that you were the only innocent
victim of Austrian despotism. It is a monstrous infamy,
built on fraud and force, but too refined, too artificial, too
complicated to endure.”

-- 256 --

[figure description] Page 256.[end figure description]

“Bullets and cold steel are the medicines for it,” said
Morton.

Here the servant reappeared.

“Here, at all events, you are safe. Stay with me to-day,
and I think I can promise you that in a few days more you
may stand on the deck of an American frigate. If you will
go with John, he will help you to get rid of that villanous
disguise.”

Morton followed the old man into an adjoining room, where
he found a bath, a suit of clothes, and the various appliances
of the toilet prepared for him. And here he was left alone
to indulge his reflections and revolutionize his outward man.

Meanwhile Wentworth sat musing by the window: “His
face haunts me; and yet, for my life, I cannot remember
where I have seen him before. I would stake all on his truth
and honor. That firm lip and undespairing eye are a history
in themselves. Strange — the difference between man and
man. How should I have borne such suffering? Why, gone
mad, I suppose, or destroyed myself. One sorrow — no, nor
a hundred — would never unman him, and make him dream
away his life, watching the sun rise and set, here by the Lake
of Como. I scarcely know why, but my heart warms towards
him like an old friend. Cost what it may, I will not leave
him till he is out of danger.”

He was still musing in this strain, when Morton returned,
a changed man in person and in mind. It seemed as if, in
casting off his squalid livery of misery and peril, a burden of
care had fallen with it; as if the sullen cloud that had
brooded over him so long had been pierced at length by a

-- 257 --

[figure description] Page 257.[end figure description]

gladdening beam of sunlight, and the sombre landscape were
smiling again with pristine light and promise. His buoyant
and defiant spirit resumed its native tone; and a strange confidence
sprang up within him, as if a desperate crisis of his
destiny had been safely passed.

Wentworth saw the change at a glance.

“Why, man, I see freedom in your eye already. But sit
down; `it's ill talking between a full man and a fasting,' and
you must be half starved.”

Morton was so, in truth. He seated himself at the table,
and addressed himself to the repast provided for him with the
keenness of a mountain trapper, while his entertainer played
with his knife and fork to keep him in countenance.

“Do you know,” said Wentworth, at length — “I am
sure I have seen you before.”

“And I have seen you — I could swear to it; and yet I
do not know where.”

“Were you ever in England?”

“Only for a few days.”

“I was once in America.”

“When?”

“In 1839. I was at Boston in March of that year.”

Morton shook his head. “I remember that time perfectly.
I was in New Orleans in March, and afterwards in Texas.”

“From Boston I went westward — up the Missouri and
out upon the prairies.”

Morton paused a moment in doubt; then sprang to his
feet with a joyful exclamation, —

“The prairies! Have you forgotten the Big Horn Branch

-- 258 --

[figure description] Page 258.[end figure description]

of the Yellow Stone, and the camp under the old cottonwood
trees!”

Wentworth leaped up, and grasped both his guest's hands.

“Forgotten! No; I shall never forget the morning when
you came over to us with that tall, half-breed fellow, in a
Canadian capote.”

“Yes, — Antoine Le Rouge.”

“We should have starved if you had not found us, and
perhaps lost our scalps into the bargain.”

“The Rickarees had made a clean sweep of your horses.”

“Not a hoof was left to us. Our four Canadians were
scared to death; I was ill; not one of us was fit for service
but Ireton; and we had not three days' provision. If you
had not given us your spare mules and horses, and seen us
safe to Fort Cass, the wolves would have made a supper of
some of us.”

“And do you remember,” said Morton, “after we broke up
camp that morning, how the Rickaree devils came galloping
at us down the hill, and thought they could ride over us,
and how we fought them all the forenoon, lying on our faces
behind the pack saddles and baggage?”

“I remember it as if it were yesterday. I can hear the
crack of the rifles now, and the yelling of those bloodthirsty
vagabonds.”

“It is strange,” pursued Wentworth, “that I did not recognize
you at once. I have thought of you a thousand times;
but it is eight years since we met, and you are very much
changed. Besides we were together only two days. And
yet I can hardly forgive myself.”

-- 259 --

[figure description] Page 259.[end figure description]

“Any wandering trapper would have done as much for
you as I did; or, if he had not, he would have deserved a cudgelling.
What has become of the young man, or boy, rather,
who was with you?”

“You mean Ireton. Dead, poor fellow — dead.”

“I am very sorry. He was the coolest of us all in the
fight. He had a singular face, but a very handsome one. I
can recall it distinctly at this moment.”

Wentworth took a miniature from a desk, opened it, and
placed it before Morton.

“These are his features,” said the latter, “but this is the
portrait of a lady.”

“His sister — his twin sister. Dead too!”

There was a change, as he spoke, in his voice and manner,
so marked that Morton forbore to pursue the subject farther.
He studied the picture in silence. It was a young and beautiful
face, delicate, yet full of fire; and by some subtilty of
his craft, the artist had given to the eyes an expression which
reminded him of the restless glances which he had seen a
caged falcon at the Garden of Plants cast upwards at the sky,
into which he was debarred from soaring.

In a few moments, Wentworth spoke in his accustomed tone.

“The point first to be thought of, is to get you out of this
predicament. I have a man who took to his bed this morning,
and is at present shaking in an ague fit. He is of about
your age, height, and complexion; and by wearing his dress,
you could travel under his passport. I am not at all a suspected
person, and if my friend will pass for a few days as
my servant, I do not doubt that we shall reach Genoa without
interruption.”

-- 260 --

[figure description] Page 260.[end figure description]

Morton warmly expressed his gratitude, but protested
against Wentworth's undertaking the journey on his account.

“O, I am going to Genoa for my pleasure, and shall be
glad of your company. The steamer for Como touches here
this afternoon. `Dull not device by coldness and delay;'
we will go on board, and be in Milan to-morrow.”

They conversed for an hour, when Morton withdrew to adjust
his new disguise. Wentworth followed him with his
eye as he disappeared; then sank into the musing mood
which had grown habitual to him.

“When I saw him last,” — so his thoughts shaped themselves, —
“my drama was opening; and now it is played
out — light and darkness, smiles and tears — and the curtain
is dropped forever. When I saw him last, I was gathering
the prairie flowers and dedicating them to her, — though she
did not suspect it, — and dreaming of her by camp fires and
in night watches.”

The miniature still lay on the table. He drew it towards
him and gazed on it fixedly: —

“Mine for a space, and now — gone — vanished like a
dream. You were a meteor between earth and sky, with a
light that flickered and blazed and darkened, but a warmth
constant and unchanged. Of all who admired the brightness
of that erratic star, how few could know what gladness it
shed around it, what desolation it has left behind!”

He gazed on the picture till his eyes grew dim; then sat
for a few moments, listless and abstracted; then rest with
an effort, and bent his mind to the task before him.

-- 261 --

CHAPTER XLVII.

O that a man might know
The end of this day's business ere it come.
Julius Cæsar.

[figure description] Page 261.[end figure description]

The diligence rolled into Genoa. Wentworth was in the
coupé, and on the top sat Morton, as his servant. They had
made the journey without interruption.

Morton reported himself to the American consul, and told
his story. The wrath and astonishment of that official were
great; but they were as nothing to the patriotic fury of three
New York dry goods importers, who, mingling pleasure with
business, were just arrived from Paris. Nothing was talked
of but an immediate bombardment of Trieste, and a probable
assault of Vienna.

Escaping as soon as he could from this demonstration,
Morton bade his fervid countrymen good morning, and went
out with Wentworth, who introduced him to his banker.
He learned from the consul that a merchant brig was in
port, nearly ready to sail for home, and gladly took passage
in her.

And now at last he was safe; and safety should have
brought with it a lightening of the spirits, a sense of relief.
In fact, however, it brought little or nothing of the kind.

-- 262 --

[figure description] Page 262.[end figure description]

The human mind, happily, cannot well hold more than one
crowning evil at a time. One black thought, firmly lodged,
will commonly keep the rest at bay. The fear of famine and
a prison had left him no leisure to plague himself with less
imminent mischiefs; but now, this fear being ousted, a new
devil leaped into its empty seat. At the first moment when
he could find himself alone, he wrote to Edith Leslie, telling
her how he had been imprisoned, how, for almost five wretched
years, her image had been his constant friend, how he had
escaped, and how he was hastening homeward to claim the
fulfilment of her word. He hinted nothing of his conviction
that Vinal had been instrumental to his detention. He
began divided between hope and fear, but as he wrote, a
foreboding grew upon him that she was no longer living,
or, at least, no longer living for him. The letter, despatched
post haste, would reach home a full fortnight before his own
arrival.

Having seen his friend in safety, Wentworth set out on his
return; and, as they shook hands at parting, their eyes met
with a look that showed how clearly the two men understood
each other.

Wentworth smiled as Morton tried to express his gratitude.

“You have cleared that score. I do not mean now the old
affair on the Big Horn. I have been dreaming, lately, and
you have waked me.”

“I should never have imagined that you were dozing.”

“Call it what you will. The truth is,” added Wentworth,
with some hesitation, “an old memory has been hanging

-- 263 --

[figure description] Page 263.[end figure description]

about me, and I believe has made a girl of me. But that is
past and done. I shall leave the Lake of Como. There is a
career for me at home, and a good one, if I will but take it.
Come to England, and you will find me there.”

Morton went with him past the gates, and, with a heavy
heart, watched him on his way northward.

-- 264 --

CHAPTER XLVIII.

His restless eye
Glanced forward frequently, as if some ill
He dared not meet were there.
Willis.

[figure description] Page 264.[end figure description]

After some days' delay, the brig put to sea, Morton on
board. The cliffs behind Gibraltar came in sight at last, and
a fresh levanter blew her out like an arrow upon the Atlantic.
They were becalmed off the Azores. The sea was like glass;
the turtles came up to sleep at the top; the tar melted out of
the seams; and as the vessel moved on the long, lazy swells,
the masts kept up their weary creaking from morning till
night, and from night till morning. Morton walked the deck
in a fever of impatience.

At length an east wind sprang up, and with studding sails
spread like wings, the brig ran before it, reeling like a drunken
sea-gull.

On the forty-first day, the Neversink heights rose on the
horizon. Vessels innumerable passed — steamers, merchantmen,
war ships. The highlands of Staten Island, with its
villages and villas, lay close on their left, and the Bay of New
York opened before them, sparkling in the morning sun, and
alive with moving sails. On the right lay a forest of masts;
in front, the Castle lifted its ugly familiar front; and farther
on, the spire of Trinity towered over the wilderness of brick.

-- 265 --

[figure description] Page 265.[end figure description]

Morton called a boat alongside, embarked his luggage, and
went on shore. And, in spite of that depression which follows
long and deep excitement, in spite of the anxieties that
engrossed him, he felt a thrill of delight as his foot pressed
American soil.

This pleasure, however, was short. The thought of Edith
Leslie had been so long the solace of his confinement, that it
seemed to have grown into a part of himself; at all events,
now that his doubts were on the verge of decision, for good
or evil, it drove every other thought from his mind. Reaching
his hotel, he found that he could not set out for Boston
till the afternoon; and to get rid of the interval, he turned
over the Boston newspapers in the reading room, searching
for the mention of any familiar names. Here he was more
successful than he cared to be; for he presently discovered
the name of Horace Vinal, figuring in the list of directors of
a joint stock company.

“The hound!” muttered Morton; “so he is alive yet!”

And leaving the hotel, he walked up the crowded sidewalk
of Broadway, in a mood any thing but tranquil.

-- 266 --

CHAPTER XLIX.

Affliction is enamoured of thy parts,
And thou art wedded to calamity.
Romeo and Juliet.

[figure description] Page 266.[end figure description]

He had not gone far, when he became aware of a footstep
closely following him. He was about to look back, when a
little man passed before him, glancing furtively in his face
with a ludicrous expression of doubt, amazement, and curiosity.
Morton at once recognized the features of an odd,
simple-minded classmate, named Shingles. “Charley,” he
exclaimed, “how do you do?”

“It is you,” cried Shingles, with an ejaculation of profound
astonishment; “solid flesh and blood!” — grasping Morton's
extended hand — “and not your ghost. Why, we all thought
you were dead!”

“Not quite,” said Morton.

“Dead and buried,” repeated Shingles, “off in Transylvania,
or some such place.”

“I was buried, but they buried me alive.”

Shingles, who had a taste for the horrible, took the assertion
literally, and dilated his eyes like an owl on the lookout
for a mouse.

“But how did you manage to get out?”

“I contrived to break loose, after a few years.”

-- 267 --

[figure description] Page 267.[end figure description]

Shingles stared in horror and perplexity.

“Don't be frightened, Charley. I'm all right, — neither
ghost nor vampire. But we shall be pushed off the sidewalk,
if we stand here.”

“Come down into Florence's, then, and let me hear about
it. Hang me if I ever expected to see you again. I
shouldn't like to have met you alone, at night, any where
near a graveyard. At our last class meeting, we were all
talking about you, and saying you were a deused good fellow,
and what a pity it was. And here you are alive; it was all
for nothing!”

“That's very unlucky,” said Morton, as they descended
into the restaurant.

“By Jove,” exclaimed Shingles, whose amazement was
still strong upon him, “I was never so much astonished in
my life as when I saw you just now. I was coming out of a
shop, as you passed along the sidewalk. I felt as if I had
seen a spirit. I followed behind you, and wasn't quite sure
it was you, till I saw your trick of rapping your cane against
the bricks as you walked along. Then I said to myself, it's
he, or else old Beelzebub, in his likeness. But come, tell us
how it was. How did you get off alive?”

Morton briefly recounted his imprisonment and escape,
interrupted by the wondering ejaculations of his auditor.

“Who would have thought,” exclaimed Shingles, “when
you and I used to go up to Elk Pond, on Saturdays, to catch
perch and pickerel, that you would ever have been shut up in
the dungeon of an Austrian castle? You remember those
old times — don't you?”

-- 268 --

[figure description] Page 268.[end figure description]

“That I do,” said Morton.

“Do you remember the old tavern, where we used to lunch,
and the pretty girl that waited on the table?”

“The girl that you raved about all the way home? Yes,
I remember.”

“By Jove, to think you've been shut up in a dungeon!
Well, I haven't any very brilliant account to give of myself.
I began to practise law, but I was never meant for a lawyer;
so I gave it up, and have been ever since at my father's old
place, just pottering about, you know. I was born in the
country, and brought up there, and I mean to live there, only
now and then I come down to New York, on a bend, — just
for a change.”

“I suppose you can tell me the news. How are all the
fellows? How is Meredith?”

“Very well, I believe. He is living in Boston.”

“Married, or single?”

“Single. We are not much of a marrying class. Wren
was the first. Was that before you went away, or after?
We voted to send him a cradle; but he did not know how to
take it. He thought we were fooling him, and got quite angry.
No, we are not at all a marrying class, nor a dying
class either, for that matter. There are not more than five or
six dead, and twelve or fourteen married; we reckoned them
up last class meeting.”

“Vinal — what of him?”

“O, he's alive, and married, too.”

Morton turned pale. “Married! — to whom?”

“Well, they say he's made a first-rate match. I don't

-- 269 --

[figure description] Page 269.[end figure description]

know her myself. I'm not a party-going man; I never
was, you know. I haven't been thrown in much with that
kind of people. But they tell me he couldn't have done
better.”

“What's her name?” demanded Morton.

“Miss Leslie — Colonel Leslie's daughter. But what's
the matter? Are you ill?”

“It's nothing,” gasped Morton; “I had a fever in prison,
and have never been quite well since. I grow dizzy, sometimes.”

“You will grow dizzy, with a vengeance, if you drink
wine in that way.”

“It's nothing,” repeated Morton; “it will be over in a
minute. What were you saying?”

“About the fellows that have married, — O, Vinal, — I
was saying that he had just got married.”

“Well, what about it?”

“Why, nothing particular.”

“When was it?”

“Last month.”

“Within a month! Are you sure?”

“O, yes. I was in Boston myself at the time, and heard
all about it. Her father was ill; so the marriage was private.
Vinal is a sort of fellow that somehow I never cottoned to
much. I don't think he's very disinterested. I like a fellow
that will swear when he is angry, and not keep close shut up,
like an oyster.”

The tattle of his rustic companion was become intolerable
to Morton. He had received his stab, and wished to hear no

-- 270 --

[figure description] Page 270.[end figure description]

more. In a few minutes, he rose from the table. “Charley,
I am sorry to leave you so suddenly, but I am not well. The
fresh air and a hard walk are all that will set me up. I shall
see you again.”

“But where are you staying?”

“At Blancard's. Good morning, old fellow.”

-- 271 --

CHAPTER L. Fab.

... Elle est —.

[figure description] Page 271.[end figure description]

Sev.

Quoi?

Fab.

Mariée!

Sev.

..... Ce coup de foudre est grand!

Polyeucte.

The world's my oyster, which I with sword will open.

Henry IV.

Put money in thy purse; follow these wars.

Othello.

Morton walked down Broadway at a rapid pace, entered
his hotel, mounted to his room, seated himself, rested his
forehead on his hand, and, with fixed eyes and compressed
lips, remained in this position for some minutes, motionless
as if carved out of oak. Then, rising, he paced the room,
buried his face in his hands, and groaned with irrepressible
anguish. Suddenly the door was burst open, and an Irish
servant, apparently in a great hurry, bolted in, and tossed a
card on the table, saying at the same time, — “Gen'lman
down stairs wants to see you.”

Morton broke into a rage, to hide the traces of a different
passion.

“Why do you come in without knocking? Learn better
manners, or I shall teach them to you.”

“I beg pardon, sir,” said the servant, reduced at once to

-- 272 --

[figure description] Page 272.[end figure description]

the depth of obsequiousness, “there's a gentleman, sir — an
officer, sir, — would like to see you, sir.”

“An officer! — I don't know any officers. There's some
mistake.”

“He said Mr. Morton, sir. This is his card, sir.”

Morton looked at the card, and read the name of his
classmate Rosny.

“Very well. Ask the gentleman to come up. — No, —
here,” — as the servant was retreating along the passage, —
“where is he?”

“In the reading room, sir.”

“Tell him I will come down in a moment.”

“Yes, sir, I will, sir.”

Morton adjusted his dress, strove to banish from his
features all traces of the emotion which had just overwhelmed
him, went down stairs, and met Rosny with an air of as
much cordiality as if there were nothing in his mind but the
pleasure of seeing an old friend. Rosny, his first welcome
over, surveyed him from head to foot.

“A good deal changed! Thinner, — darker complexioned,
decidedly older. And yet you've weathered it well. It's a
thing that I could never stand, — to be boxed up in four
stone walls. I would throttle the jailer first, and then knock
my brains out against the stones.”

“Did Shingles tell you of my being here?”

“Yes, I met him just now, with his eyes bigger than
ever. When I saw him making a dive at me across the
street, among the omnibuses and carriages, I knew that
something extraordinary was to pay.”

-- 273 --

[figure description] Page 273.[end figure description]

You have changed your outward man, too, since I saw
you last,” said Morton, looking at his companion's costume,
which consisted of a gray volunteer uniform.

“Yes, I'm in Uncle Sam's pay now. — Off for Mexico in
a day or two; — revel in the Halls of the Montezumas, you
know.”

“What rank do you hold in the service, Dick?”

“You'll please to address me as Major Rosny; that is, till
good luck and the Mexican bullets make a colonel of me. —
I have just dropped in to shake hands with you. I have an
appointment to keep in five minutes. You have nothing
particular to do to-day — have you?”

“Nothing very particular,” said Morton, hesitating.

“Then come and dine with me at Delmonico's at four
o'clock. What! — you don't mean to say no, do you? —
Is that the way you treat your friends? Come, I shall be
here at four, precisely. Au revoir.

And, with his usual celerity of motion, Rosny left the
hotel.

Morton slowly remounted to his room, locked the door
this time, to keep out intruders, seated himself, and gave
himself up to his dark and morbid reveries.

“God! of what is this world made! Villany thrives, and
innocent men are racked with the pangs of hell. Poverty
starving its victims, — luxury poisoning them; — the passions
of tigers and the mean vices of reptiles; — treacherous
hatred, faithless love; — deceitful hope, vain struggles, endless
suffering, — a hell of misery and darkness. A fair
sunrise, to cheat the eye; — then clouds and storms,

-- 274 --

[figure description] Page 274.[end figure description]

blackness and desolation! To look back over the last five
years! Then I was basking in sunshine; and out of that
brightness what a doom is fallen on me! My life — my
guiding star quenched in a vile morass — lost forever in the
arms of this accursed villain!”

Morton rose abruptly, went to the window, and stood looking
out with a fixed gaze, wholly unconscious of what was
before him. In a moment he turned again, and there was a
wild and deadly light in his eyes. A thought had struck
him, shooting an electric life through all his veins, and kindling
him into a kind of fierce ecstasy. He would go to
Vinal, charge him with his perfidy, challenge him, and put
him to death. He paced the room in great disorder. A
resistless power seemed to have seized upon him, sweeping
him forward with the force of a torrent. He clinched his
teeth and breathed deeply. The thought of action and of
vengeance lighted up his perturbed and gloomy mind as the
baleful glare of a conflagration lights up a stormy midnight.
Suddenly he stopped, seated himself again, and remained for
some minutes in violent mental conflict. “I thank God,” he
murmured at length, apostrophizing his enemy, “that you
were not just now within my reach. You have ruined me
for this life; you shall not ruin me for the next. Live, and
work out your own destruction.”

He walked the room again, calmly enough, but in great
dejection. “It may be,” he thought, “that I am not his
only victim. Perhaps the same art that snared me, has, by
some infernal machination, entrapped her also. I believe it;—
at least, I will try to believe it.”

-- 275 --

[figure description] Page 275.[end figure description]

He looked from the window upon the keen and busy
crowds passing below in unbroken streams, to and from their
places of business; and his mind tinged them with its own
moody coloring.

“You flight of human vultures! How many of you can
show lives governed by any generous purpose or noble
thought? Behind how many of those sharp and sallow
features, furrowed with early wrinkles, lies the soul of a
man? Desperate chasers after wealth, which, when you
have won it, you have never been taught to use; — reckless
pleasure hunters, beguiling others that your victims may
beguile in turn, and both sink to perdition together. What
you win with trickery, you throw away in vanity or debauch.
The counting room or the broker's board by day; — brandy,
billiards, and the rendezvous by night; — so you go, — a
short, quick road; — driving to your doom with a high-pressure
power of rapacity, vain glory, and lust. Man! — the
thistledown of fortune, the shuttlecock of passion; — whirled
on to destruction by the wildfire in his veins, unless by
struggling and by prayer he can keep the narrow adamantine
track laid down for his career!”

In such distempered reflections he passed some time.
Even in the darkest passages of his imprisonment, his mind
had scarcely been shaken so far from its habitual poise.
Growing weary at length of solitude, he went out of the
house; and, avoiding the great thoroughfares, where he
might perhaps meet an acquaintance, he threaded at a rapid
pace those meaner streets and lanes, where even the best
balanced mind may find abundant food for gloomy meditation.

-- 276 --

[figure description] Page 276.[end figure description]

From time to time, as the image of his enemy rose before
him, the desire for vengeance came upon him afresh, like a
fever fit. He burned to seize Vinal by the throat, and, at
least, force him to unmask his iniquity to the world.

As he was passing down Water Street, he recollected,
with some vexation, that Rosny had promised to call for him
at four o'clock, and retraced his steps to the hotel, where, true
to the minute, that punctual adventurer presently appeared.

“Come,” said Rosny; “if you are ready, we will walk
down street.”

They repaired to Delmonico's, where, in a private room,
a sumptuous repast had been made ready. Morton, over his
companion's claret, was obliged to recount the circumstances
of his imprisonment. Rosny, on his part, gave an outline of
his own fortunes since they had last met. He had been once
or twice on the point of very considerable success, but his
vaulting ambition had always overleaped itself, and by too
great eagerness and grasping at too much, he had repeatedly
failed of his prize, only, however, to rally after every reverse
with undiminished confidence and spirit. Such, at least,
were the conclusions which Morton drew from his companion's
somewhat inflated account of himself.

After the cloth had been removed, Rosny bit off the end
of a cigar, lighted it, puffed at it two or three times, and
then, holding it between his fingers, went on with an harangue
which the operations of the waiter had interrupted.

“I tell you, these are great times that we live in. The
world has seen nothing like them since the days of Columbus
and Cortes. These are the times and this is the country for

-- 277 --

[figure description] Page 277.[end figure description]

a man of merit to thrive in. Let him identify himself with
the progressive movements of the age, — yes, faith, let him
be a leader of them, — and there's nothing too large for him
to hope for. Why, sir, the day is not far off, when the stars
and stripes will be seen from Hudson's Bay to Panama.
Cuba will come next; Brazil next. Lord knows where we
shall stop. There's a field for a man of ability and pluck!”

Morton smiled. Rosny relighted his cigar, which, in the
fervor of his declamation, he had allowed to go out, gave a
vigorous whiff or two, and proceeded.

“We have just lost a splendid chance. I did flatter myself
that there was going to be a row with England, on the
Oregon question; but it was a flash in the pan; it all ended
in smoke.”

“Why do you want to fight with John Bull?” asked
Morton.

“For two good reasons. In the first place, I hate him. I
hate him in right of my French ancestors, and I hate him as
a true American democrat. Then, over and above all that, a
war with the English would be the making of me. I should
rise then. I would be their Hannibal. But now we have
nothing better to do than giving fits to these yellow Mexican
vagabonds.”

“A shabby employment,” said Morton, “and yet I think I
should like it.”

“You would, ey? — then go with me to Mexico.”

“It's a temptation,” said Morton, his eyes lighted with a
sudden gleam, — “I am in a mood for any thing, I do not
care what.”

-- 278 --

[figure description] Page 278.[end figure description]

“I knew there was something ailing you,” said Rosny;
“why, you have had no appetite. You've lost all your
spirits. Has any thing happened? Are you ill?”

“Nothing to speak of. I am well enough in health.”

“Well, come with me to Mexico. When a man is under
a cloud, he always makes the better soldier for it. If you
have had bad luck, why, you can fight like a Trojan.”

“I could storm Hell Gates to-day,” exclaimed Morton,
giving a momentary vent to his long pent up emotion.

“Good! I always knew that there was stuff in you,
though you are worth half a million. It isn't that, though—
is it? You haven't lost property — have you?”

“Not that I know. Never mind, Dick; every man has
his little vexations, sometimes, and is entitled to the privilege
of swearing at them.”

“Well, I am not the man to pry into your private affairs.
Come with me to Mexico. I can promise you a captain's
commission, — perhaps I can get you a major's. I am not a
cipher in the democratic party, I'd have you know, though I
am not yet what I shall be soon. I helped Polk to his
election, and my word will go for something. But, pshaw!—
what am I talking about? With your money, and a little
management, you can get any thing you want.”

“I have more than half a mind,” said Morton, hesitating;
“but, no, — I won't go.”

“Pshaw, man! You don't know what you are saying.
You don't know what chances you are throwing away. Look
at it. It isn't the military fame, — the glorification in the
newspapers, — seeing pictures of yourself in the shop

-- 279 --

[figure description] Page 279.[end figure description]

windows, charging full tilt among the Mexicans, and all that.
You can take that for what it's worth. Tastes differ in such
matters. But, I tell you, the men who distinguish themselves
in Mexico are going to carry all before them in the political
world. The people will go for them, neck or nothing. I
know what our enlightened democracy is made of.” — Here a
slight grin flickered for an instant about the corners of his
mouth; but he grew serious again at once. — “Yes, sir, a
new world is going to begin. The old incumbents — Webster,
Clay, Calhoun, and the rest — will pass off the stage,
before long, and make room for younger men — men who
will keep up with the times. Then will be our chance! Put
brass in your forehead, — you have money enough in your
purse already, — get a halo of Mexican glory round your
head, — and you will shoot up like a rocket. First go to the
war, then dive into politics, and you and I will be the biggest
frogs in the puddle.”

“There's a fallacy in your conclusions,” said Morton;
“the officers of rank, the generals and colonels, will carry off
the glory; and we shall have nothing but the blows.”

“The Mexican bullets will make that all right. I tell you,
they are going to fly like hail. They will dock off the heads
above us, and make a clear path for us to mount by.”

“Suppose that they should hit the wrong man,” suggested
Morton.

“Pshaw!” exclaimed Rosny, “we won't look at the
matter in that light.”

There was a momentary pause.

“Now's your time,” urged Rosny. “Come, say the word.”

-- 280 --

[figure description] Page 280.[end figure description]

Morton paced the room with knit brows and lips pressed
together.

“Glory,” — exclaimed his military friend, summing up the
advantages of a Mexican campaign, — “glory, — preferment,—
life, of the fastest kind, — what more would you have?”

Morton had a strong native thirst for adventure, and a penchant
for military exploit. In his present frame of mind, he
felt violently impelled to cut loose from all his old ideas and
scruples, and launch at once upon a new life, fresh, unshackled,
and reckless, — to plunge headlong into the tumult of
the active world; fight its battles, run its races, give and
take its blows, strain after its prizes, — forget the past and
all its associations in the fever of the present. Mexico rose
before his thoughts — snowy volcanoes, and tropical forests;
the cocoa, the palm, and the cactus; bastioned cities and
intrenched heights; the rush and din of battle; war with its
fierce excitements and unbounded license. To his disordered
mood, the scene had fascinations almost resistless, and he
burned to play his part in the fiery drama.

“And why not?” — so his thoughts ran, — “why not
obey what fate and nature dictate? Calm, and peace, and
happiness, — farewell to them! That stake is played and
lost. I am no more fit now for domestic life than a prairie
wolf. I should answer better for an Ishmaelite or a Pawnee.
Deus vult. Why should I fly in the face of Providence?”

Rosny, his uniform coat half unbuttoned for the sake of ease,
sat lolling back in his chair, puffing wreaths of cigar smoke
from his lips, eying Morton as he paced the room, and throwing
out, from time to time, a word of encouragement to stimulate

-- 281 --

[figure description] Page 281.[end figure description]

his resolution. He was about to lose all patience at his companion's
pertinacious silence, when the latter stopped, and
turned towards him with the air of one whose mind is
made up.

“Dick,” said Morton, “when I was in college, I laid down
my plan of life, and adopted one maxim — to which I mean
to hold fast.”

“Well, what was that?” demanded the impatient Rosny.

“Never to abandon an enterprise once begun; to push on
till the point is gained, in spite of pain, delay, danger, disappointment, —
any thing.”

“Good, so far. What next?”

“Some years ago, I entered upon certain plans, which
have not yet been accomplished. I have been interrupted,
balked, kicked and cuffed by fortune, till I am more than half
disgusted with the world. But I mean still to take up the
broken thread where I left it, and carry it forward as before.”

“The moral of that is, I suppose, that you won't go to
Mexico.”

“Precisely.”

“Well, I shan't try to debate the matter with you. I
know you of old. When your foot is once down, it's useless
for me to try to make you lift it up again. But remember
what I say, — you will repent not taking my advice.”

Rosny finished his cigar, and they left the restaurant
together. On their way up the street, they stopped at a
recruiting office. “Captain Rumbold, my friend Mr. Morton,”
said Rosny, who soon after, however, entered into an
earnest conversation with the officer upon some affair of

-- 282 --

[figure description] Page 282.[end figure description]

business, leaving Morton at leisure to observe six or eight
volunteers, who were about to be sent to Governor's Island,
in charge of a sergeant.

“What do you think of our boys?” asked Rosny, casting
a comical look at Morton, as they went down stairs.

“I never saw such a gang of tobacco-chewing, soap-locked
rascals.”

“Food for powder,” said Rosny, — “they'll fill a ditch as
well as better. The country needs a little blood-letting.
These fellows are not like Falstaff's, though. They will
fight. Not a man of them but will whip his weight in
wildcats.”

-- 283 --

CHAPTER LI.

A raconter ses maux, souvent on les soulage.

Polyeucte.

[figure description] Page 283.[end figure description]

Do you remember Buckland?” asked Rosny, as they
walked up Broadway.

“The Virginian? Yes, perfectly.”

“There he is.”

Morton, following the direction of his companion's eye,
saw, a little in advance, a tall man, slenderly but gracefully
formed, walking slowly, with a listless air, as if but half conscious
of what was going on around him. They checked
their pace, to avoid overtaking him.

“Poor fellow!” said Rosny; “he's in a bad way.”

“I am sorry to hear it. He was a lively, pleasant fellow
when I knew him, — very fond of the society of ladies.”

“That's all over now. He has been very dissipated for
the last two or three years, and is broken down completely,
body and mind. It's a great pity. I am very sorry for him,”
said Rosny, in whom, notwithstanding his restless ambition,
there was a vein of warm and kindly feeling.

“Is he living in New York?”

“Yes, he has been here ever since leaving college. He
began to practise as a lawyer. It's much he ever did or ever
will do at the law! There was never any go-ahead in him —

-- 284 --

[figure description] Page 284.[end figure description]

no energy, no decision — and he does nothing now, but read
a little, and lounge about, in a moody, abstracted way, with
his wits in the clouds. Get him into good company, and
wind him up with a glass of brandy, and he is himself again
for a while, — tells a story and sings a song as he used to do,—
but it is soon over. Do you want to speak to him?”

“Yes.”

“Come on, then. How are you, Buckland? Here's an
old friend, redivivus.”

Hearing himself thus accosted, Buckland turned towards
the speaker a face which, though pale and sallow, was still
handsome. His dress, contrary to his former habit, was careless
and negligent; and, though he could not have been more
than thirty, a few gray hairs had begun to mingle with his
long, black moustache. Changed as he was, he had that air
of quiet and graceful courtesy which can only be acquired by
habitual intercourse with polished society in early life; and
Morton saw in him the melancholy wreck of a highly-bred
gentleman.

When the first surprise of the meeting was over, Rosny
related the story of Morton's imprisonment to the wondering
ear of Buckland. Having urgent business on his hands, he
soon after took leave of his two companions. Morton and
Buckland, after strolling for a time up and down Broadway,
entered the restaurant attached to Blancard's hotel, and took
a table in a remote corner of the room, which was nearly
empty.

Buckland was, as Rosny had described him, moody and
abstracted, often seeming at a loss to collect his thoughts.

-- 285 --

[figure description] Page 285.[end figure description]

He sipped his chocolate in silence, and, even when spoken to,
sometimes returned no answer. Morton, in little better spirits
than his companion, sat leaning his forehead dejectedly on
his hand.

“I am sorry,” said Buckland, after one of his silent fits,
“to be so wretched a companion; but I am not the man I
used to be.”

“We are but a melancholy pair,” replied Morton.

“I saw from the first that you were very much out of
spirits, — not at all what one would expect a man to be who
had just escaped from sufferings like yours. There is some
trouble on your mind.”

Morton was fatigued and sick at heart. He had practised
self-control till he was tired of it; and he allowed a shade
of emotion to pass across his face.

“There is a woman in it,” said Buckland, regarding him
with a scrutinizing eye.

“Why do you say that?” demanded Morton, startled and
dismayed at this home thrust.

“Are not women the source of nine tenths of our sufferings?”
replied Buckland. “The world is a huge, clashing,
jangling, disjointed piece of mechanism, and they are the
authors of its worst disorder.”

“Sometimes,” said Morton, “men will blame women for
sufferings which they might, with better justice, lay at their
own doors.”

Buckland raised his head quickly, and looked in his companion's
face. “It may be so,” he said, after a moment's
pause. “Perhaps you are right, — perhaps you are right.

-- 286 --

[figure description] Page 286.[end figure description]

But, let that be as it will, there are no miseries in life to
match those which spring out of the relation of the sexes.”

Morton, for reasons of his own, did not care to pursue the
subject, and his companion relapsed into his former silence.
After a time, they went into the smoking room, where Buckland
lighted a cigar. Morton observed that, as he did so, his
fingers trembled in a manner which showed that his whole
nervous system was shattered and unstrung.

“I would not advise you to smoke much,” said Morton;
“you have not the constitution to bear it.”

Buckland smiled bitterly. He had grown reckless whether
he injured himself or not.

They seated themselves near the window; but Buckland
soon grew uneasy, alternately looking at his watch and gazing
into the street. At length he rose, and asked Morton to
walk out with him. The latter, on the principle that misery
loves company, readily complied; and they went down Broadway
nearly to the Bowling Green. Here Buckland turned,
and they retraced their steps to within a few squares of the
Astor House. This they repeated several times, Morton's
companion constantly resisting every movement on his part to
vary in the least the course of their promenade. While their
walk was up the street, Buckland, though evidently restless
and uneasy, had the same abstracted air as before; but when
they moved in the opposite direction, his whole manner
changed, and he seemed anxiously on the watch, as if for
some person whom he expected every moment to meet. It
was about eight in the evening. The street was brilliant with
gas; crowds of people, men and women, were moving along

-- 287 --

[figure description] Page 287.[end figure description]

the sidewalk; and upon each group, as it approached, Buckland
bent a gaze of eager scrutiny.

They were passing a large bookstore, when Morton felt
his companion suddenly press the arm on which he was leaning.
Hastily stepping aside, and dragging Morton with him,
he ensconced himself behind the board on which the bookseller
pasted his advertising placards, which partially concealed
him, and, together with the projection over the shop
door, screened him from the light of the neighboring gas
lamp. Here he stood motionless, his eyes riveted on some
approaching object. Following the direction of his gaze,
Morton saw a tall man in the uniform of an army officer of
rank, and, leaning on his arm, a light and delicate female
figure, elegantly, but not showily dressed. They were close
at hand when he discovered them, and in a moment they had
passed on under the glare of the lamp, and mingled with the
throng beyond; but Morton retained a vivid impression of
features beautifully moulded, and a pair of restless dark eyes,
roving from side to side with piercing, yet furtive glances.

Buckland, stepping from his retreat, made a hesitating, forward
movement, as if undecided whether to follow them or
not. He stopped with a kind of suppressed groan, and taking
Morton's arm again, moved slowly with him down the
street. Two or three times, Morton spoke to him, but he
seemed not to hear, or, at best, answered in monosyllables,
with an absent air. When they reached the hotel, then recently
established on the European plan, near the Bowling
Green, Buckland entered, called for brandy, and, his companion
declining to join him, hastily drank the liquor with the

-- 288 --

[figure description] Page 288.[end figure description]

same trembling hand which Morton had before remarked.
On leaving the house, they continued their walk downward
till they reached the Battery. And as they entered the shaded
walks of that promenade, the moon was shining on the trees,
and on the quiet waters of the adjacent bay.

“You must think very strangely of me,” said Buckland,
at length breaking his long silence; “in fact, I scarcely
know myself. I am a changed man, — a lost and broken
man, body and soul, — a sea-weed drifting helplessly on the
water.”

“You take too dark a view,” said Morton, greatly moved;
“there is good hope for you yet, if you will not fling it away.”

Buckland shook his head. “I wish I had been born such
a man as Rosny. He is a practical man of the world, always
in pursuit of something, with nothing to excite or trouble
him but the success or failure of his schemes. He cannot
understand my feelings. Yes, I wish to Heaven I had been
born a practical, hard-headed man, — such, for instance, as
your cool, common sense Yankees. What do they know or
care for the troubles that are wearing me away by inches?”

“Buckland,” said Morton, “your nerves are very much
weakened and disordered, and particular troubles weigh upon
and engross you, as they could not if you were well. What
you most need is a good physician.”

“`Could he minister to a mind diseased?' Come, sit down
here — on this bench. Perhaps you have never felt — I hope
you have never had occasion to feel — impelled to relieve
some torment pressing on your mind, by telling it to a friend.
Genuine friends are rare. When one meets them, he knows

-- 289 --

[figure description] Page 289.[end figure description]

them by instinct. I need not fear you; you will not laugh
at me to yourself, and tell me, as some others do, that a man
of force and energy would fling off an affair like mine, and
not suffer it to weigh upon him like a nightmare.”

“When you have recovered your health, perhaps I may
tell you so; but not till then.”

“I am like the Ancient Mariner,” continued Buckland,
with a faint smile; “when I find the man who must hear my
story, I know him the moment I see his face. Your good
sense will tell you that I have been a knave and a fool; but
your good heart will prevent your showing me that you
think so.”

Morton looked with deep compassion on his old comrade,
and wondered what follies or misfortunes could have sunk his
former gallant spirit so far. In his weakened and depressed
condition, Buckland seemed to lean for support on his friend's
firmer and better governed nature, and to draw strength from
the contact.

“After all,” he said in a livelier tone, “what right have I
to bore you with this story of mine?”

“Any thing that you are willing to tell,” answered Morton,
“I shall be glad to hear.”

-- 290 --

CHAPTER LII.

On me laisse tout croire; on fait gloire de tout;
Et cependant mon cœur est encore assez lâche
Pour ne pouvoir briser la chaîne qui l'attache.
Le Misanthrope.

[figure description] Page 290.[end figure description]

I had an old friend,” Buckland began, with some glimmering
of his former vivacity, — “De Ruyter, — I don't
think you ever knew him. He was the representative of a
family great in its day and generation, but broken in fortune,
and without means to support its pretensions. This did not
at all tend to diminish their pride, — precisely of that kind
which goeth before destruction. De Ruyter was a good fellow,
however, and, if he had had twenty thousand a year, he
would have spent it all. One summer, four years ago, he
went with his child — his wife had died the year before —
and his two sisters to spend a few weeks at a quiet little
watering-place on the Jersey shore, frequented by people of
good standing, but not fashionably inclined. De Ruyter
praised the sporting in the neighborhood, and persuaded me
to go with him.

“His sisters were very agreeable women, — cultivated
and lively, but proud as Lucifer, and desperately exclusive.
A nouveau riche was, in their eyes, equivalent to every
thing that is odious and detestable; and to call a man a
parvenu was to steep him in infamy forever. The men at

-- 291 --

[figure description] Page 291.[end figure description]

the house were, for the most part, of no great account —
chiefly old bachelors, or sober family men run to seed, with a
number of awkward young boobies not yet in bloom. The
two ladies liked the company of a lazy fellow like me, a butterfly
of society, with the poets, at least the sentimental ones,
on my tongue's end, and the latest advices from the fashionable
world. I staid there a week, and when that was over
they persuaded me to stay another.

“On the day after, there was a fresh arrival, — a gentleman
from Philadelphia, with his sister and his daughter. He
only remained for the night, and went away in the morning,
leaving the ladies behind. The sister was a starched old person, —
a sort of purblind duenna, with grizzled hair, gold
spectacles, and cap. The daughter I need not describe, for
you saw her half an hour ago.

“Her family was good enough; her father a lawyer in Philadelphia.
She was well educated — played admirably, and
spoke excellent French and Italian. How much or how little
she had frequented cultivated society, I do not know, — her
own assertions went for nothing; but she had the utmost
ease and grace of manner, and an invincible self-possession.
Her ruling passion was a compound of vanity and pride, an
insatiable craving for admiration and power. Whatever associates
she happened to be among, nothing satisfied her but
to be the cynosure of all eyes, the centre of all influence. I
have known women enough, — women of all kinds, good, bad,
and indifferent; but such a one as she I never met but once. I
shall not soon forget the evening when I first saw her, seated
opposite me at the tea table. She was a small, light figure,

-- 292 --

[figure description] Page 292.[end figure description]

— as you saw her just now, — the features, perhaps, a trifle
too large. I never recall her, as she appeared at that time,
without thinking of Byron's description of one of his mischief-making
heroines: —



“`Her form had all the softness of her sex,
Her features all the sweetness of the devil,
When he put on the cherub to perplex
Eve, and paved — God knows how — the road to evil.'

“She was utterly unscrupulous. The depth of her artifice
was unfathomable. She soon became the moving spirit of
that little cockney watering-place — some admiring her,
some hating her, some desperately smitten with her. I can
see through her manœuvres now, but then I was blind as
a mole. She understood every body about her, and held
out to each the kind of bait which was most likely to
attract him. There was a sort of dilettante there whose
heart she won by talking to him of the Italian poets, which,
by the way, she really loved, for there was a dash of genius
in her. She aimed to impress each one with the idea that
in her heart she liked him better than any one else; and it
was her game to appear on all occasions perfectly impulsive
and spontaneous, while, in fact, every look, word, or act of
hers had an object in it. In short, she was an accomplished
actress; and, had her figure been more commanding, she
might have rivalled Rachel on the stage. No two people
were exactly agreed in opinion concerning her; but all — I
mean all the men — thought her excessively interesting; and
I remember that two young collegians had nearly fought a

-- 293 --

[figure description] Page 293.[end figure description]

duel about her, each thinking that she was in love with him.
Nothing delighted her more than to become the occasion of
the jealousy of married women towards their husbands, —
nothing, that is, except the still greater delight of fascinating
a certain young New Yorker who had come to the house on
a visit to his betrothed.

“For some time every one supposed her to be unmarried.
She did her best, indeed, to encourage the idea, since
she thus gained to herself more notice and more marked
attentions. At length, to the astonishment of every body,
it came out that she had been, for more than a year,
married to a cousin of her own, a weak and imbecile youngster,
as I afterwards learned, who was then absent on an
East India voyage, and who, happily for himself, has since
died.

“I said that all the men in the house were interested in her;
but you should have seen the commotion she raised among
the women! There were three or four simple girls about
her who admired her, and were her devoted instruments; but
with the rest she was at sword's point. There were a
thousand ways in which they and she could come into collision;
and, of course, they soon found her out, while the
men remained in the dark. If they were handsome and attractive,
she hated them; and if they would not conform to
her will, she could never forgive it. The disputes, the jars,
the jealousies, the backbitings, the tricks and stratagems of
female warfare that I have seen in that house, and all of her
raising! She was a dangerous enemy. Her tongue could
sting like a wasp; and all the while she would smile on her

-- 294 --

[figure description] Page 294.[end figure description]

victim as if she were reporting some agreeable compliment.
She had a satanic dexterity in dealing out her stabs, always
choosing the time, place, and company, where they would tell
with the sharpest effect.

“With all her insincerity, there was still a tincture of reality
in her. Her passions and emotions were strong; and she
was so addicted to falsehood, that I am confident she did not
always know whether the feeling she expressed were real or
pretended.

“The grace and apparent abandon of her manner, her
beauty, her wit, her singular power of influencing the will
of others, and the dash of poetry, which, strange as you may
think it, still pervaded her, made her altogether a very perilous
acquaintance. I, certainly, have cause to say so. I
lingered a week, a fortnight, a month, and still could not find
resolution to go. I had an air, a name in society, and the
reputation of being dangerous. She thought me worth
angling for, put forth all her arts, and caught me.

“I have read an Indian legend of a fisherman who catches a
fish and drags him to the surface, but in the midst of his triumph,
the fish swallows him, canoe and all. The angler,
however, kills him by striking at his heart with his flinty
war club, and then makes his escape by tearing a way through
his vitals. The case of the fish is precisely analogous to mine.
She caught me, as I said before; but I caught her in turn.
She fell in love with me, wildly and desperately. Her passions
were as fierce and as transient as a tropical hurricane.
She had no scruples; and I had not as many as I should
have had. One evening we were gone, and two days after

-- 295 --

[figure description] Page 295.[end figure description]

we were out of sight of land on board one of the Cunard
steamers.

“For the next two months, I was in paradise. Then came
a purgatory, or something worse. Her passion for me subsided
as quickly as it had arisen. She was herself again.
Her vanity and artifice, her insatiable love of intrigue and
adventure, returned with double force. I wore myself out
with watching, vexation, and anxiety. She tried every means
to attract attention and draw admirers, and every where she
succeeded. I remember that one night at Naples she insisted
on going with me to the theatre of San Carlo, in the dress of
a young man, and wearing a moustache. The disguise was
detected, as she meant it should be, and eyes centred upon
her from all the boxes. I tried to travel with her through
remote and unfrequented countries, such as the interior of
Sicily; but it was all in vain. There was no resisting her
fiery will, and I was compelled to go wherever she wished.

“One afternoon, at Messina, at the table d'hôte, we met a
lively young Spanish nobleman. She caught his eye; I saw
them exchange glances. In spite of all my precautions,
messages, billets, and momentary interviews passed between
them. I challenged the Spaniard, gave him a severe flesh
wound, and thought I had taught him a lesson. Not at all.
On the next day, coming to my lodgings, I found her gone,
no one could tell whither. I was desperate, and could have
done any thing; but there was nothing to be done. I could
not find her, and if I had it would have availed me nothing.

“I returned to America, wrought up to the verge of a nervous
fever; and, by mingling in amusements of every kind, tried

-- 296 --

[figure description] Page 296.[end figure description]

to forget her. In six or eight months I had partially succeeded.
My health was not good, and I had made a journey
of a few weeks to the west; when, on returning, — it was a
sultry July afternoon, — I remember it as if it were yesterday, —
sitting in the reading room window of the New York
Hotel, I saw her passing down Broadway in an open carriage;
and, with the sight, my passion awoke again at fever heat. She
had left the Spaniard, and come to America with a New York
gentleman, who had lived for some time in Paris. I had an
interview with her, and she promised to join me again; but
she broke her word. She saw at once what a power she still
held over me; and she has used it most mercilessly ever
since. She practises all her arts on me, as if I were a new
lover, whom she wished to insnare. Sometimes she flatters
me; sometimes she repels me; now and then she allows me
stolen interviews, or long walks or rides with her. She
plays me as an angler plays a salmon that he has hooked, till
he brings him gasping to his death. I have plunged into dissipations
of all kinds, to drown the memory of her. It is all
useless. She knows the torments I am suffering, and she
rejoices in them. Perhaps she remembers that it was I who
made her what she is, and takes this for her revenge. But,
pshaw! — if I had not eloped with her, some one else would
have done so soon; and that she perfectly well knows. It is
her vanity — nothing but her vanity: she delights to hold
me in bondage; she knows that I am her slave, and she glories
in it.”

“But why, in Heaven's name,” demanded Morton, “do
you not break away from this miserable fascination?”

-- 297 --

[figure description] Page 297.[end figure description]

“There it is!” Buckland answered; “I only wish that I
had the power. I have resolved twenty times to leave New
York, and my resolution has failed me as often.”

“Who takes charge of her now?”

“Colonel —. He seems as crazy after her as I was.”

“I can hardly comprehend,” pursued Morton, “how, understanding
her character as you do, you can still remain so
infatuated with her.”

“Neither can I comprehend it. I can only feel it. Strange—
is it not? — that I, who used to be regarded as a mere flirt;
who, as a lady acquaintance once told me, had a great deal
too much sentiment, but no heart at all; I, who, in my time,
have written love verses to twenty different ladies, — should
be so enchained at last by this black-eyed witch!”

“Very strange.”

“And now what would you recommend? what advice do
you give me? You see in what a predicament I stand.
What ought I to do?”

“With your broken health and weakened nerves,” said
Morton, “it is useless for you to attempt contending against
this fancy that has taken possession of you. You must run
away from it. Take a long voyage; the longer the better.
I will go with you to engage your passage to-morrow.”

Buckland hesitated at first, slowly shaking his head; but
in a moment he said, with some animation, “Yes, I will go,
on one condition; you must promise to go with me.”

The will, the motive power, — never very strong in him, —
was now completely relaxed. He was unfitted for action of
any kind, and was, as he himself said, no better than a sea

-- 298 --

[figure description] Page 298.[end figure description]

weed drifting on the water. Morton walked the streets with
him for some hours. He seemed to cling to his companion,
like an ivy to the supporting trunk, and was evidently reluctant
to resign his company. At length, Morton, who was
exhausted with the excitements of the day, pleaded fatigue,
and bade him good night. He turned again, however, and,
by the blaze of the gas lamps, followed with his eye Buckland's
slowly receding figure.

“A few hours ago,” he said to himself, “I thought myself
unhappy; but what is my suffering compared to his? I am
not, thank God, the builder of my own misfortunes, nor
pursued with the reflection that they are a just retribution for
my own misdeeds. With health, liberty, self-respect, and a
good conscience, what man has a right to call himself miserable?”

-- 299 --

CHAPTER LIII.

The paths of glory lead but to the grave.

Gray's Elegy.

[figure description] Page 299.[end figure description]

Mr. Shingles had an acquaintance among the gentlemen
of the press; and, chancing to meet his quill-driving friend,
he told him Morton's story. It appeared, accordingly, beautifully
embellished, in one of the evening papers, and was
copied, the next morning, into several others. Consequently,
Morton had scarcely risen from breakfast, when he was visited
by half a dozen persons, editors and others, eager to hear his
adventures, for the gratification of their own curiosity, or
that of the public. As he detested such visitations, and as
several of his callers, from their countenances alone, inspired
him with an earnest longing to kick them down stairs, he
hastened to avoid the nuisance by escaping into the street.
Since the tidings he had heard from Shingles, his native town
had lost all attraction for him; in fact he shrank from going
thither, and willingly lingered another day in New York.

Going to Buckland's lodgings, he renewed his persuasions
of the evening before, and strongly urged him to leave New
York. Buckland assented to every thing he said; and, hearing
of a ship about to sail for the East Indies, Morton went
with his friend to the merchant to whom she belonged, and
induced him to engage a passage in her.

-- 300 --

[figure description] Page 300.[end figure description]

Returning to his hotel at about two o'clock, a waiter
brought him a card, telling him that a boy had just left it for
him. It was Rosny's; and on it were scrawled with a pencil
the following concise and characteristic words: —

Dear M.: Uncle Sam in a deuse of a hurry. Ordered to
the island this afternoon. Off for Mexico to-morrow. Sorry
not to see you, but haven't a minute to spare. Good luck. —
Au revoir.

Yours till doomsday,
Rosny.

Morton went to the recruiting office where he had been
with Rosny on the day before, learned the time and place of
the embarkation, was on the spot at the hour named, and in a
few minutes saw Rosny striding down the wharf in most
unmilitary haste, his hair fluttering in the wind. He was so
engrossed in making certain arrangements, and issuing his
mandates to the soldiers who were to row him and some other
officers to Governor's Island, that he did not observe Morton,
who stood quietly leaning against a post.

“Hallo, Dick,” said the latter at length. “Haven't you
eyes to see your friends?”

Rosny turned, in great surprise, and greeted him most
emphatically.

“Come, Morton,” he said, as he was stepping into the
boat, “you'll change your mind after all, — won't you? —
and meet me at Vera Cruz.”

“I'll sit at home, and read your exploits in the papers,”
replied Morton.

-- 301 --

[figure description] Page 301.[end figure description]

“Well; a wilful man must have his way. Adieu.”

“Good by. May you live to be a general, or any thing
else you like, short of the presidency.”

“Why, shouldn't I make a good president?”

“No.”

“What? too progressive, — too wide awake, — too enlightened,
ey?”

“Yes, and too pugnacious.”

“There you are again, Boston all over. I'll be president
yet, if only to spite the Bostonites. You shall write my life,
and I'll give you an office for it. Farewell.”

Morton watched the receding boat till it was almost out of
sight, waved his hat to Rosny, who waved his own in return,
and walked back to the hotel, wondering what would be the
issue of his old classmate's ambitious schemes.

How, among a throng of brave men, Rosny gained a name
for determined daring; — how, on every occasion that offered,
he displayed the fire of the Frenchman, and the stubborn
mettle of the Saxon, whose blood mingled in his veins; —
how, though sick and wounded, he dragged himself from the
hospital at Puebla, and, mounting his horse, pushed forward
with the advancing columns; — how gallantly, under the
murdering storm of musketry and grape, he led his intrepid
blackguards up the rocks of Chapultepec; — how, while
shouting among the foremost, he climbed the hostile rampart,
a bullet plunged into his brain, and dashed him, quivering and
dead, to the foot of the scaling ladders; — all this, and more
likewise, is it not written in the New York Herald?

About a year after Rosny's departure, Morton chanced to

-- 302 --

[figure description] Page 302.[end figure description]

be again in New York, when, in going out one morning, he
beheld all the symptoms of some impending solemnity. Flags,
festooned with crape, were strung across Broadway from
building to building. The shops were half closed, and the
streets were fast filling with people. Patriot citizens, exchanging
the yardstick for the sword, strode the sidewalk in
gorgeous panoply; and now and then a mounted warrior cantered
along the pavement, struggling to keep his balance on
his fiery coach horse. In an hour or two more, the pageant
was in full operation. Looking from his hotel window,
Morton beheld a radiant river of shining bayonets, many
colored plumes, and martial millinery, solemnly flowing down
the middle of Broadway, to strange and lugubrious music,
between melancholy shores of black broadcloth and beaver
hats. At length a train of hearses appeared slowly advancing
to the wailing music of the bands, encircled by the harmless
sabres of the civic warriors, playing soldier, around the
remains of those who had borne the part in tragic earnest.
Over every hearse the national flag was drooping, and upon
each was inscribed the name of its unconscious tenant. They
were officers slain in battle during the last Mexican campaign.
Four of the hearses passed. Morton read the names. They
were all unknown to him; but as the fifth approached, he
looked, started, and looked again; for wrought in white upon
the sable drapery he saw, distinct and clear, the name of
Rosny. Descending to the street, he joined the procession;
he even underwent the funeral oration at the City Hall; and
when it was over, shouldering through the crowd, he stood
by the side of all that remained of his old classmate. Rosny's

-- 303 --

[figure description] Page 303.[end figure description]

cap, and the sword he had used so well, lay on the lid of the
coffin; and Morton turned away, with eyes not quite dry, as
he recalled his many genial traits and his undaunted spirit.

To resume. On returning to his hotel after taking leave
of Rosny, Morton found a note awaiting him, directed in a
female hand. He opened it, and read the signature, — Ellen
Ashland, — the name of a lady whom he had well known in
Boston, and who, just before he had sailed for Europe, had
been married to an eminent lawyer of his acquaintance. She
wrote that she had seen an account of his escape from
prison, and arrival in New York, in the morning paper, —
expressed an earnest wish to see him, and invited him to visit
her at the New York Hotel, where she was spending a few days
with her husband.

As the time named was almost come, Morton called a
coach, and drove up town. His friend received him with a
peculiar warmth and earnestness of manner. Morton had
known her as a person of marked character and strong but
strictly governed emotions, not always permitting the expression
of a feeling to keep pace with the feeling itself. He
greatly liked and esteemed her, and her presence disarmed
him, in a great degree, of his usual reserve.

Her husband had been absent all day in Brooklyn, and
would not return till late in the evening.

“It is five years since I have spoken to a lady,” said
Morton, as he seated himself at the tea table.

As he was not scrupulous to wear a mask before her, she
quickly discovered the depressed condition of his mind; and
on her charging him with being very much out of spirits, he
admitted that he was so.

-- 304 --

[figure description] Page 304.[end figure description]

“One would think,” she observed, “that after the sufferings
that you have passed, you would have come home in a
different mood of mind.”

“And so I did,” said Morton.

“You seem in no great haste to see your friends and
relations in Boston.”

“I have no near relations there.”

“But you have friends.”

“Yes; I have heard from them. I met an acquaintance
yesterday.”

“You have heard, then —” And she bent her eyes upon
his face, with a look searching but full of kindness, as if
studying his thoughts.

“Five years,” she continued, “is a long time. Great
changes may have taken place.”

“Changes have taken place,” said Morton.

“You have lost none of your intimate friends, as far
as I know them; but some have left Boston, and some are
married.”

Morton did not look up; but an undefined expression
passed across his face, like the shadow of a black cloud.
When, a moment after, he raised his eyes, he saw those of
Mrs. Ashland fixed upon him with the same earnest gaze as
before. Such scrutiny from another would have been intolerable
to him; but in her it gave him no uneasiness.

A servant entering changed for a time the character of their
conversation. A quarter of an hour afterwards they were
again alone, and Morton was seated near the window, when
his friend approached him, her features kindling with a look

-- 305 --

[figure description] Page 305.[end figure description]

of ill-suppressed feeling, laid her hand on his shoulder, and
said, “Vassall,” — she had always before addressed him as
Mr. Morton, — “my heart bleeds for you — for you and for
Edith Leslie.”

Morton looked up till he met her eyes. The surprise, the
sudden consciousness that she was privy to his grief, the
warm and heartfelt woman's sympathy that he read in every
line of her face, were too much for his manhood, and he
burst into tears.

-- 306 --

CHAPTER LIV.



Elle n'est point parjure, elle n'est point légère;
Son devoir m'a trahi, mon malheur, et son père.
Polyeucte.

[figure description] Page 306.[end figure description]

Morton's evening with Mrs. Ashland, and the story which
she told him, removed at least one pain from his breast. He
learned that Edith Leslie was not in fault; and that, great as
his misfortune might be, his idol was not turned to clay.

His friend's narrative, however, was very defective. She
could give results merely, not knowing, or suspecting, the
hidden springs which produced them; and Morton was left to
form his own conclusions. The following is a more explicit
statement.

Morton embarked for Europe, and the return steamer
brought, in due course, a letter to Edith Leslie. With the
next steamer came another; with the next, a third; all as
absurd epistles as the most exacting mistress could desire.
The succeeding mail was silent. She wondered and hoped;
but when the next arrived, and brought no tidings, her heart
began to fail. The winter wore away, and still no letter
came. She was living, at that time, with her father, at his
country seat. Leslie's health was declining, and when Vinal
returned from his short European tour, he consigned to his
hands the care of his affairs, and spent the greater part of his

-- 307 --

[figure description] Page 307.[end figure description]

time at Matherton; for he had a strong love for the home of
his boyhood.

Spring returned, and blossomed into summer; but nothing
was heard of Morton. The season ripened; the fringed gentian
sprang in the meadow, and the aster by the roadside;
but no word came. In the forests, the October frosts began
their gorgeous work. The ash put on its purple; the oak its
varied coloring; the sumach its blood-red glare; and at evening,
the sun went down in cold, stern splendors behind the
painted mountains. Dry leaves whirled upon the ground;
chill clouds mustered in the sky; and flakes of snow, the
harbingers of storm, were blown along the frozen road. Then
winter sank upon the landscape, and deeper winter on the
heart of the unhappy girl.

Time passed on, and the hope of Morton's return grew
fainter. Leslie, seeing his daughter's deep distress, made a
journey to Europe; but his search was fruitless. Meredith,
who spent a year on the continent, pursued the same inquiries,
but could trace his friend no farther than the town of Neuburg,
in Bavaria. Morton, before his departure, had made
his will, and in the ardor of his attachment, had left the
bulk of his property to his betrothed, distributing a comparatively
small residue among a number of poor relations, none
of whom had either the means or the worldly knowledge to
take measures for ascertaining his fate.

Meanwhile, Leslie had fallen into a decline; and there was
no hope that his life could be protracted beyond a year or
two. He became more than ever dependent upon Vinal, who
now assumed nearly the whole charge of his affairs, acquitting

-- 308 --

[figure description] Page 308.[end figure description]

himself with great ability, and, in this instance, with entire
faithfulness. A rickety manufacturing concern, which for
years had been a drain upon Leslie's purse, began, under
Vinal's control, to yield a good profit; and the former saw
all his resources quickened and replenished, as if by an infusion
of new life.

Vinal was mounting very high in the general esteem. His
polished address, — a little too precise, however, — his acknowledged
scholarship, his character for honor and integrity,
and his energy and capacity for business, commended him to
all classes. He passed current alike in ball rooms and on
change. Men of the world never doubted him; and, after
all, this confidence was not quite groundless, for Vinal, who
had a sage eye to his own interest, had embraced the maxim
that, in matters of business, a course of absolute integrity is,
under all ordinary circumstances, the only wise policy.

As, in process of time, the conviction of Morton's death was
confirmed, Leslie's old wish for a union between his daughter
and Vinal began again to grow strong within him. Some two
years after her lover's disappearance, he ventured to speak to
her of this favorite plan; but it was long before he dared
allude to it again. Meanwhile, Vinal's attentions had been
assiduous and constant, yet so tempered as to convey the
idea that he despaired of any other reward than the continuance
of her friendship. At length, however, certain of her
father's countenance, and assuming Morton's death as now
beyond a doubt, he began, with all possible delicacy and caution,
to renew his former addresses. He was not long in discovering
that his cause was quite hopeless, unless he could

-- 309 --

[figure description] Page 309.[end figure description]

produce some positive proof that Morton was no longer
alive.

During the third summer of the latter's absence, Vinal
went, for two or three months, to Europe, the state of his
health being the alleged motive. While in Paris, he tried to
find his former confederate, Speyer, but could only learn that
he was no longer in that city. On returning to America, he
told Leslie that he had inquired after Morton, on all sides,
without the least success, but had taken measures which, he
thought it not impossible, might in time lead to some discovery.
In various parts of Germany, there was, as he affirmed,
a class of travelling merchants and commercial agents,
who, from the nature of their avocations, had every facility
for making inquiries within the districts which they frequented.
He had taken pains, he said, to become acquainted with a
large number of these men, to whom he had stated the case
of Morton's disappearance, and promised a reward for any
information concerning him.

Some time after this, he told Leslie that he had had word
from one of these correspondents. The latter, he affirmed, had
heard that a young man, said to be an Englishman, had died
very suddenly three or four years before, in an unfrequented
part of Bohemia. The German declared himself ready, if
desired, to go to the district in question, and inquire into the
matter. Leslie was anxious that the inquiry should be made;
upon which Vinal, though seeming not at all sanguine as to
any result, gave him the name of his imaginary correspondent,
and advised that he should write to him. Leslie, however,
as Vinal had foreseen, desired that the latter should carry on

-- 310 --

[figure description] Page 310.[end figure description]

the correspondence. He accordingly wrote a letter, directed
to Jacob Hatz. This he showed to Leslie, and mailed it in
his presence, consigning it to a long repose in some continental
dead letter office. At the same time, he secretly despatched
another letter, directed to Henry Speyer; for he
had meanwhile discovered the address of this serviceable person.
This letter was as follows: —

Dear Sir: You cannot have forgotten some interviews
and correspondence which formerly passed between us concerning
a person who soon after was unfortunate enough to
fall under the notice of the Austrian police. Nothing has
since been heard of him, and it is commonly believed here
that he is dead. It is my desire to have this opinion confirmed;
and having found you honorable and efficient on another
occasion, I cannot doubt that I shall find you so in this.
May I beg your services in the following particulars?

1st. To take an imaginary journey into Bohemia, Moravia,
or parts adjacent.

2d. To discover that, three years or more ago, a young
man, an American, named — —, travelling alone
on horseback in an unfrequented part of the country, (this
was his habit,) was attacked by cholera, or any other violent
disease prevalent thereabouts, which carried him off in less
than three days.

3d. That he died at a small village inn; that a Lutheran
clergyman took charge of his effects, and wrote to his friends;
but that the letter may have miscarried, or the clergyman
may have played false, and kept the windfall that had come
to him.

-- 311 --

[figure description] Page 311.[end figure description]

4th. That two years ago, the clergyman removed into
Hungary, but that the innkeeper, a stupid, beetle-headed
fellow, showed you a headstone in the Protestant burial
ground, with —'s name upon it. The innkeeper may
describe him as a young man of twenty-four, or less, but
must not remember too much, as this might attract further
inquiry.

This is the outline, and will serve to indicate the kind of
thing required. Vary it, in respect to details, as your judgment
and your knowledge of the customs of the country may
suggest. Names are omitted. Please observe the ciphers
which stand in their places. You will soon receive, through
another channel, means to supply the deficiency, if, indeed,
your memory will not do so unaided.

Sign your letter Jacob Hatz. There is another point,
which I beg you to observe particularly. Mention that on
the gravestone, besides the name, was carved a figure, like
an urn or cup, with a large ball above it. Date of death,
also; — December 7, 1841.

I herewith enclose five hundred francs. On receiving
your reply, with this letter enclosed, I shall immediately send
you five hundred more. If I were not a poor man, and expecting
always to be so, I could remunerate your services
better.

With the fullest reliance on your honor and discretion, I
remain,

Yours, truly, — —. P. S. For your better direction, I subjoin a formula to
be followed in the beginning of your letter. You can word
the rest in your own way. Write in French.

-- 312 --

[figure description] Page 312.[end figure description]

Vinal, if he had dared, would gladly have forged such a
letter as he required, instead of trusting to another person;
but art or nature had not gifted him with the needful skill;
and he was anxious, moreover, to have the foreign postmarks
stamped upon it in form.

In due time, Speyer's answer came. He had neglected to
return Vinal's letter, as desired; but in other respects, his
performance gave his employer ample satisfaction. The latter
showed it to Leslie, who seemed convinced by it; while his
daughter, on reading it, abandoned at once the hope to which
she had hitherto clung, that Morton might still be living.

“I remember this Hatz very well,” said Vinal; “he
seemed to be a plain, honest sort of man, — an agent, I believe,
of a merchant in Strasburg. And yet the reward I
promised might have been too great a temptation.”

“Then,” said Leslie, “you would not receive this as a
proof of Mr. Morton's death?”

“No, I would not: that is, I should not but for one thing;—
it is so very much like Vassall Morton to be travelling
alone, on horseback, in an out-of-the-way part of the country.”

“Did you observe,” pursued Leslie, “what he says of figures
of an urn and ball cut on the gravestone?”

“I saw it, but did not observe it particularly.”

Leslie gave him the letter, and Vinal read the part referred
to.

“What can it mean?” asked Leslie.

“I can't conceive,” replied Vinal.

“It is the vase and sun,” said Edith Leslie; “the device
of his mother's family, the Vassalls.”

-- 313 --

[figure description] Page 313.[end figure description]

“Ah,” exclaimed Vinal, looking up with a face of mournful
interest, “you must be right; the same figures are
carved on the tomb of the Vassalls, in the old churchyard at
Cambridge.”

“They were cut,” pursued Miss Leslie, “on a garnet ring,
which he always used as a seal.”

“I remember his showing me that ring,” said her father,
“and telling me that it was older than the voyage of the
Mayflower. It was a kind of heirloom, which his mother had
left him.”

“Yes,” suggested the sympathizing Vinal, who had long
known that Morton used no other seal than this ring; “and
the device on it was supposed to be his armorial bearing, and
so cut on the gravestone, as it is on the Vassall tomb at
Cambridge.

All doubt of Morton's death was now dispelled. His betrothed
stored his image in her thoughts, as that of one lost
for this world; and Vinal saw the field clear before him.
Leslie was failing fast; and, as his life ebbed, his wish for
his daughter's marriage with Vinal grew and strengthened.
He urged her, daily, to listen to his suit; extolling his favorite's
talents, energy, acquirements, and unimpeachable character—
praises which she believed to be wholly just. Vinal,
on his part, seconded these parental efforts with most earnest,
beseeching, not to say abject importunities. The compassion
which he contrived to excite, an idea of duty, and an urgent
wish to gratify her dying father, at length prevailed with her;
and laying before Vinal the true state of her feelings, she
consented, on such terms to accept his suit.

-- 314 --

[figure description] Page 314.[end figure description]

Vinal had gained his point; but he had scarcely done so,
when his spirits were dashed by an untoward incident, the
nature of which may be guessed hereafter. And, as it never
rains but it pours, this reverse of luck was soon followed by
a second, of another kind.

One afternoon, returning from his customary constitutional
ride, he was in the act of turning the upper corner of a
street which slopes downward somewhat steeply till it meets
a main thoroughfare of the town. A small ragamuffin boy
was standing on the curbstone, with a blade of grass between
his thumbs, through which he blew with might and main,
evidently to startle Vinal's horse, whose head was within a
yard of him. He succeeded to his complete satisfaction.
Vinal switched at the youngster with his whip; but this only
made matters worse. The horse galloped down the street
at a rate which his rider's weak arm could not check; and,
at the corner of the main street, wheeling suddenly to the
left, he slipped on the wet pavement, and fell with a crash on
his side. Horse and man lay motionless, till a city teamster,
running up, raised the former by the bridle. Two or three
passers by came to Vinal's aid; but as they lifted him, he set
his teeth with pain. The horse had fallen on his left leg,
breaking it above the knee.

Vinal was timid to excess in time of danger; but he could
bear pain with the firmness of a stoic. While he felt himself
run away with, and at the moment of his fall, he had
been greatly confused. He no sooner saw that the worst was
over, than he rallied his faculties, and asserted his usual self-mastery.
His face was fast growing pale with violence of
pain; but he was quite himself again.

-- 315 --

[figure description] Page 315.[end figure description]

A crowd gathered about him, as he lay leaning on the steps
of the neighboring church.

“Shall we carry you to the — Hotel?” asked a gentleman.

“Yes, if you please. But first be kind enough to bring a
shutter. They will give you one at the school round the corner.
When a man is killed, drunk, or maimed, there is
nothing like a shutter. How do you do, Edwards?” — to a
man whom he recognized in the crowd.

“I hope you are not badly hurt.”

“My leg is broken.”

“Are you in great pain?”

“Yes; a bad business, I think. Will you oblige me by
seeing that my horse is led to the stable in — Street?”

The shutter was soon brought.

“Thank you. Lift me very gently.”

As they moved him he clinched his teeth again in silent
torture.

“All right. Now one take the shutter at the head, and
one at the feet. You'll find me a light weight.”

And thus, between two men, escorted by a procession of
schoolboys just let loose, Vinal was carried to the hotel.

The event justified his presage. He was forced to lie
motionless for weeks, suffering greatly from bodily pain, and
no less from certain anxieties which of late had harassed him.
Leslie, on his part, was in great distress at the disaster. He
felt, or fancied himself, near his end; and the wish next his
heart was to see the marriage accomplished before he died.
It was therefore determined that, notwithstanding the

-- 316 --

[figure description] Page 316.[end figure description]

inauspicious plight of the bridegroom, it should take place at the
time before fixed upon, four months after the beginning of
the engagement.

The ceremony was very private. None were present but
two or three friends of Miss Leslie, the dying father, borne
thither in a chair, the disabled bridegroom, and the pale and
agitated bride; for that morning, standing before Morton's
picture, a strange misgiving and a dark foreboding had fallen
upon her, and the sun never shone on a bride more wretched.
Her nearest friend, Mrs. Ashland, was at her side. She was
the only person, besides her father and Vinal, who knew of
her engagement to Morton, and, indeed, had been her confidante
from first to last. Soon after Morton's disappearance,
an accident had brought them together, reviving an old school
intimacy; and Edith Leslie, in her suspense and misery, was
but too glad to find a friend in whom she could trust without
reserve.

The rite was ended, and Edith Leslie was Edith Vinal.
Days and weeks passed; Leslie slowly declined, and Vinal
slowly recovered. She divided her time between them, passing
the greater part of the day with the latter, and returning
at evening to watch by her father's bed or rest within sound
of his voice. At length, three weeks after her marriage, on
a morning the horror of which remained scarred always in
her memory, Morton's letter from Genoa was put into her
hands; and the long-disciplined patience with which she had
armed herself, the religion which she had called to her aid,
all the guards and defences of her mind, were borne down,
for a time, by the resistless flood of passion, which, like a
river bursting its barriers, swept all before it.

-- 317 --

CHAPTER LV.

We twain have met like ships upon the sea,
Who hold an hour's converse, * * *
One little hour! and then away they speed
On lonely paths, through mist, and cloud, and foam,
To meet no more.
Alexander Smith.

[figure description] Page 317.[end figure description]

Good morning, Ned,” said Morton to his friend Meredith.
He had come to Boston the day before, and had already seen
Meredith more than once.

“Going already? Sit down, man. Why are you in such
a hurry?”

“I shall look in again before night.”

“You are not well. I never thought you could look so
worn and haggard.”

“Try the prison of Ehrenberg for four or five years, and
see how you will look when you get out. It's nothing,
though. A little rest will make all right again.”

“You are not very likely to get it. You are a lion now,
and people will not leave you alone.”

“They shall. I am not in the humor for balls and dinner
parties.”

He went to the house of Mrs. Ashland, whom he had
accompanied homeward from New York.

“Have you the letter for me?”

-- 318 --

[figure description] Page 318.[end figure description]

The letter was that which had come from Europe with the
story of his death. On hearing Mrs. Ashland's account, he
had at once conjectured that this was but another stroke of
Vinal's diplomacy; but he had been careful not to intimate
to his friend the least suspicion against the latter.

The commission of obtaining from Edith the letter in question
was far from an agreeable one; but Mrs. Ashland had
accomplished it, and now placed the paper in Morton's hands.

The signature was not that of Speyer; but at the first
glance, Morton was sure that the small, neat handwriting was
the same with that of the treacherous notes of introduction
given him by Vinal at Paris. As he studied the letter, reading
and re-reading it, his companion, who remembered him
chiefly as a frank, good-humored young man, was startled at
the stern and almost fierce expression which once or twice
came over his features, and seemed to be banished by an
effort. A vague suspicion of some mystery rose in her mind,
but Morton hastened to divert her.

“I hope that Edith will not refuse a visit from me.”

Here, again, Mrs. Ashland promised to mediate for him,
and in the afternoon he received a note from her, saying that
Vinal's wife would see him on the next morning.

At the hour named, he rang at the door, forced his lips
to inquire for “Mrs. Vinal,” gave his name to the servant,
and was shown into the drawing room.

It was nearly five years since he had last seen that well-remembered
room. Nothing was changed. It remained
precisely as he had known it when he stood prosperously on
the farther verge of that dreary chasm of time; and as each

-- 319 --

[figure description] Page 319.[end figure description]

familiar object met his eye, such a flood of bitter recollection
came upon him, that for a moment he bent his head upon his
breast.

He raised it, and started as he did so. Reflected in the
mirror at the end of the room, as if the art of some new Cornelius
had evoked it, stood, pale as marble, the form that had
so long attended his sleeping and waking dreams. Morton
turned quickly, and saw Edith standing motionless in the
doorway.

He advanced towards her, and took her hand in both his
own. She raised her eyes to his face in silence. He tried to
speak, but tried in vain. At length he found utterance.

“I know it all. Ellen Ashland has told me every thing.
I do not blame you; — no one can blame you.”

“Thank God that you think so.”

“Yes, thank God; for when I thought that you had
forgotten me —”

“Then you did think so?”

“For a time; and it seemed to me as if no more constancy
were left on earth; as if it had been sapped and
undermined in its very citadel.”

“Do not believe that I forgot you for a single hour; or
that I can ever forget you. You and I have been joined at
least in an equal sorrow and suspense. We have walked
through depths together, and drank the same gall and
bitterness.”

“That one month — four miserable weeks — should have
worked all this! One month sooner, and this black picture
of our lives would have been bright again as the sunshine.

-- 320 --

[figure description] Page 320.[end figure description]

I could believe that some infernal power had taken the reins
of our fate.”

“Do not say so, nor think so. You have fronted death;
you have braved despair; and now bear this blow victoriously
as you have borne the rest.”

“The crowning blow is the heaviest of all.”

“Look into my heart, — if you could look into it, — and
see on which of us it has fallen with the more sickening and
withering force.”

Morton looked into her face. It was like a deep lake
becalmed, into which strong springs are boiling up from rocks
at the bottom. The surface is still; but looking more closely,
one may discern faint gliding undulations and trembling lines,
which betray the turmoil below. Morton saw them, and felt
their purport.

“I would to God,” he said, “I could bear your burden
for you.”

Edith buried her face, and burst into a flood of weeping.

Grief, mixed with more ardent emotion, wrought with such
violence in Morton's breast, that he scarcely restrained his
impulse to throw himself at her feet. In a few moments, she
raised her head.

“Do not think from this, that I am not resigned to what
has fallen on us. It is best. Incomprehensible as it is, it is
best for us both.”

A passionate denial rose to Morton's lips; but he did not
utter it.

“I overrated my strength. I am weaker than I hoped to
have found myself. You wish to bear my burden! You

-- 321 --

[figure description] Page 321.[end figure description]

have had enough to bear of your own, Vassall; but with
you, endurance is not the whole. You still have youth,
health, vigor. To one of your instincts, the world has noble
tasks enough. With a heart steeled by dangers, refined by
sufferings, tempered in fires of anguish, what path need you
fear to tread? Forget the past; — no, do not forget it; only
forget all in it that may damp your courage or weaken your
hand. When I knew you first, you were full of zeal in a
worthy and generous enterprise. Cling to it still. Let me
see the tree which I knew in its blossoming bear a full fruit
at maturity. Let me see the ardent and earnest spirit which
I knew in the beginning, not quelled or flagging by the way,
but holding on its course to the end. The pure chivalry of
your heart which constrained me to love you, the instinct
which turned towards honor and nobleness as a tree turns
its branches to the sun, — do not part from it; keep it
unstained for my sake, and let it brighten and strengthen all
your life.”

“If preachers could speak with your tongue,” exclaimed
Morton, “the world would forget itself and grow virtuous.
The love that I have lost on earth I will set among the stars.
It shall be my beacon till the day I die.”

“We are too delicate and timorous to bear a part in the
active struggles of life; but it is a woman's office to raise
and purify the thoughts of those who do. You, whose strong
natures are formed for warfare, cannot be so sensitive as we
are to every spot that dims the brightness of your armor. It
is easy for me, before one whom I have loved as I have loved
you, to hold this tone, and be borne up for a time above the

-- 322 --

[figure description] Page 322.[end figure description]

thought of grief and renouncement. But it is a different
task to still, through all a lifetime, the longings of a woman's
heart, and the impatient surgings of a woman's temperament.
This is the task assigned me, and I accept it. Life — action—
are before you. Patience is my medicine; the slow talisman
which must open in the end my door of promise.”

Morton pressed her hand to his lips.

“`There is some soul of goodness in things evil.' A sorrow
under which, feebly borne, the mind would wither to the
earth, borne well will lift it above the clouds. Do not believe
that I have deceived any one. He knows on what terms he
takes me. I feel respect, esteem, confidence, warm friendship
for him.”

“May you never be undeceived,” thought Morton to
himself.

“But for any more ardent love, — that, I told him, was
buried in the grave with you.”

She was silent for a moment, and then went on.

“It will not be wise, or right, for us to see each other
often. In time, you will meet some one with whom you can
forget the pain of this separation.”

Morton shook his head.

“Yes — at least I trust you will. But we can never
forget what we have been to each other. Our reality is
melted into a dream, but we must not allow it to remain a
dream. Let it be to us a fountain of high thoughts, whose
streams may water all our lives.”

“You are an alchemist, Edith,” said Morton; “you have
found the secret to change lead and iron into pure gold.

-- 323 --

[figure description] Page 323.[end figure description]

And yet you make me feel, more than ever, if that can be,
what a crown I have lost.”

When Morton left the house, after a half hour's interview,
the agitation with which he had entered it had sunk into
quiet; for an influence had fallen upon him as soothing and
elevating as if he had been listening to the paschal music in
the chapel of the choir at St. Peter's. And as an aeronaut,
tossed among tempestuous clouds, is borne of a sudden above
the turmoil, and floats serene in a calmer sky, so the troubled
mind of Morton felt itself buoyed up for a space above the
tumult of passionate and bitter thought.

-- 324 --

CHAPTER LVI.

For close designs and crooked counsels fit,
Sagacious, bold, and turbulent of wit.
Dryden.

[figure description] Page 324.[end figure description]

On the next morning he was walking near the Court
House, when a man accosted him, touching his hat with one
hand, and holding out the other in the way of friendly salutation.
Morton, however, was at a loss to recognize him.
He had an air which may most conveniently be described as
raffish, a hat set on one side of his head, and a good-natured,
easy, devil-may-care face.

“Richards is my name,” said the stranger. “I met you at
Paris, just before you went into Austria.”

This was quite enough. Morton, who had repeatedly revolved
all the circumstances connected with his arrest, at
once recalled the accident by which he had discovered Richards
and Vinal, on their way together to visit Speyer. Morton
determined to cultivate this new acquaintance; which,
however, seemed likely to grow without much tillage.

“I went on two or three excursions about the city with
you, Mr. Vinal, and the rest. Perhaps you have not forgotten
it.”

“Not in the least; but you are changed since then.”

“Yes,” said Richards, touching the place where his

-- 325 --

[figure description] Page 325.[end figure description]

moustaches had once grown, “I cut them off when I went into
practice here in Boston. I found they were ruining my character
as a professional man.”

“How long were you in Paris after I saw you?”

“Two years, off and on. I wish I were there now.” And
taking Morton's arm, he proceeded to catechize him touching
his imprisonment and escape, of which he said he had first
read in the New York Herald. Morton satisfied his curiosity,
taking care to give him no suspicion of Speyer's connection
with the affair, and allowing him to infer that the arrest
was caused by an accidental concurrence of suspicious circumstances.
Richards, at the end, broke out into a savage,
red republican tirade against Metternich and the Austrian
government.

“By the way,” said Morton, when his companion's heat
had subsided, “do you happen to remember a man called
Speyer, or something like it, — a republican propagandist, at
Paris? I believe you knew him.”

“I never knew any body else,” replied Richards, adopting
a cis-Atlantic figure of speech for which rhetoricians have as
yet found no name.

“Do you know where he is now?”

“What, have you lent money to Speyer, too?”

“He is heavily in my debt,” said Morton, evasively.

“That's odd. He seems to have been borrowing money
all round. I remember, about a year or more ago, I met Mr.
Vinal, and he began to talk about Paris. `By the way,' said
he to me, `do you happen to remember a man named Spires,
or Speyers, or some such thing? I lent him five hundred

-- 326 --

[figure description] Page 326.[end figure description]

francs.' `I wish you may get it,' said I. `Well,' said Vinal,
`I have a friend going to Paris, who will try what can be done
for me.' So I set him on the track. I don't know whether
he got his money or not, but I saw him talking with Speyer
in the street, one evening last spring, and Vinal looked as
sour as if he had swallowed a bottle of vitriol.”

“Talking with Speyer last spring!” repeated Morton;
“has he been to Paris?”

“Speyer has come out to America. There is not a country
in Europe but has grown too hot for him. He was under
surveillance in Paris, all the time I knew him.”

“When did he come?”

“Six or eight months ago.”

“Where is he to be found?”

“In New York, chiefly. If you could have caught him
when he was here in Boston, in the spring, you might have
got something out of him; for he seemed flush of money.”

“What, after you saw him with Vinal?”

“Yes.”

“Have you seen him more than once in Boston?”

“Yes, two or three times.”

“Is he in New York now?”

“I suppose so; but I would not advise your trying to do
any thing with him. You had better pocket your loss, and
let him go. However, if you want to try, I can refer you to
a man who can probably help you to find his whereabouts.”

“Thank you; there's no harm in making the attempt. I
don't know Speyer well. What kind of man is he?”

“Well, I will draw his portrait for you. He is sly as a

-- 327 --

[figure description] Page 327.[end figure description]

fox; always contriving, plotting, and working under ground.
Intrigue is his native element. He takes to it like a chameleon
to air, or a salamander to fire.”

“An artful, managing fellow, not bold enough to make a
direct attack?”

“Bold! There is nothing on the earth, or under it, that
he fears. He will not make a direct attack, if he can help it,
because it is against his instinct; but press upon him —
crowd him a little — and he will show his teeth like a Bengal
tiger. He is always in hot water; for he never could be
happy out of it. He has his weaknesses, though. A woman
whom he takes a fancy to can turn him round her finger. I
never knew a man so desperate in that way, or such a devil
incarnate when a fit of jealousy seizes him.”

“You draw a flattering likeness of your friend,” said
Morton.

“O,” said Richards, laughing, “I cut half my foreign acquaintance,
now that I am at home.”

Before leaving his new companion, Morton obtained from
him the name and direction of the person of whom he had
spoken as likely to know where Speyer was to be found.
Left alone at length, he pondered on what he had heard: —

“So Vinal applied to Richards, to learn Speyer's address,
when he wrote to him to report me dead. Speyer in America! —
having interviews with Vinal! — and flush of money!
Can it be possible that this agent of his villany has become
the instrument of his punishment? — that the Furies are already
on his track? If Speyer kept Vinal's letter, as, under
the circumstances, such a calculating knave would be apt to

-- 328 --

[figure description] Page 328.[end figure description]

do, he has that in his hands which would make my friend
open his purse strings; yes, make him coin his life blood, to
satisfy him. It is past doubting; Vinal has it now; this
cormorant is preying upon him.”

That afternoon Morton took the night train to New York,
in search of Speyer.

-- 329 --

CHAPTER LVII.

Though those that are betrayed
Do feel the treason sharply, yet the traitor
Stands in worse case of woe.
Cymbeline.

[figure description] Page 329.[end figure description]

Vinal sat alone, propped and cushioned in an arm chair,
when a clerk from his office came to bring him his morning
letters. He looked over the superscriptions till he saw one
in a foreign hand. Vinal compressed his pale lips. When
the clerk had left the room, he glanced about him nervously,
tore open the letter, and read it in haste.

“The bloodsucker! Money; more money! He soaks it
up like a sponge; or, rather, I am the sponge, and he means
to wring me dry. In jail! Well, he has found his place, for
once. Six hundred dollars! That, I suppose, is to pay his
fine; to uncage the wild beast, and set him loose. I wish
he were sentenced for ten years; then he might lie there, and
rot. I must send him something — enough to keep him in
play. No, I will send him nothing. He is in trouble; and
I may turn it to account. I will write to him that, if he will
return me my letters, I will give him a thousand dollars now,
and an annuity of five hundred for six years to come. I shall
do well if I can draw the viper's teeth at that price. Then
I can breathe again; unless Morton should have suspected
the trick I played him, or — what if he should meet with

-- 330 --

[figure description] Page 330.[end figure description]

Speyer! But that is not likely, for he never knew him, nor
saw him, and Speyer will shun him as he would the plague.
I wish they had shot him in the prison, as I am told they
meant to do. There would have been one stumbling block
away; one lion out of my path. But now the sword hangs
over me by a hair; I am racked and torn like a toad under a
harrow; no rest, no peace! What if Speyer should do as he
threatens, print my letters, and placard them about the
streets! I will buy them out of his hands if it cost all I
have. And even then I shall not be safe, as long as this ruffian
is above ground. With him and Morton to haunt me,
my life is a slow death, a purgatory, a hell.”

He tore Speyer's letter into small fragments, rolled and
crushed them together, and scattered them under the grate.

-- 331 --

CHAPTER LVIII.

When rich villains have need of poor ones, poor ones may make what price they will.

Much Ado about Nothing.

[figure description] Page 331.[end figure description]

Morton reached New York, and found the person to whom
he had been referred by Richards. He proved to be a German,
of respectable appearance enough; but Morton could
learn nothing from him. He admitted that he had once
known Speyer; but stubbornly denied all present knowledge
concerning him; and after various inquiry elsewhere, which
brought him into contact with much vile company, without
helping him towards his end, Morton gave over the search,
and returned to Boston.

A day or two after, he met Richards in the street.

“Well, Mr. Richards, I was in New York the other day,
and saw your man; but he knew nothing about Speyer.”

Richards laughed.

“I dare say not; just let me write to him; he will tell me
a different story. I used to be hand and glove with all these
refugees; and I will lay you any bet I find Speyer's whereabouts
within a week.”

Accordingly, three or four days after, Richards called at
Morton's lodgings, with an air of great self-satisfaction.

“I have spotted your game for you, sir, and he won't run

-- 332 --

[figure description] Page 332.[end figure description]

away in a hurry, either. He'll be sure to wait till you come.
He's in jail.”

“What, for debt?”

“No, for an assault on a Frenchman. It was about a
woman, a friend of Speyer's. You know I told you what a
jealous fellow he is.” And he proceeded to recount what
further information he had gained.

“Odd,” pondered Richards, after parting from Morton,
“that a millionnaire like him, and not at all a mean man
either, should trouble himself so much about any picayune
debt that Speyer can owe him. There is something in this
business more than I can make out.”

While Richards occupied himself with these reflections,
Morton repaired to his lodgings and made his preparations.
On the next morning, he was in New York again.

He went to the jail where Speyer was confined, and readily
gained leave to see him. A somewhat loquacious officer,
who was to conduct him to the prisoner's room, confirmed
what Richards had told him, and gave him some new particulars.
Speyer, he said, had never before, to his knowledge,
come under the notice of the police. He had been living in
good lodgings, and in a somewhat showy style. The person
who had occasioned the quarrel was an Italian girl. “She
comes every day to see him,” said the policeman — “she's
a wild one, I tell you; and he frets himself to death because
he is shut up here, and can't be round to look after her.”

“So much the better,” thought Morton, who hoped that
this impatience would aid him in his intended negotiation.

“For how long a time is he sentenced?” he asked.

-- 333 --

[figure description] Page 333.[end figure description]

“For three weeks; unless he can find somebody to pay
his fine for him.”

On entering the prisoner's room, Morton saw a man of
about forty, well dressed, though in a jail, but whose sallow
features, deep-set eyes, and square, massive lower jaw, well
covered with a black beard, indicated a character likely to be
any thing but tractable. If he had been either a gentleman
on the one hand, or a common ruffian on the other, his visitor
might have better known how to deal with him; but he had
the look of one to whom, whatever he might be at heart, a
various contact with mankind had armed with an invincible
self-possession, and guarded at all points against surprise.

Morton was a wretched diplomatist, and had sense enough
to know it. He knew that if he tried to manœuvre with his
antagonist, the latter would outflank him in a moment, and
he had therefore resolved on a sudden and direct attack. But
when he saw Speyer, he could not repress a lingering doubt
whether he were in fact the person of whom he was in search.
His chief object was to gain from him, if possible, any letters
of Vinal which might be in his hands. There was no direct
evidence that he had any such letters; yet Morton thought
that the only hope of success lay in assuming his having them
as a certainty, and pretending a positive knowledge, where,
in truth, he had no other ground of action than conjecture.
So he smothered his doubts, and as soon as the policeman
was gone, made a crashing onset on the enemy.

“My name is Vassall Morton. I escaped four months ago
from the Castle of Ehrenberg. I have known something of
you through Mr. Vinal.”

-- 334 --

[figure description] Page 334.[end figure description]

If Morton were in doubt before, all his doubts were now
scattered, for a look of irrepressible surprise passed across
Speyer's features, mingled with as much dismay as his nature
was capable of feeling. At the next instant, every trace of it
had disappeared; and slowly shaking his head, to indicate
unconsciousness, he looked at Morton inquiringly, with an
eye perfectly self-possessed and impenetrable. His visitor,
however, was not to be so deceived.

“I have no enmity against you, nor any wish to injure
you. On the contrary, I will pay your fine, and set you free,
if you will have it so. You have letters concerning me,
written to you by Vinal. Give them to me, and I will do as
I say. No harm shall come to you, and I will give you
money to carry you to any part of the world you wish.”

“What letters?” asked Speyer.

“We will have no bush-beating. You wish to get out of
jail, and have good reason for wishing to get out at once.
If you will give me those letters, you shall be free in three
hours, and safe. If you will not, I may give you some
trouble.”

Speyer was silent for a moment.

“I know the letters are of use to you. You can play a
profitable game with them; but I can stop your game at any
moment I please.”

“I can get four thousand dollars for them to-morrow,”
said Speyer.

“Then why are you here in jail?”

“Vinal offers it; here it is.” And taking a note from his
pocket, Speyer read Vinal's proposal to buy the letters.

-- 335 --

[figure description] Page 335.[end figure description]

“Let me see it,” said Morton, taking the note from
Speyer's hand. “This, of itself, is evidence against him.
With your leave, I will keep it. Now hear my offer. Give
me the letters, and I will pay your fine. Then go with me
to Boston, and I will make Vinal pay you on the spot every
dollar that he has offered, on condition that you promise to
leave the United States, and never return.”

Speyer reflected. He came to the conclusion that Morton
did not mean to expose Vinal; but only, like himself, to
extort money from him; and wished that he, Speyer, should
leave the country in order to get rid of a competitor. Morton's
object was quite different. He could not foresee to
what extremities Speyer's extortion might drive its victim;
and he aimed to check it, by no means out of any tenderness
for Vinal, but lest his wife might suffer from its consequences.

Speyer, on his part, fevered with jealousy, was chafing to
be at large again.

“When will you pay my fine?”

“Now.”

“Then I accept your proposal.”

“Can I rely on your promise to leave the country, and
make no further drafts on Vinal?”

Speyer cast a glance at him, as if he had read his mind.

“I will promise.”

“Will you swear?”

Speyer readily took the oath, insisting that Morton should
swear in turn to keep his part of the condition.

“Now let me see the letters.”

“I must send to my lodgings for them. If you will come
back in two hours, you shall have them.”

-- 336 --

[figure description] Page 336.[end figure description]

“I should have thought you would keep them by you.”

“No; but they are safe. Come back at twelve with the
money for my fine, and they shall be here for you.”

Morton had no sooner left the room, than Speyer despatched
an underling of the jail to buy for him a few sheets of the
thin, half-transparent paper in common use for European
correspondence. This being brought, he opened his trunk,
and delving to the bottom, drew up a leather case, from which
he took the letters in question. Laying the thin paper over
them, he proceeded to trace with a pen an exact facsimile.
He was well practised at such work, and after one or two
failures, succeeded perfectly. Folding his counterfeits after
the manner of the originals, he placed them in the envelopes
belonging to the latter; and within a half hour after his task
was finished, Morton reappeared.

Speyer gave him one of the facsimiles. He read it attentively,
without seeing the imposture. The handwriting,
though disguised, was evidently Vinal's; but it had neither
the signature of the writer, nor Morton's name. The place
of each was supplied by a cipher.

“Reference is made here to another letter. Where is it?”

Speyer gave him the second counterfeit. The envelope
bore a postmark of a few days later than the first. The
note contained merely the names of Morton and Vinal, with
ciphers affixed, referring to those in the first letter.

“Have you no more of Vinal's papers?”

Speyer shook his head. Indeed, the letters, if genuine,
would have been amply sufficient to place their writer in
Morton's power. The latter at once took the necessary

-- 337 --

[figure description] Page 337.[end figure description]

measures to gain the prisoner's release. Speyer no sooner found
himself at liberty than he hastened to search out the fair
object of his anxieties, promising to meet Morton on the
steamboat for Boston in the afternoon. His doubts were
strong whether the other would keep faith with him; but he
amply consoled himself with the thought that, at the worst,
he still had means to bring Vinal to terms.

-- 338 --

CHAPTER LIX.

What spectre can the charnel send
So dreadful as an injured friend?
Rokeby.

[figure description] Page 338.[end figure description]

Strange,” thought Vinal, “that I hear nothing from
him.”

It was three days since he had written to Speyer; and his
chief anxiety was, lest his note should have miscarried.
Pain and long confinement had wrought heavily upon him.
Every emotion, every care, thrilled with a morbid keenness
upon his brain and nerves; but hitherto he had ruled his
sensitive organism with an iron self-control, and calmed its
perturbations with a fortitude which in a better man would
have been heroic.

His wife was in the room, and, as his eye rested on her, it
kindled with a kind of troubled delight, for he loved her
strongly, after his fashion. He had remarked of late a singular
assiduity and tenderness in her devotion to him. Her
position, in fact, was not unlike that of one who, broken and
overborne by some irreparable sorrow, had renounced the
world and its happiness, to embrace a new life, and build up
for herself a new hope in the calm sanctuary of a convent.
In the same spirit, Edith Leslie, bidding farewell to her girlish
dream of life, its morning rose tint, and cloud draperies

-- 339 --

[figure description] Page 339.[end figure description]

of gold and purple, gave herself to the practical duties before
her, and sought, in their devoted fulfilment, to strengthen herself
against the flood which for a time had overwhelmed her.

Vinal, who, acute as he was, could not understand the
state of mind from which her peculiar kindness of manner
towards him rose, pleased himself with the idea that his
rival's return was not so great a shock to her as he had at
first feared, and that, after all, she was more fond of him
than of Morton. This notion consoled his disturbed thoughts
not a little. Still he was abundantly anxious and harassed.

“If Morton should suspect! He has not come to see me;
but that is natural enough, under the circumstances. And if
he does suspect, he can have no proof. No one here suspects
me. They say it was strange that my European correspondent
should have made such a mistake; but that is all. No
one dreams that I had a hand in it; and why should they?
No one knew of Edith's engagement to him, except herself,
her father, and her confidantes. I suppose she has confidantes—
all girls have them. I wish their epitaphs were
written, whoever they are. Well,


`Come what come may,
Time and the hour run through the roughest day.'
But this is a dangerous business — a cursed business. Why
does not Speyer write?”

As his thoughts ran in this strain, he looked up, and his
eye caught that of his wife. She was struck with his troubled
expression.

“You look anxious and care-worn. Are you ill?”

-- 340 --

[figure description] Page 340.[end figure description]

“Come to me, Edith,” said Vinal, with a faint smile.

She came to the side of his chair, and he took her hand.

“Edith, I am not well to-day. My head swims. This
long confinement is eating away my life by inches.”

“In a week more, I trust, you will be able to move again.
The country air will give you new life. But why do you
look so troubled?”

“Dreams, Edith, — bad dreams, like Hamlet's, I suppose.
It is very strange, — I cannot imagine why it is, — but to-day
I have felt oppressed, weighed down, shadowed as if a cloud
hung over me. I am not myself. A man is a mere slave to
his nervous system, and when that is overthrown, his whole
soul is shaken with it. The country is my hope, Edith.
We will go there together, soon, and begin life anew.”

A knock at the door interrupted him.

“Come in,” cried Vinal, in his usual quick, decisive tone.

A servant entered.

“Well, what is it?”

“A gentleman wishes to see you, sir.”

“Did he give his name?”

“Mr. Edwards, sir.”

“Ask him to come up.”

“A man whom I expected this morning on business,” he
said, in explanation to his wife, as the servant closed the
door. “I wish he were any where but here. And so you
are going away.” — She was dressed to go out. — “He will
be here only a moment; do not be gone long.”

“No, I will be with you again in an hour.”

“Do not forget,” said Vinal, pressing her hand, “for when

-- 341 --

[figure description] Page 341.[end figure description]

you leave the room, Edith, it is as if a sunbeam were
shut out.”

As Vinal, sick in body and mind, thus leaned in his distress
on the victim of his villany, he cast into her face a look that
was almost piteous. She, seeing nothing but his love for her,
warmed towards him with compassion; the more so since,
till that moment, she had known him as a calm, firm man, a
model, to her eyes, of masculine self-government. A mind
tortured with suspense, acting upon a weak and morbidly
sensitive body, had betrayed him into this unwonted imbecility.

The step of the visitor sounded in the passage; and returning
the pressure of his hand, his wife went out at the door
of a small adjoining room, opening upon the side passage by
which she commonly entered and left the hotel.

After a few minutes' interview, Edwards took his leave, and
Vinal, left alone, fell into his former train of thought. In a
moment, he was again interrupted by a knock at the door,
quite unlike the hasty rap of the hotel servant.

“Come in,” cried Vinal.

The door opened, and Vassall Morton entered. He had
learned from the retiring visitor that Vinal was alone.

“My dear fellow!” exclaimed Vinal, his face beaming
with a transport of welcome. “My dear fellow!”

But Morton stood without taking his proffered hand. The
smile remained frozen on Vinal's face, and cold drops of
doubt and fear began to gather on his forehead.

“There is another friend of yours in the passage,” said
Morton. — “Come in, Speyer.”

-- 342 --

[figure description] Page 342.[end figure description]

Speyer entered, bowing with his usual composure. Vinal
sank bank in his chair, collapsing like a man withered with a
palsy stroke.

“Vinal,” said Morton, after a silence of some moments,
“you have a cool way of receiving your acquaintances.”

He made no answer, but still sat, or rather crouched, in
the depths of his easy chair, where the thick bounding of
his heart almost choked him. Morton stood for some time
longer, looking at him. He had not reached such a point of
Christian forgiveness as not to find pleasure in his enemy's
tortures, and he saw that his silence tortured him more than
words.

“Vinal,” he said at length, “I used to know you in college
for a liar and a coward; and since then you have grown
well in both ways. You have hatched into a full-fledged
villain; and now that I have found you out, you crouch like
a whipped cur.”

No answer was returned, and Morton's anger began to
yield to a different feeling. If he could have seen the condition
of Vinal's mind and body, he might, between pity and
contempt, have spared him.

“I came to upbraid you with your knaveries; but I find
you hardly worth the trouble. Do you see this letter? It is
the same that you wrote to this man at Marseilles, instructing
him to forge a story that I was dead, and that he had seen
my gravestone, with my mother's family device upon it.
Will you dare deny that you wrote it? You will not! I
thought as much. I have unravelled you from first to last.
Five years ago, you bribed Speyer, here, to compromise me

-- 343 --

[figure description] Page 343.[end figure description]

with the Austrian police. Pretending to be my friend, you
gave me letters which betrayed me into a prison, where you
hoped that I would end my days; and, next, you contrived
this trickery to prove me dead. Is there any name in the
English tongue too vile to mark you?”

Vinal sat as if stricken dumb.

“I know your reputation,” pursued Morton. “You are
in high feather here. You pass for a man of virtue, integrity,
and honor. You make speeches at public meetings; Fourth
of July orations; Phi Beta orations; charity harangues —
any thing that smacks of philanthropy and goodness; any
thing that will varnish you in the public eye. Why am I
not bound to lay bare this whitewashed lie? What withholds
me from grinding you like a scorpion under my boot-heel,
or flinging you on the pavement to be stared at like a
scotched viper? A word from me, and you are ruined.
You need not fear it. Stay, and enjoy your honors as you
can; but my foot shall be on your neck. This letter of
yours is the spell by which I will rule you, body and soul.”

Here he paused again; but Vinal's tongue was powerless.

“I tell you again, for I would not have you desperate, that
I do not mean to ruin you. Bear yourself wisely, and you
are safe, at least from me. Have you lost your speech? Are
you turned dumb?”

Vinal muttered inarticulately.

“There is another danger which I have done my best to
ward off from you. This man, who had you at his mercy,
has sworn to leave the country, and never to return; on
which score you will please to pay him the money you offered
him for the purchase of your letters.”

-- 344 --

[figure description] Page 344.[end figure description]

Vinal seemed confused and stupefied, and Morton was
forced to be more explicit in his demands. At length, the
former signed a note for the amount, though not without
stammering objections to his name appearing on it in connection
with Speyer's. Morton, however, turned a deaf ear to
these remonstrances.

“Here is your pay,” he said to Speyer. “Any bank will
discount this for you. Now, to what place do you mean
to go?”

“To Venezuela. I have a friend there in the army. He
will get a commission for me.”

“Very well. See that you stay there; or, at all events,
do not come back to the United States. If you do, you will
perjure yourself. Now, go; I have done with you. Vinal,
I will leave you to your reflections; and when you can sleep
in peace, free from Speyer's persecutions, remember to whom
you owe it.”

Vinal sat like a withered plant, his head sinking between
his shoulders, while his hand, still unconsciously holding the
pen, rested on the arm of his chair. There was something
in his appearance at once so abject and so piteous, that a
changed feeling came over Morton as he looked on him. By
a sudden impulse, akin to pity, he stepped towards him, and
took his wrist. The pen dropped from his pale fingers,
which quivered like an aspen bough; and as Morton stood
gazing on him, Vinal's upturned eyes met his, as if riveted
there by a helpless fascination.

“You unhappy wretch! You are burning already with
the pains of the damned. Flint and iron could not see you

-- 345 --

[figure description] Page 345.[end figure description]

without softening. I have saved you, — not out of mercy,
nor forgiveness, — not for your sake; — but I have saved you.
I have pushed away the sword that hung over you by a hair.
You are free now to be happy.”

But as he spoke this last word, so fierce a pang shot into
his heart, remembering what he had lost, and what Vinal had
won, that his pity was scattered like mist before a thunder
squall. He flung back the passive hand against the breast
of its terrified owner, turned abruptly, and left the room.

No sooner had the door closed behind him, than the door
of the anteroom opposite was flung open, and Edith Leslie,
rushing in, stood before Vinal with the wild look of one who
gasps for breath. She attempted to speak, but broken words
and inarticulate sounds were all her lips would utter.
Strength failed her in the effort, and pressing her hands to
her forehead, she sank fainting to the floor.

-- 346 --

CHAPTER LX.



I will not go with thee;
I will instruct my sorrows to be proud.
King John.

[figure description] Page 346.[end figure description]

On the next morning, Vinal learned that his wife was ill,
and confined to her room in her father's house. On the day
following, he was told that she was no better; but on the
third morning, a letter, in her handwriting, was given him.
He opened it, and read as follows: —

I heard all. I have learned, at last, to know you. These
were your bad dreams! This was the cloud that overshadowed
you! No wonder that your eye was anxious, your
forehead wrinkled, and your cheek pale. To have led that
brave and loyal heart through months and years of anguish!—
to have buried him from the light of day! — to have
buried him in darkness and despair, if despair could ever touch
a soul like his! And there he would have been lost forever,
if you had had your will, — if a higher hand had not been
outstretched to save him. One whom you dared not meet
face to face; one as far above your sphere as the eagle is
above the serpent to which he likened you! You have taught
me how sin can cringe and cower under the anger of a true
and deeply outraged man. That I should have lived to hear

-- 347 --

[figure description] Page 347.[end figure description]

my husband called a villain! — and still live to tell him that
the word was just! My husband! You are not my husband.
It was not a criminal, a traitorous wretch, whom I
pledged myself to love and honor. You have insnared me;
you have me, for a time, safely entangled in your meshes.
The same cause which led me to this yoke must withhold me
from casting it off. I cannot imbitter my father's dying moments.
I cannot bring distress and horror to his tranquil
death bed. For his sake, I will play the hypocrite, and
stoop to pass in the world's eye as your wife. For the few
weeks he has to live, I will lodge, if I must, under your roof;
I will sit, if I must, at your table; but when my father is
gone, let the world impute to me what blame it will, I will
leave you forever. You need not fear that I shall expose
your crimes. If he could spare you, it does not become me
to speak. Live on, and make what atonement you may;
but meanwhile there is a gulf between us wider than death.

Edith Leslie.

An accident, arising out of her very devotion to Vinal, had
made known his secret to her. In the anteroom which led
from the side passage of the hotel to his apartment, and
through which, on the morning of his interview with Morton,
she had intended to pass on her way out, was a table, covered
with books and engravings, with which the invalid had been
amusing his leisure. The sight of them reminded her that
she had promised to get for him a series of German etchings,
which he had expressed a wish to see. She seated herself,
to write a request to the friend who had them, that

-- 348 --

[figure description] Page 348.[end figure description]

he would send them to the hotel. Her hand was on the
bell, to call the servant, when the peculiarly emphatic and
earnest manner with which Vinal greeted some new visitor
caught her attention. The door had sprung ajar on the lock;
the speakers were very near it, and Morton's tone was none
of the softest. She remained as if charmed to her seat; and
every word fell on her ear as clearly as if she had stood in
the same room.

-- 349 --

CHAPTER LXI.

I hold the world but as the world, Gratiano,
A stage where every man must play a part,
And mine a sad one.
Merchant of Venice.

[figure description] Page 349.[end figure description]



The past is past. I see the future stretch
All dark and barren as a rainy sea.
Alexander Smith.

Morton took possession again of his house in the country,
which still remained in the keeping of one of his humble
relatives, into whose charge he had given it. He turned the
key of his long-deserted library. A loving influence had
presided here in his absence, and, even when he was given up
for lost, every thing had been scrupulously kept as he had
left it.

Here he immured himself; avoided all society but that of
a few personal friends; and by plunging into the studies
which had formerly engrossed him, tried to escape the persecution
of his own thoughts. It was a forced and painful
task. The marks in his books, the pencil notes on their margins,
his voluminous piles of memoranda, were all so many
sharp memorials of the past, to remind him that he was resuming
in darkness and despondency the work that he had
left in sunshine.

In process of time, however, his ancient interest in his

-- 350 --

[figure description] Page 350.[end figure description]

favorite pursuit began to rekindle. He began to feel that
the years of his imprisonment had not been the dead and
barren blank which he had inclined to think them. His mind
had ripened in its solitude, and the studies which he had
before followed with the zeal of a boy, more eager than able
to deal with the broad questions which they involved, he
could now grasp with the matured intellect of a man.

But while Morton was thus laboring on, Edith Leslie was
passing through an ordeal incomparably more severe. Month
after month dragged on, and her father still lingered, sinking
again and again to the very edge of the grave, and then rallying,
as if with a fresh life. Vinal, meanwhile, was in a good
measure recovered from the effects of his accident. His home
and hers, if it could be called a home, was now a house in
town, which her father had fitted up for her in view of her
marriage. She had a painful and delicate part to act — at her
father's bedside, to appear as the happy and contented wife;
at home, to endure the presence of the man whose treachery
filled her with horror, and whose love for her, though she had
never spoken a word of reproof, had changed into fear and
hatred. Of his actual presence, however, she had to endure
little; for he shunned her studiously; and her house was to
her a solitude, where she passed hours of a suffering more
intense than Morton had ever known in the dungeons of
Ehrenberg.

Meanwhile, the servants, those domestic spies, did not fail
to rumor abroad the singular mode of life of the bride and
bridegroom; that Vinal avoided the house; that they seldom

-- 351 --

[figure description] Page 351.[end figure description]

met, even at meals; and that no word or look of sympathy or
confidence seemed ever to pass between them. Such rumors
found their currency among the busier gossips of the town;
but Morton, secluded among his books, remained wholly ignorant
of them.

-- 352 --

CHAPTER LXII.

Old friends, like old swords, still are trusted best.

Webster.

[figure description] Page 352.[end figure description]

It was nearly a year since he had landed at New York, and
Morton still remained a literary hermit. Society was stale
and distasteful to him. He passed three fourths of his day
in his library, and the rest on horseback. At length, however,
it happened that a cousin of his mother, one of his few
relatives in the city, was to give a ball on occasion of her
daughter's début; and lest his refusal should be thought unkind,
Morton promised to come. He drove to town in the
afternoon; and walking through a somewhat obscure street,
suddenly, on turning a corner, saw, some four or five rods
before him, a well-remembered face. It was the face of
Henry Speyer. The discovery was mutual. Speyer instantly
turned down a by-lane. Morton quickened his pace, and
reached the head of the lane in time to see the broad shoulders
of the patriot in full retreat. He soon lost sight of him
among a wilderness of back yards and squalid houses. The
incident greatly disturbed and exasperated him. “A broken
oath is nothing to him,” he thought to himself; “he is at
Vinal again, dragging at his veins like a vampire.”

The evening drew on, and he entered the ball room in a
gloomy and dejected frame of mind. After a few words to

-- 353 --

[figure description] Page 353.[end figure description]

his relatives, he took his stand among a group who were
watching the dancers; and had scarcely done so, when he
saw a young lady, simply, but very richly dressed, whose fine
figure and powerfully expressive beauty arrested his eye at
once. The indifference and listlessness with which he had
entered vanished. He soon observed that she was not an
object of attention to him alone; for near him stood a certain
old beau, well known about town, and a young collegian,
both following her with their eyes. The music ceased, and
her partner led her to a seat at the farther side of the room.
Glancing at his two neighbors, Morton saw that they were in
the act of moving towards her; but he, being nearer, had the
advantage. Gliding through the dissolving fragments of the
dance, Le stood by her side.

“Miss Fanny Euston, I see two persons coming to ask you
to dance. May I hope that you will reject them for an old
friend's sake, and let me be your partner?”

She raised her eyes with a perplexed look, which instantly
changed to a bright gleam of recognition, and cordially took
his proffered hand.

“So,” said Morton, “you have not forgotten me. And
yet, as I see you, I hardly dare to take up again the broken
thread of our old intimacy. I used to call you Fanny.”

“Call me Fanny still,” she said, “if only for the memory
of auld lang syne.”

“I hoped to have seen you before, but you have been
away.”

“Yes, with my relations, and yours, at Baltimore. I have
heard a great deal about you. Your story is the talk of the

-- 354 --

[figure description] Page 354.[end figure description]

town. You might be the lion of the season; but I have not
seen you at parties.”

“No, I have outlived my liking for such matters.”

“I cannot wonder at it. What horrors you have suffered!
what dangers you have passed!”

“I have weathered them, though.”

“You were more than four years in a dungeon.”

“Yes, but I gave them the slip.”

“You were led out to be shot by the soldiers.”

“They thought better of it, and saved their ammunition.”

“And yet I see,” said Miss Euston, smiling, “that you still
remain your former self. I remember telling you that, if you
were sentenced to the rack, you would go to it with a gibe
on your tongue, and speak of it afterwards as a pleasant diversion.
But,” she added, with a changed look, “you have
not come off unscathed. Your face is darker and thinner
than it used to be, and there are lines in it that were not
there before.”

“Fortune fondled me till she grew tired of me; then
turned at me, tooth and nail.”

“You banter with your lips, but your look belies your
words. You have suffered greatly; you have suffered intensely.”

Morton looked grave in spite of himself.

“Perhaps you are right. I have very little heart left for
jesting.”

The eyes of his companion, as they met his, assumed a peculiar
softness.

“You must have suffered beyond all power of words to

-- 355 --

[figure description] Page 355.[end figure description]

speak it. The world to you was fresh and full of interest.
You were ambitious; full of ardor and energy; loving hardship
for its own sake, and obstacles for the sake of conquering
them. You were formed for action. It was your element —
your breath; and without it you did not care to live. You
were high in confidence, and believed that whatever you had
once resolved on must, sooner or later, come to pass.”

“Why are you saying this?” demanded Morton, in great
surprise.

“Out of this life you were suddenly snatched and buried
in a dungeon; shut off from all intercourse with men; your
energies stifled; your restless mind left to prey upon itself,
or sustain a weary siege against despair. Pain or danger you
could have faced like a man; but this passive misery must to
you have been a daily death.”

“Who,” interrupted Morton, “taught you, a woman, to
penetrate the nature of a man, and describe sufferings that
you never felt?”

“Your mind was like a spring of steel, springing up the
more strongly the harder it was pressed down. The suffering
must have been deep indeed from which you could not
rebound. To have escaped, to have reached home, and to
have found any thing but relief and delight —”

“Home!” ejaculated Morton, bitterly, as a sharp memory
of the anguish which had met him on the threshold came
over him. “A prison may be borne with patience. Those
are fortunate who have felt no keener stabs.”

The words, equivocal as they were, were scarcely spoken,
when he had repented them. Fanny Euston was silent for a

-- 356 --

[figure description] Page 356.[end figure description]

moment. “Can it be possible,” she thought, “that the
stories whispered about, that before he went away he was
engaged to Edith Leslie, are something more than an idle
rumor?”

“Why do you look at me so searchingly?” thought Morton,
on his part, as, raising his eyes, he saw those of his
friend fixed on him in a gaze in which a woman's curiosity
was mingled with a fully equal share of a woman's kindliness
and sympathy. He hastened to escape from the critical
ground which he had approached.

“I can retort upon you,” he said. “You have had your
ordeal, too.”

“What, do you see its traces? Do you find me scorched
and withered?”

“I see,” said Morton, “such traces as on gold that has
passed through the furnace.”

“Truly, I have cause to rejoice, then; for I remember
that, among other compliments, you once intimated your
opinion that I was possessed with a devil.”

“I am afraid that I pushed to its farthest limit my privilege
of cousinship.”

“And yet, when I look back to that time, I cannot help
thinking that you had some reason for believing that an influence
from the nether world had some share in me.”

“Now pardon me, if I am rude again. Looking at you, I
can see the same devil still.”

“Indeed, and you will console me now, as you did then,
by telling me that a dash of viciousness is necessary to make
a character interesting.”

-- 357 --

[figure description] Page 357.[end figure description]

“I should prune and explain my speech. By a devil, I
did not mean a malicious imp of darkness, wholly bent on
evil. I meant nothing more than certain impulses and emotions, —
passions, if I may call them so, — very turbulent
tenants, yet of admirable use when well dealt with. These
were the devil whom I used to see in you, and whom I see
still.”

“I shall tremble at myself.”

“Then you are not so brave as you were when you leaped
the fallen tree at New Baden. Your demon has ceased to
have an alarming look. I think you have turned him to
good account. Shall I illustrate from the legends of the
saints?”

“In any way you please; but I should never have expected
you to resort to so pious a source.”

“St. Bernard, crossing the Alps on some holy errand, was
met by Satan, who, being anxious to prevent his journey,
broke one of his carriage wheels. But St. Bernard caught
him, sprinkled him with holy water, doubled him into a wheel,
and put him upon the carriage in place of the broken one.
The legend says that he answered the purpose admirably, and
bore the saint safely to the end of his journey.”

“Your legend is absurd enough; but I think I catch your
meaning, and wish I could think you wholly in the right. It
is singular that you and I have never met without our conversation
becoming personal to ourselves. We are always
studying each other — always trying to penetrate each other's
thoughts.”

“On one side, at least, the success has been complete. As

-- 358 --

[figure description] Page 358.[end figure description]

you look at me, I feel that you are reading me like a book,
from title page to finis.”

“You greatly overrate my penetration. I am conscious, at
this moment, of movements in your mind which I do not
understand.”

“And would you have me confess them to you?”

“You might repent it afterwards; and that would make a
breach between us.”

“You are a miraculous woman, to postpone your curiosity
to a scruple like that. No, I would not have spoken of confession,
if I should ever repent it. Do you know, I would
rather open my mind to you than to any one else I am now
acquainted with.”

“But you have male friends; very old and intimate ones.”

“Excellent in their way; but I would as soon confess to
my horse. Find me a woman of sense, with a brain to discern,
a heart to feel, passion to feel vehemently, and principle
to feel rightly, and I will show her my mind; or, if not, I
will show it to no one. Now, after this preamble, you have
a right to think that I should begin to confess something at
once. But first, I will ask you a question.”

“What is it?”

“Tell me what effect you think any long and severe suffering
ought to have on a man — something, I mean, that
would bring him to the brink of despair, and keep him there
for months and years.”

“What kind of man do you mean?”

“Suppose one given over to pleasure, ambition, or any
other engrossing pursuit not too disinterested.”

-- 359 --

[figure description] Page 359.[end figure description]

“It would depend on how the suffering was taken.”

“Suppose him resolved to make the best of a bad bargain.”

“Why, the effect ought to be good, I suppose, — so the
preachers say.”

“I do not wish to know what the preachers say. I wish
your own opinion.”

“Are you quite in earnest?”

“Quite.”

“Such suffering, rightly taken, would strip life of its disguises,
and show it in its naked truth. It would teach the
man to know himself and to know others. It would awaken
his sympathies, enlarge his mind, and greatly expand his
sphere of vision; teach him to hold present pleasure and
present pain in small account, and to look beyond them into
a future of boundless hopes and fears.”

“Now,” said Morton, “you have betrayed yourself.”

“How have I betrayed myself?” asked his friend, in some
discomposure.

“You have shown me the secrets of your own mind.
You have given me a glimpse of your own history, since we
last met.”

“And so, under pretence of confessing to me, you have
been plotting to make me confess to you!”

“No, you shall hear my confession. I have it now, such
as it is, at my tongue's end.”

“I have no faith in you.”

“Perhaps you will have still less when you have heard
this great secret. You remember me before I went away.
I was a very exemplary young gentleman, — quiet, orderly,

-- 360 --

[figure description] Page 360.[end figure description]

well behaved, — of a studious turn, — soberly and virtuously
given.”

“You give yourself an excellent character.”

“And what should be the results of the discipline of a
dungeon on such a person?”

“Discipline would be a superfluity, considering your perfections.”

“So I thought myself. Nevertheless, for four years, or so,
I was shut up, with nothing to look at but stone walls, under
circumstances most favorable for the culture of patience,
resignation, forgiveness, and all the Christian virtues; and
yet the devil has never been half so busy with me as since I
came out; never whispered half so many villanous suggestions
into my ears, nor baited me with such scandalous temptations.”

“That is very strange,” said Fanny Euston, who was
looking at him intently.

“For example,” pursued Morton, “a little more than a
year ago, in New York, he said to me, `Renounce all your
old plans, and habits, and antiquated scruples — reclaim your
natural freedom — fling yourself headlong into the turmoil
of the world — chase whatever fate or fortune throws in your
way — enjoy the zest of lawless pleasures — launch into mad
adventure — embark on schemes of ambition — care nothing
for the past or the future — think only of the present — fear
neither God nor man, and follow your vagrant star wherever
it leads you.”

Morton knew that, restrained and governed as it might be,
there was quicksilver enough in his companion's veins to

-- 361 --

[figure description] Page 361.[end figure description]

enable her to understand what he had said, and prevent her
being startled at it. But he was by no means prepared for
the close attack she proceeded to make on him.

“Such a state of mind is foreign to your nature. You
have prudence and forecast. You used to make plans for the
future, and study the final results of every thing you did.
There is something upon your mind. It is not imprisonment
only that has caused that compression of your lips, and
marked those lines on your face. You have met with some
deep disaster, some overwhelming disappointment. Nothing
else could have wrought such a convulsion in you.”

Morton was taken by surprise; and, as he struggled to
frame an answer, his features betrayed an emotion which he
could not hide. Fanny Euston hastened to relieve his embarrassment,
and assuage, as far as she could, the tumult she
had called up.

“With whatever fate you may have had to battle, your
wounds are in the front, — all honorable scars. Your desperation
is past; — it was only for the hour; — and for the
other extreme, it is not in you to suffer that.”

“What other extreme?”

“Idle dreaming; — melancholy; — weak pining at disappointment.”

“No, thank God, it is not in me to lie and whine like a
sick child.”

“You are the firmer for what you have passed. Manhood,
the proudest of all possession to a man, is strengthened and
deepened in you.”

-- 362 --

[figure description] Page 362.[end figure description]

“What do you call this manhood, which you seem to hold
in such high account?”

“That unflinching quality which, strong in generous
thought and high purpose, bears onward towards its goal,
knowing no fear but the fear of God; wise, prudent, calm,
yet daring and hoping all things; not dismayed by reverses,
nor elated by success; never bending nor receding; wearying
out ill fortune by undespairing constancy; unconquered
by pain or sorrow, or deferred hope; fiery in attack, steadfast
in resistance, unshaken in the front of death; and when
courage is vain, and hope seems folly, when crushing calamity
presses it to the earth, and the exhausted body will no longer
obey the still undaunted mind, then putting forth its hardest,
saddest heroism, the unlaurelled heroism of endurance,
patiently biding its time.”

“And how if its time never come?”

“Then dying at its post, like the Roman sentinel at
Pompeii.”

Her words struck a chord in Morton's nature, and roused
his early enthusiasm, dormant for years.

“Fanny,” he said, “I thank you. You give me back my
youth. An hour ago, the world was as dull to me as a
November day; but you have brought June back again. You
would make a coward valiant, and breathe life into a
dead man.”

Miss Euston seemed, for a moment, in embarrassment what
to reply; indeed, she showed some signs of discomposure,
contrasting with her former frankness. They were still in

-- 363 --

[figure description] Page 363.[end figure description]

the recess of the window. She was visible to those in the
room; while he, standing opposite, was hidden by a curtain.
At this moment, a gentleman, with a slight limp in
his gait, approaching quickly, accosted Miss Euston, smiling
with an air of the most earnest affability. She looked
up to reply, but, as she did so, her eyes were arrested
by a sudden change in the features of her companion, who
was bending on the new comer a look so fierce and threatening,
that she scarcely repressed an ejaculation of surprise.
Mr. Horace Vinal followed the direction of her gaze, and
saw himself face to face with the victim of his villany.
He started as if he had found a grizzly bear behind the
curtain. The smile vanished from his lips, the color from
his cheeks, and he hastily drew back, and mingled with the
crowd.

This sudden apparition, breaking in upon the brightening
mood of the moment, incensed Morton almost to fury; and
his anger, absurdly enough, was a little tinged with a feeling
not wholly unlike jealousy. He made an involuntary
movement to follow his enemy, but recollecting himself,
smoothed his brow and calmed his ruffled spirit as he best
might.

“You seem to know that man very well,” he said to Miss
Euston.

“Yes, I know him.”

“He seems to think himself on excellent terms with you.”

“He has charge of my mother's property.”

“You are good at reading faces. I hope you liked the
expression on his, as he slunk away just now.”

-- 364 --

[figure description] Page 364.[end figure description]

“It was fear — abject fear. Why are you so angry?
Why is he so frightened?”

“His nerves, you may have observed, are something of the
weakest. He is my attendant genius, my familiar. A word
from me, and he will run my errand like a spaniel.”

“How could you gain such power over him?” she asked,
in great astonishment.

“Magnetism, Fanny, magnetism. The effects of the
mesmeric fluid are wonderful. See, the polking is over;
they are forming a quadrille. Shall we take our places in
the set?”

During the dance, Morton looked for his enemy, but could
not discover him till it was over, and he had led his partner
to a seat.

“Look,” he said, “there is our friend again; in the next
room, just beyond the folding doors, talking with Mrs. —
and Mrs. —. He seems to have got the better of the
shock to his nerves; at least, he stands up manfully against
it. Mr. Horace Vinal has a stout heart, and needs nothing
but valor, and one other quality, to make a hero. But his
face is flushed. I fear he suffers in his health. See, he
makes himself very agreeable. Vinal was always famous for
his wit. Pardon me a moment; I have a word for my
friend's ear.”

Fanny Euston looked at him doubtingly.

“Pray, don't be discomposed. There's no gunpowder impending.
Vinal is not a fighting man; nor am I. What I
have to say is altogether pacific, loving, and scriptural.”

And passing into the adjoining room, he approached Vinal,

-- 365 --

[figure description] Page 365.[end figure description]

who no sooner saw the movement, than he showed a manifest
uneasiness. His forced animation ceased, his manner became
constrained, and while Morton stood near, waiting an opportunity
to speak to him, he withdrew to another part of the
room. Morton followed, and pronounced his name. Vinal,
with pretended unconsciousness, mingled with the crowd.
Morton again tried to accost him, and again Vinal moved
away. Impatient and exasperated, Morton stepped behind
him, touched his shoulder, and whispered in his ear, —

“You fool, do you know your danger? Speyer is looking
for you. I saw him this afternoon. He looks as if he needed
your charity. You had better be generous with him. He is
a tiger, and will be upon you before you know it.”

Anger and terror, of which the latter vastly predominated,
gave a ghastly look to Vinal's face, as he turned it towards
Morton. But he drew back without a word, and soon left
the room.

“Where is Mr. Vinal?” asked the wondering Fanny
Euston, as her companion returned to her side. The momentary
interview had been invisible from where she sat.

“Obeyed the magic word, and vanished. Never doubt
again the power of magnetism. Now you may see that the
claptrap of the charlatans about the mutual influence of congenial
spheres is not quite such trash as one might think.
Vinal and I, being congenial spheres, put each other, the one
into a passion, the other into a fright. But I have a request
to you. Whoever knows you, knows, in spite of the libellers,
a woman who can keep counsel; and as I am modest in
respect to my magnetic gifts, I shall beg it of you, that you

-- 366 --

[figure description] Page 366.[end figure description]

will not mention these experiments to any one. Good evening.
I have revived to-night an old and valued friendship.
If I can help it, it shall not die again.”

He took leave of his hostess, wrapped his cloak about
him, and walked out into the drizzling night.

-- 367 --

CHAPTER LXIII.

Nought's had, all's spent,
Where our desire is got without content.
'Tis safer to be that which we destroy,
Than by destruction dwell in doubtful joy.
Macbeth.

[figure description] Page 367.[end figure description]

Morton walked the street, on the next day, in a mood
less grave than had lately been his wont, but in one of any
thing but self-approval.

“It is singular,” he thought, “I could never meet her
without forgetting myself, — without being betrayed into
some absurdity or other. I thought by this time that I had
grown wiser, or, at least, was well fenced against that kind
of risk. But it is the same now as ever. I was a fool at New
Baden, and I was a fool again last night, though after a different
fashion. After all, when a fresh breeze comes, why should
I not breathe it? when a ray of sun comes, why should I not
bask in it? But what impelled me to insult that wretch, who
I knew dared not and could not answer me?”

He pondered for a moment, then turned and walked
slowly towards Vinal's place of business.

“Is Mr. Vinal here?” he asked of one of the clerks.

“Yes, sir, he is in that inner room.”

“Is any one with him?”

-- 368 --

[figure description] Page 368.[end figure description]

“No, sir.” And Morton opened the door and entered.

Vinal sat before a table, on which letters and papers were
lying; but he was leaning backward in his chair, with a painfully
knit brow, and a face of ghastly paleness. It flushed
of a sudden as Morton appeared, and his whole look and
mien showed an irrepressible agitation.

Morton closed the door. “Vinal,” he said, “you need
not fear that I have come with any hostile purpose. On the
contrary, I will serve you, if I can. Last night I used words
to you which I have since regretted. I beg you to accept my
apology.”

Vinal made no reply.

“I saw Speyer in the street last evening, and tried to
speak with him, but could not stop him. He can hardly
have any other purpose in breaking his oath and coming here
again, than to get more money from you. Has he been
to you?”

Still Vinal was silent.

“I think,” continued Morton, “that you cannot fail to see
my motive. I wish to keep him from you, not on your
account, but on your wife's. If you let him, he will torment
you to your death. Have you seen him since last evening?”

Vinal inclined his head.

“Where is he now?”

“I don't know.”

“Has he left the city?”

“I don't know. I suppose so.”

“And you gave him money?”

Vinal was silent again. Morton took his silence for assent.

-- 369 --

[figure description] Page 369.[end figure description]

“When he comes again, tell me of it, and let me speak to
him. Possibly I may find means to rid you of him. Meantime
remember this. He has given your letter up to me.
He has no proofs to show against you, unless he has other
letters of yours; — is that the case?”

Vinal shook his head.

“Then, if he proclaims you, his word will not be taken,
unless I sustain it; and I shall keep silent unless you give
me some new cause to speak. I do not see that he can harm
you much without my help; so give him no more money, and
set him at defiance.”

Morton left the room; but his words had brought no
relief to the wretched Vinal. Speyer had shown him his
letter, and told him the artifice by which he had kept it, and
palmed off a counterfeit on Morton. He felt himself at the
mercy of a miscreant as rapacious, fierce, and pitiless, as a
wolverene dropping on its prey.

-- 370 --

CHAPTER LXIV.

Ah, would my friendship with thee
Might drown the memory of all patterns past!
Suckling.

[figure description] Page 370.[end figure description]

Some few days after, riding, as usual, in the afternoon,
Morton saw on the road before him a lady on horseback,
riding in the same direction. At a glance, he recognized
the air and figure of Fanny Euston. This remnant, at least,
of her former spirit remained to her, — she did not hesitate
to ride unattended. Morton checked his horse, reflected
for a little, then touched him with the spur, and in a moment
was at her side. After they had conversed for a while, she
said, —

“I have heard a great deal of your imprisonment from
others, but nothing from yourself. Will you not let me hear
your story from your own lips?”

“It was a long and dull history to live through, and will be
a short and dull one to tell.”

“I have never been able to hear clearly why you were
arrested at all.”

“It was a simple matter. The Austrian government is
like a tyrant and a coward, frightened at shadows. I had
one or two acquaintances at Vienna who had been implicated,
though I did not know it, in plots against the government.

-- 371 --

[figure description] Page 371.[end figure description]

I, being an American, was imagined to be, as a matter of
course, a democrat, and in league with them. It needed very
little more; and they shut me up, as they have done many
an innocent man before me.”

“Looking back at your imprisonment, it must seem to you
a broad, dark chasm in your life.”

“Broad and black enough; but not quite so void as I once
thought.”

“No; in struggling through it, I can see that you have
not come out empty handed.”

“Not I; I should be glad to rid myself of the larger part
of the load. One is sometimes punished with the fulfilment
of his own whims. I remember wishing — and that not so
many years back — that I might sound all the strings of
human joys and sufferings, — try life in all its phases, — in
peace and war, a dungeon, if I remember right, inclusive. I
have had my fill of it, and do not care to repeat the experiment.”

“Some of the damp and darkness of your dungeon still
clings about you, and out of the midst of it, you look back
over the gulf to a shore of light and sunshine, where you
were once standing.”

“You read me like a sibyl, as you always do. None but a
child or a fool will seriously regret any shape of experience
out of which he has come with mind and senses still sound,
though it may have changed the prismatic colors of life into
a neutral tint, a universal gray, a Scotch mist, with light
enough to delve by, and nothing more.”

“One's life is a series of compromises, at best. One must

-- 372 --

[figure description] Page 372.[end figure description]

capitulate with Fate, gain from her as much good as may be,
and as little evil.”

“And then set his teeth and endure. As for myself,
though, if gifts were portioned out among mankind in equal
allotments, I should count myself, even now, as having more
than my share.”

“That idea of equalized happiness is a great fallacy.”

“Every idea of mortal equality is a great fallacy; and all
the systems built on it are built on a quicksand. There is
no equality in nature. There are mountains and valleys,
deserts and meadows, the fertile and the barren. There is
no equality in human minds or human character. Who shall
measure the distance from the noblest to the meanest of men,
or the yet vaster distance from the noblest to the meanest of
women? The differences among mankind are broader than
any but the greatest of men can grasp. With pains enough,
one may comprehend, in a measure, the minds on a level with
his own or below it; but, above, he sees nothing clearly.
To follow the movements of a great man's mind, he must raise
himself almost to an equal greatness.”

“A hopeless attempt with most. Every one has a limit.”

“But men make more limits for themselves than Nature
makes for them.”

“You seem to me a person with a singular capacity of
growth. You push forth fibres into every soil, and draw nutriment
from sources most foreign to you.”

“An indifferent stock needs all the aliment it can find. I
am fortunate in my planting. Companionship is that which
shapes us; and I have found men, and what is more to the

-- 373 --

[figure description] Page 373.[end figure description]

purpose, women, who have met my best requirement. One's
friends have all their special influence with which they affect
him. Yours, to me, was always a rousing and wakening influence,
an electric life. You have shot a ray of sun down into
my shadow, and I am bound at least to thank you for it.”

“I hope, for old friendship's sake, that your shadow may
soon cease to need such farthing-candle illumination. — Here
is my mother's house. She will be glad to see you.”

“I thank you: I will come soon, but not to-day.”

And, taking leave of his companion, he turned his horse
homeward.

“A vain attempt! I thought a light might kindle again;
but it is all dust and ashes, with only a sparkle or two. No
more flame; the fuel is burnt out. Shall I go on? Shall I
offer what is left of my heart? A poor tribute for her.
She should command a better; and there is something in her
manner, warm and cordial as she is, that tells me that I
should offer it in vain.”

-- 374 --

CHAPTER LXV.

Art thou so blind
To fling away the gem whose untold worth,
Hid 'neath the roughness of its native mine,
Tempts not the eye? Touched by the artist's wheel,
The hardest stone flashes the diamond's light.
Anon.

[figure description] Page 374.[end figure description]

A few days later, Morton was seated with his friend
Meredith.

“Ned, this is a slow life. Do you know, I have made up
my mind to change it.”

“You have been so busy this year past, that I thought
you would be content to stay where you are.”

“On the contrary, my vocation takes me abroad.”

“Where will you go?”

“To Egypt, Arabia, India, the East Indies, the South Sea
Islands.”

“All in the cause of science?”

“At any rate, the thing is necessary to my plans.”

“The old Adam sticks to you still. Are you sure that no
Pequot blood ever got into your veins?”

“I don't know as to that. My ancestors were Puritans to
the backbone, witch-burners, Quaker-killers, and Indian-haters.
I only know that when I am bored, my first instinct
is to cut loose, and take to the woods. It comes over me

-- 375 --

[figure description] Page 375.[end figure description]

like an ague-fit. There are two places where a man finds
sea room enough; one is a great metropolis, the other is a
wilderness. There is no freedom in a place like this. One
can only be independent here by living out of the world as I
have been doing.”

“Here in America, we have political freedom ad nauseam;
and we pay for it with a loss of social freedom.”

“You remember an agreement of ours, years ago, that you
and I should travel together. Now, will you stand to it, and
go with me?”

“Other considerations apart, I should like nothing better;
but, as matters stand with me now, it's quite out of the
question.”

Morton was silent for a moment. “Ned,” he said, at
length, “I heard a rumor yesterday. It is no part of mine
to obtrude myself into your private affairs, and I should not
speak if I had not a reason, the better half of which is, that
I think I can serve you. I heard that you were paying your
addresses to Miss Euston.”

“One cannot look twice at a lady without having it noted
down in black and white, and turned into tea-table talk.”

“I met Miss Euston a few evenings ago. I used to know
her before I went to Europe, but had not seen her since. If
what I heard is true, I think you have shown something more
than good taste.”

“You remember her,” said Meredith, after a pause, “as
she was the summer when you and I went to New Baden.”

“Yes, I knew her then very well.”

-- 376 --

[figure description] Page 376.[end figure description]

“I liked her better at that time than you ever supposed.
She was very young; just out of school, in fact. She had
lived all her life in the suburbs, and had grown up like an
unpruned rose bush, — a fine stock in a strong soil, but
throwing out its shoots quite wildly and at random.”

“I know it; but all that is changed, I can't conceive
how.”

“I can tell you. The one person whom she loved and
stood in awe of was her father. He was a man, and a strong
one. He died suddenly about the time you went away. It
was the first blow she had ever felt; and his death was only
the beginning of greater troubles. You remember her brother
Henry.”

“I remember him when he was at school — a good-natured,
high-spirited little fellow, whom every body liked.”

“With wild blood enough for a regiment, and as careless,
thoughtless, and easy-tempered as a child, such as he was, in
fact. His father, being out of the country on his affairs, sent
him to New York, where he fell in with a bad set, and grew
very dissipated. Then, to get him out of harm's way, they
shipped him off to Canton, where he soon began to ruin
himself, hand over hand. At last, a few months after his
father's death, his mother and sister heard that he was on his
way home, with his health completely broken. The next
news was, that he was at Alexandria, dangerously ill of
a slow fever. His mother, who, with all respect, is the
weakest of mortals, broke down at once into a state of helplessness,
and could do nothing but weep and lament. The

-- 377 --

[figure description] Page 377.[end figure description]

whole burden fell upon his sister. She went with her mother
and a man servant to Alexandria, and took charge of her
brother, whose fever left him in such an exhausted state that
he fell into a decline. She brought him as far as Naples,
but he could go no farther; and here she attended him for
five months, till he died; her mother sinking, meanwhile,
into a kind of moping imbecility. By that time, her uncle
had found grace to come and join them. Then her turn
came; her strength failed her, and she fell violently ill.
For a week, her life was despaired of; but she rallied, against
all hope. I was in Naples soon after, and used to meet her
every morning, as she drove in an open carriage to Baiæ. I
never saw such a transformation. She was pale as death, but
very beautiful; and her whole expression was changed. She
had always been very fond of her brother. There were some
points of likeness between them. He had her wildness, and
her kindliness of disposition, but none of her vigorous good
sense, and was altogether inferior to her in intellect. Now
you can have some idea why you find her so different from
what you once knew her to be.”

“I knew,” said Morton, “that she had passed through the
fire in some way; but how I could not tell. I think, now,
still better of your judgment, Ned.”

“Then you see why I will not go with you. I must
bring this matter to an issue. For good or evil, I must know
how it goes with me. It is not a new thing. It is of longer
date than you imagined, or she either. What the end of it
may be, Heaven only knows; but one thing is certain, — you
will not see me in the South Seas before this point is cleared.”

-- 378 --

[figure description] Page 378.[end figure description]

“Then I shall never see you there.”

“Why do you say that?”

“Your travelling days are over. At least I think so.”

“Do you mean —?”

“That you are playing at a game where I think you will
win.”

“What reason have you to think so?” demanded Meredith,
nervously.

“Take the opinion, and let the reason go. On such an
argument a good reason will sometimes dwindle into nothing
when one tries to explain it.”

His hand was on the door as he spoke, and bidding his
friend good morning, he left him to his meditations.

-- 379 --

CHAPTER LXVI.

Why waste thy joyous hours in needless pain,
Seeking for danger and adventure vain?
Fairy Queen.

[figure description] Page 379.[end figure description]

Morton mounted his horse, and rode to the house of Mrs.
Euston. He found her daughter alone.

“I have come to take leave of you. I am on my travels
again.”

“Again! You are always on the wing. I supposed that
you must have learned, by this time, to value home, or, at
least, be reconciled to staying there in peace.”

“My home is a little lonely, and none of the liveliest.
Movement is my best repose.”

“You are wholly made up of restlessness.”

“That is Nature's failing, not mine; or if Nature declines
to bear the burden of my shortcomings, I will put them upon
Destiny, and with much better cause. But this is not restlessness;
or, if it is, it has method in it. This journey is a
plan of eight years' standing. I concocted it when I was a
junior, half fledged, at college, and never lost sight of it but
once, and then for a cause that does not exist now.”

“Where are you going?”

Morton gave the outline of his journey.

“But is not that very difficult and dangerous?”

-- 380 --

[figure description] Page 380.[end figure description]

“Not very.”

“You will not be alone, surely.”

“I provided for a companion years ago. My friend Meredith
and I struck an agreement, that when I went on this
journey he should go with me.”

An instant shadow passed across the face of Fanny Euston.

“So you will have a companion,” she replied, with a nonchalance
too distinct to be genuine.

“Not at all. He breaks his word. He won't hear of going.”

The cloud vanished.

“I take it ill of him; for I had relied on having him with
me. He and I are old fellow-travellers. I have tried him in
sunshine and rain, and know his metal.” And he launched
into an emphatic eulogy of his friend, to which Fanny Euston
listened with a pleasure which she could not wholly hide.

“He best knows why he fails me. It is some cogent and
prevailing reason; no light cause, or sudden fancy. Some
powerful motive, mining deep and moving strongly, has
shaken him from his purpose; so I forgive him for his
falling off.”

As Morton spoke, he was studying his companion's features,
and she, conscious of his scrutiny, visibly changed color.

“Dear cousin,” he said, with a changed tone, “if I must
lose my friend, let me find, when I return, that my loss has
been overbalanced by his gain. I will reconcile myself to it,
if it may help to win for him the bounty that he aspires to.”

The blush deepened to crimson on Fanny Euston's cheek;
and without waiting for more words, Morton bade her
farewell.

-- 381 --

CHAPTER LXVII.

Mais ai-je sur son ame encor quelque ponvoir,
Quelque reste d'amour s'y fait il encor voir.
Polyeucte.

[figure description] Page 381.[end figure description]

With a slow step and a sinking heart, Morton entered
Mrs. Ashland's drawing room. He told her of his proposed
journey; told her that he should leave the country within a
few days, to be absent for a year or two at least, and asked
her mediation to gain for him a parting interview with Edith
Leslie.

Mrs. Ashland, and she only, knew the whole misery of her
friend's position, and feared lest, exhausted as she was by
mental pain and long watching, and divided between her
unextinguished love for Morton, and her abhorrence of the
criminal who by name and the letter of the law was her husband,
the meeting might put her self-mastery to too painful a
proof. She therefore, though with a very evident reluctance,
dissuaded Morton from it.

“Edith has been taxed already to the farthest limit of her
strength. She is not ill, but quite worn and spent. She is
almost constantly with her father, who, now, can hardly be
said to live, and needs constant care. To see you at this
time would agitate her too much.”

-- 382 --

[figure description] Page 382.[end figure description]

“Can the sight of me still have so much power to
move her?”

“You know what she is. A feeling once rooted in her
mind does not loosen its hold. There are very few who comprehend
her. Her character is so balanced and so harmonious,
so quiet and noiseless in its movement, that no one
suspects the force, and faith, and energy that are in it. It is
not in words or in looks that she shows herself. It is in
action, in emergencies, that she declares her power over herself
and over others.”

Morton's passion glowed upon him with all its early fervor.

“I will tell her what you wish. But her cup is full
already, and you can hardly be willing to shake it to overflowing.
It is impossible that her father should linger many
days more; and when that is over, it will bring her a relief,
though she may not think it so, in more ways than one.”

Morton assented to his friend's reasons, and leaving his
farewell for Edith Leslie, mournfully took his leave.

-- 383 --

CHAPTER LXVIII.

Grief and patience, rooted in her both,
Mingle their spurs together.
Cymbeline.

[figure description] Page 383.[end figure description]

Leslie was dead; beyond the reach of wounds and sorrow;
and the only tie which held his daughter to Vinal was
at last broken. She left him, as she had promised, and made
her abode with Mrs. Ashland, in her cottage by the sea shore.

She sat alone at an open window, looking out upon the
sea, an illimitable dreariness, waveless and dull as tarnished
lead; clouded with sullen mists, but still rocking in long,
dead swells with the motion of a past storm.

Her thoughts followed on the track of the absent Morton.

“It is best for you to have gone; to have made for yourself
a relief in your man's element of action and struggle.
Such a change is happiness, after the misery you have known.
It was a bitter schooling; a long siege, and a dreary one;
but you have triumphed, and you wear its trophy, — the
heroic calm, the mind tranquil with consciousness of power.
You have wrung a proud tribute out of sorrow; but has it
yielded you all its treasure? Could you but have rested less
loftily on your own firm resolve and unbending pride of manhood!
Could you but have learned that gentler, deeper,
higher philosophy which builds for itself a temple out of

-- 384 --

[figure description] Page 384.[end figure description]

ruin, and makes weakness invincible with binding its tendrils
to the rock!

“Your fate and mine have not been a bed of roses; but
the fierceness of yours is past, and I must still wait the issues
of mine. I have renounced this fraud and mockery of empty
words which was to have bound me to a life-long horror.
The world will think very strangely of me. That must be
borne, too; and such a load is light, to the burden I have
borne already.”

A few days later, tidings came that Vinal was ill. Edith
Leslie rejoined him; but, finding that her presence was any
thing but soothing to him, she left him in the care of others,
and returned to her friend's house. It was but a sudden and
short attack, from which he recovered in a week or two.

-- 385 --

CHAPTER LXIX. Fal.

— Reason, you rogue, reason; thinkest thou I'll endanger my soul gratis?

Merry Wives of Windsor.

[figure description] Page 385.[end figure description]

Pistol.

— Base is the slave that pays.

Henry V.

Time had been when, his youth considered, Vinal was a
beaming star in the commercial heaven. On 'change,



“His name was great,
In mouths of wisest censure.”

The astutest broker pronounced him good; the sagest
money lender took his paper without a question. But of late,
his signature had lost a little of its efficacy. It was whispered
that he was not as sound as his repute gave out; that
his operations were no longer marked by his former clearheaded
forecast; that he was deep in doubtful and dangerous
speculation. In short, his credit stood by no means where it
had stood a twelvemonth earlier.

Possibly these rumors took their first impulse, not on
'change, but at tea tables, and in drawing rooms. His wife's
separation from him had given ample food to speculation;
and gossip had for once been just, asserting, with few dissenting
voices, that there must needs be some fault, and a
grave one, on the part of Vinal. The event had ceased to be

-- 386 --

[figure description] Page 386.[end figure description]

a very recent one; but surmise was still rife concerning its
mysterious cause.

Meanwhile, Vinal was being goaded into recklessness,
frightened out of his propriety, haunted, devil-driven, maddened
into desperate courses. Late one night, he was pacing
his library, with a quick, disordered step. His servants were
in their beds, excepting a man, nodding his drowsy vigil over
the kitchen fire. Vinal's affairs were fast drawing to a crisis.
A few weeks must determine the success or failure of a broad
scheme of fraud, on which he had staked his fortunes and
himself, and whose issues would sink him to disgrace and
ruin, or lift him for a time to the pinnacle of a knave's prosperity.
But, meanwhile, how to keep his head above water!
Claims thickened upon him; he was meshed in a network of
perplexities; and, with him, bankruptcy would involve far
more than a loss of fortune.

There was a ring at the door bell. Vinal stopped short in
his feverish walk, raised his head with a startled motion, and
listened like a fox who hears the hounds. His instinct foreboded
the worst. His cheek flushed, and his eye brightened,
not with spirit, but with desperation.

The bell rang again. This time, the sleepy servant roused
himself. Vinal heard his step along the hall; heard the
opening of the street door, and a man's voice pronouncing his
name. The moment after, his evil spirit stood before him, in
the shape of Henry Speyer.

Vinal gave him no time to speak, but shutting the door in
the servant's face, turned upon his visitor with such courage
as a cat will show when a bulldog has driven her into a corner.

-- 387 --

[figure description] Page 387.[end figure description]

“Again! Are you here again? It is hardly a month
since you were here last. What have you done with what
I gave you then? Do you think I am made of gold? Do
you take me for a bank that you can draw on at will?”

“I am sorry to trouble you so soon, but I am very hard
pressed.”

“Hard pressed! So am I hard pressed. Here for a year
and more I have been supporting you in your extravagance —
you and your mistresses; you have been living on me like
princes, — dress, drinking, feasting, horses, gambling! —
among you, you make my money spin away like water.
Every well has a bottom to it, and you have got to the bottom
of mine.”

Speyer laughed with savage incredulity.

“Any thing in reason I am ready to do for you; but it's of
no use. More! more! is always the word. You think you
have found a gold mine. You mistake. Here I have a note
due to-morrow; and another on Monday — that was for
money I borrowed to give you. Heaven knows how I shall
pay them. Go back, and come again a month from this.”

“It won't do. I must have it now.”

“I tell you, I have none to give you.”

“Do you see this?” said Speyer, producing a roll of
printed papers, and giving one to Vinal.

It was Vinal's letter, in the form of a placard, with a statement
of the whole affair prefixed. Speyer had had it printed
secretly in New York, the names of Morton and Vinal being
left blank, and ingeniously filled in by himself with a pen.

“Give me the money, or show me how to get it, or I will

-- 388 --

[figure description] Page 388.[end figure description]

have you posted up at every street corner in town. I have
your letter here. I shall send it to your friend, the editor of
the Sink.”

The Sink was a scurrilous newspaper, which the virtuous
Vinal, always anxious for the morals of the city, had once
caused to be prosecuted as a nuisance, for which the editor
bore him a special grudge.

But Vinal at last was brought to bay. Threats, which
Speyer thought irresistible, had lost their power. He threw
back the paper, and said desperately, “Do what you will.”

Speyer made a step forward, and faced his prey.

“Will you give me the money?”

“By G—, no!”

“By G—, you shall!”

And Speyer seized him by the breast of his waistcoat.

Vinal had been trained in the habits of a gentleman. He
had never known personal outrage before. He grew purple
with rage. The veins of his forehead swelled like whipcord,
and his eyes glittered like a rattlesnake's.

“Take off your hand!”

The words were less articulated than hissed between his
teeth.

“Take off your hand.”

Speyer clutched him with a harder gripe, and shook him to
and fro. Quick as lightning, Vinal struck him in the face.
Speyer glared and grinned on his victim like an enraged tiger.
For a moment, he shook him as a terrier shakes a rat; then
flung him backward against the farther side of the room.
Here, striking the wall, he fell helpless, among the window

-- 389 --

[figure description] Page 389.[end figure description]

curtains and overturned chairs. Speyer would probably have
followed up his attack; but at the instant, the servant, who,
by a happy accident, was at the side door, in the near neighborhood
of the keyhole, ran in in time to save Vinal from
more serious discomfiture.

Speyer hesitated; turned from one to the other with murder
in his look; then, slowly moving backwards, left the
room, whence the servant's valor did not mount to the point
of following him.

-- 390 --

CHAPTER LXX.

He is composed and framed of treachery,
And fled he is upon this villany.
Much Ado about Nothing.

[figure description] Page 390.[end figure description]

Edward Meredith, the affianced bridegroom of Miss
Fanny Euston, sailing on a smooth sea, under full canvas,
towards the pleasing but perilous bounds of matrimony, was
walking in the morning towards the post office, in the frame
of mind proper to his condition. He passed that place of
unrest where the Law hangs her blazons from every window,
and approached the heart and brain of the city, the precinct
sacred to commerce and finance. Here, gathered about a
corner, he saw a crowd, elbowing each other with unusual
vehemence. Meredith, with all despatch, crossed over to the
opposite side. But here, again, his attention was caught by a
singular clamor among the rabble of newsboys, as noisy and
intrusive as a flight of dorr-bugs on a June evening. And,
not far off, another crowd was gathered at the office of the
Weekly Sink. Curiosity became too strong for his native
antipathy. He saw an acquaintance, with a crushed hat, and
a face of bewildered amazement, just struggling out of the
press.

“What's the row?” demanded Meredith.

-- 391 --

[figure description] Page 391.[end figure description]

“Go and read that paper,” returned the other, with an astonished
ejaculation, of more emphasis than unction.

Meredith shouldered into the crowd, looked over the hats
of some, between the hats of others, and saw, pasted to the
stone door post, a placard large as the handbill of a theatre.
Over it was displayed a sheet of paper, on which was daubed,
in ink, the words, Astounding Disclosures!!! Crime in
High Life!!!!
And on the placard he beheld the names
of his classmate Horace Vinal, and his friend Vassall
Morton.

Meredith pushed and shouldered with the boldest, gained
a favorable position, braced himself there, and ran his eye
through the whole. Then, with a convulsive effort, he regained
his liberty, beckoned a newsboy, and purchased the
extra sheet of the Weekly Sink. Here, however, he learned
very little. The editor, taught wisdom by experience, had
tempered malice with caution. He spoke of the duty he owed
to the public, his position as guardian and censor of the public
morals, and affirmed that, in this capacity, he had that
morning received through the post office the original of the
letter of which a copy was printed on the placards posted in
various parts of the city. With the letter had come also
an anonymous note, highly complimentary to himself in his
official capacity, a copy of which he subjoined. As for the
letter, he did not think himself called upon to give it immediate
publicity in his columns; but he would submit it for
inspection to any persons anxious to see it, after which he
should place it in the hands of the police.

Though the editor of the Sink was thus discreet, the letter,

-- 392 --

[figure description] Page 392.[end figure description]

in the course of the day, found its way into several of the
penny papers, to which copies of the placard containing it
had been mailed. From the dram shop to the drawing room,
the commotion was unspeakable. The mass of readers floundered
in a sea of crude conjecture; but those who knew the
parties, recalling a faint and exploded rumor of Morton's engagement
to Miss Leslie, and connecting it with her separation
from Vinal, gained a glimpse of something like the truth.

The only new light thrown upon the matter came from the
servant, who told all that he knew, and much more, of the
nocturnal scene between Speyer and Vinal, affirming, with
much complacency, that he had saved his master's life. Miss
Leslie and Mrs. Ashland studiously kept silent. Morton was
at the antipodes; while the unknown divulger of the mystery
eluded all attempts to trace him. Speyer, in fact, having
sprung his mine, had fled from his danger and his debts, and
taking passage for New Orleans, sailed thence to Vera Cruz.

Meredith, perplexed and astounded, wrote a letter to Morton,
directing it to Calcutta, whither the latter was to repair,
after voyaging among the East India Islands.

Meanwhile, great search was made for Vinal; but Vinal
was nowhere to be found.

-- 393 --

CHAPTER LXXI.

Now would I give a thousand furlongs of sea for an acre of barren ground.

Tempest.

[figure description] Page 393.[end figure description]



Let the great gods,
That keep this dreadful pother o'er our heads,
Find out their enemies now. Tremble, thou wretch,
That hast within thee undivulged crimes
Unwhipped of justice! Hide, thou bloody hand;
Thou perjured and thou simular man of virtue,
That art incestuous! Caitiff, to pieces shake,
That under covert and convenient seeming,
Hast practised on man's life!
Lear.

At one o'clock at night, in the midst of the Atlantic, a
hundred leagues west of the Azores, the bark Swallow,
freighted with salt cod for the Levant, was scudding furiously,
under a close-reefed foresail, before a fierce gale. On board
were her captain, two mates, seven men, a black steward, a
cabin boy, and Mr. John White, a passenger.

The captain and his mates were all on deck. John White,
otherwise Horace Vinal, occupied a kind of store room, opening
out of the cabin. Here a temporary berth had been
nailed up for him, while on the opposite side were stowed a
trunk belonging to him, and three barrels of onions belonging
to the vessel's owners, all well lashed in their places.

The dead lights were in, but the seas, striking like mallets
against the stern, pierced in fine mist through invisible crevices,
bedrizzling every thing with salt dew. The lantern,

-- 394 --

[figure description] Page 394.[end figure description]

hanging from the cabin roof, swung angrily with the reckless
plungings of the vessel.

Vinal was a good sailor; that is to say, he was not very
liable to that ocean scourge, seasickness, and the few qualms
he had suffered were by this time effectually frightened out
of him. As darkness closed, he had lain down in his clothes;
and flung from side to side till his bones ached with the incessant
rolling of the bark, he listened sleeplessly to the hideous
booming of the storm. Suddenly there came a roar so
appalling, that he leaped out of his berth with terror. It
seemed to him as if a Niagara had broken above the vessel,
and was crushing her down to the nethermost abyss. The
rush of waters died away. Then came the bellow of the
speaking trumpet, the trampling of feet, the shouts of men,
the hoarse fluttering of canvas. In a few moments he felt
a change in the vessel's motion. She no longer rocked with
a constant reel from side to side, but seemed flung about at
random, hither and thither, at the mercy of the storm.

She had been, in fact, within a hair's breadth of foundering.
A huge wave, chasing on her wake, swelling huger and
huger, towering higher and higher, had curled, at last, its
black crest above her stern, and, breaking, fallen on her in a
deluge. The captain, a Barnstable man of the go-ahead
stamp, was brought at last to furl his foresail and lie to.

Vinal, restless with his fear, climbed the narrow stairway
which led up to the deck, and pushed open the door at the
top; but a blast of wind and salt spray clapped it in his face,
and would have knocked him to the foot of the steps, if he
had not clung to the handrail. He groped his way as he

-- 395 --

[figure description] Page 395.[end figure description]

could back to his berth. Here he lay for a quarter of an
hour, when the captain came down, enveloped in oilcloths,
and dripping like a Newfoundland dog just out of the water.
Vinal emerged from his den, and presenting himself with his
haggard face, and hair bristling in disorder, questioned the
bedrenched commander touching the state of things on deck.
But the latter was in a crusty and savage mood.

“Hey! what is it?” — surveying the apparition by the
light of the swinging lantern, — “well, you be a beauty, I'll
be damned if you ain't.”

“I did not ask you how I looked; I asked you about the
weather.”

“Well, it ain't the sweetest night I ever see; but I guess
you won't drown this time.”

“My friend,” said Vinal, “learn to mend your way of speaking,
and use a civil tongue.”

The captain stared at him, muttered an oath or two, and
then turned away.

Day broke, and Vinal went on deck. It was a wild dawning.
The storm was at its height. One rag of a topsail was
set to steady the vessel; all the rest was bare poles and black
dripping cordage, through which the gale yelled like a forest in
a tornado. The sky was dull gray; the ocean was dull gray.
There was no horizon. The vessel struggled among tossing
mountains, while tons of water washed her decks, and the
men, half drowned, clung to the rigging. Vast misshapen
ridges of water bore down from the windward, breaking into
foam along their crests, struck the vessel with a sullen shock,
burst over her bulwarks, deluged her from stem to stern,

-- 396 --

[figure description] Page 396.[end figure description]

heaved her aloft as they rolled on, and then left her to sink
again into the deep trough of the sea.

Vinal was in great fear; but nothing in his look betrayed
it. He soon went below to escape the drenching seas; but
towards noon, Hansen, the second mate, a good-natured old
sea dog, came down with the welcome news that the gale
had suddenly abated. Vinal went on deck again, and saw a
singular spectacle. The wind had strangely lulled; but the
waves were huge and furious as ever; and the bark rose
and pitched, and was flung to and fro with great violence, but
in a silence almost perfect. Water, in great quantities, still
washed the deck, but found ready escape through a large
port in the after part of the vessel, the lid of which, hanging
vertically, had been left unfastened.

The lull was of short space. A hoarse, low sound began
to growl in the distance like muffled thunder. It grew
louder, — nearer, — and the gale was on them again. This
time it blew from the north-west, and less fiercely than before.
The venturous captain made sail. The yards were braced
round; and leaning from the wind till her lee gunwale scooped
the water, the vessel plunged on her way like a racehorse.
The clouds were rent; blue sky appeared. Strong winds
tore them apart, and the sun blazed out over the watery convulsion,
changing its blackness to a rich blue, almost as dark,
where the whirling streaks of foam seemed like snow wreaths
on the mountains. Jets of foam, too, spouted from under
the vessel's bows, as she dashed them against the opposing
seas; and the prickling spray flew as high as the main top.

-- 397 --

[figure description] Page 397.[end figure description]

The ocean was like a viking in his robust carousals, — terror
and mirth, laughter and fierceness, all in one.

But the mind of Vinal was blackness and unmixed gall.
His game was played and lost. The worst that he feared had
befallen him. Suspense was over, and he was freed from the
incubus that had ridden him so long. A something like
relief mixed itself with his bitter and vindictive musings.
He had not fled empty handed. He and Morton's friend
Sharpe had been joint trustees of a large estate, a part
of which, in a form that made it readily available, happened
to be in Vinal's hands at the time of his crisis. Dread
of his quick-sighted and vigilant colleague had hitherto
prevented him from applying it to his own uses. But this
fear had now lost its force. He took it with him on his
flight, and converted it into money in New York, where he
had embarked.

At night the descent of Hansen to supper was a welcome
diversion to his lonely thoughts. The old sailor seated himself
at the table: —

“I've lost all my appetite, and got a horse's. Here, steward,
you nigger, where be yer? Fetch along that beefsteak.
What do you call this here? Well, never mind what you
call it, here goes into it, any how.”

A silent and destructive onslaught upon the dish before him
followed. Then, laying down his knife and fork for a moment, —

“I've knowed the time when I could have ate up the doctor
there,” — pointing to the steward, — “bones and all, and
couldn't get a mouthful, no way you could fix it.” Then,

-- 398 --

[figure description] Page 398.[end figure description]

resuming his labors, “Tell you what, squire, this here
agrees with me. Come out of that berth now, and sit down
here alongside o' me. Just walk into that beefsteak, like I
do. That 'ere beats physicking all holler.”

Thus discoursing, partly to himself and partly to Vinal,
and, by turns, berating the grinning steward in a jocular
strain, Mr. Hansen continued his repast. When, at last,
he left the cabin, Vinal found the solitude too dreary for
endurance; and, to break its monotony, he also went on
deck.

The vessel still scoured wildly along; and as she plunged
through the angry seas, so the moon was sailing among
stormy clouds, now eclipsed and lost, now shining brightly
out, silvering the seething foam, and casting the shadows of
spars and rigging on the glistening deck. Vinal bent over
the bulwark and looked down on the bubbles, as they fled
past, flashing in the moon.

His thoughts flew backward with them, and dwelt on the
hated home from which he was escaping.

“What an outcry! what gapes of wonder, and eyes turned
up to heaven! Gulled, befooled, hoodwinked! and now, at
last, you have found it out, and make earth and heaven ring
with your virtuous spite. I knew you all, and played you as
I would play the pieces on a chess board. The game was a
good one in the main, but with some blunders, and for those
I pay the price. If I had had that villain's brute strength,
and the brute nerve that goes with it, there would have been
a different story to tell. Before this, I would have found a way
to grind him to the earth, and set my foot on his neck.

-- 399 --

[figure description] Page 399.[end figure description]

They think him virtuous. He thinks himself so. The shallow-witted
idiots! Their eyes can only see skin-deep. They
love to be cheated. They swallow fallacies as a child swallows
sweetmeats. The tinsel dazzles them, and they take it
for gold. Virtue! a delusion of self-interest — self-interest,
the spring, lever, and fulcrum of the world. It is for my
interest, for every body's interest, that his neighbors should
be honest, candid, open, forgiving, charitable, continent, sober,
and what not. Therefore, by the general consent of mankind, —
the inevitable instinct of self-interest, — such qualities
are exalted into sanctity; christened with the name of
virtues; draped in white, and crowned with halos; rewarded
with praises here and paradise hereafter. Drape the skeleton
as you will, the bare skeleton is still there. Paint as thick
as you will, the bare skull grins under it, — to all who have
the eyes to see, and the hardihood to use them. How many
among mankind have courage to face the naked truth? Not
one in a thousand. Cannot the fools draw reason out of the
analogy of things? Can they not see that, as their bodies
will be melted and merged into the bodily substance of the
world, so their minds will be merged in the great universal
mind, — the animus mundi,—out of which they sprang, like
bubbles on the water, and into which they will sink again, like
bubbles when they burst? Immortality! They may please
themselves with the name; but of what worth is an immortality
where individuality is lost, and each conscious atom
drowned in the vast immensity? What a howling and
screeching the wind makes in the rigging! If I were given
to superstition, I could fancy that a legion from the nether

-- 400 --

[figure description] Page 400.[end figure description]

world were bestriding the ropes, yelping in grand jubilation
at the sight of —”

Here his thoughts were abruptly cut short. A combing
wave struck the vessel. She lurched with violence, and a
shower of foam flew over her side. Vinal lost his balance.
His feet slipped from under him. He fell, and slid quickly
across the wet and tossing deck. Instinctively he braced
his feet to stop himself against the bulwark on the lee side.
But at the point where they touched it was the large port
before mentioned. Though closed to all appearance, the bolt
was still unfastened. It flew open at his touch. Vinal
clutched to save himself. His fingers slipped on the wet
timbers, and with a cry of horror, he was shot into the bubbling
surges. There was a blinding in his eyes, a ringing in
his ears; then, for an instant, he saw the light, and the black
hulk of the vessel fled past like a shadow. Then a wave
swept over him: all was darkness and convulsion, and a
maddened sense of being flung high aloft, as the wave rolled
him towards its crest like a drift sea weed. Here again light
broke upon him; and flying above the merciless chaos, he
saw something like the white wing of a huge bird. It was
the reefed main-topsail of the receding vessel. He shrieked
wildly. A torrent of brine dashed back the cry, and foaming
over his head, plunged him down into darkness again.
Again he rose, gasping and half senseless; and again the
ravenous breakers beat him down. A moment of struggle
and of agony; then a long nightmare of dreamy horror,
while, slowly settling downward, he sank below the turmoil
of the storm; slowly and more slowly still, till the denser

-- 401 --

[figure description] Page 401.[end figure description]

water sustained his weight. Then with limbs outstretched,
he hovered in mid ocean, lonely, void, and vast, like a
hawk poised in mid-air, while his felon spirit, bubbling
to the surface, winged its dreary flight through the whistling
storm.

-- 402 --

CHAPTER LXXII.

Adventure and endurance and emprise
Exalted his mind's faculties, and strung
His body's sinews.
Bryant.

[figure description] Page 402.[end figure description]

On a rock, at the end of the promontory which forms the
harbor of Beyrout, stood Vassall Morton; and at his side
his friend Buckland, whom he had met in New York just
after his return from Austria. They had encountered again
in the East Indies, and had made together a long and varied
journey, not without hardship and danger, among the tribes
of Upper India and Central Asia. Buckland was greatly
changed. His look and bearing betokened recovered health
and spirit; while his companion, in the fulness of masculine
vigor, was swarthy as an Arab with the long burning of the
Eastern sun.

“Our travels are over, Buckland. We have nothing to do,
now, but to get on board ship, and lie still for a few weeks,
and we shall be at home again. I hardly know why it is
that I wish so much to shorten the space, unless from a cat-like
propensity to haunt old places.”

“And to see your friends again.”

“Yes, that is something — a good deal. I have friends
enough, unless they have died since I last heard from them.
But for household gods, I have none; or, rather, my ancestral

-- 403 --

[figure description] Page 403.[end figure description]

Lares have no better abode than an old clapboarded parsonage
in an up-country Yankee village. You are much more
fortunate in that respect. You go home again, besides, a new
man, rejuvenated in mind and body.”

“Thanks to you for that. I was a wreck till you set me
afloat and refitted me.”

“I gave you a shove off shore; but the refitting came
afterwards, and was no doing of mine. I should hardly
know you for the same man.”

“That infatuation seems to me like a dream, as I remember
you prophesied on the evening when we sat together on
the Battery.”

“Half of a woman's weakness springs from the sensitiveness
of her bodily organization; and three fourths of your
infatuation may be laid to the same account. One may say
that, without any tendency to flounder into materialism. You
are a man again now; and even if you had not heard of
your sorceress's death, you might go back, I think, without
the least fear of her spells.”

“I hope so; but I wish that, like you, I had some engrossing
object to return to.”

“I wish that, like you, I had a family, and a fixed home to
return to. My travels are finished, though. I have roamed
the world enough. My objects are accomplished, as well as
I could ever accomplish them. I have not wandered for
nothing; and now I shall bend myself to make my journeyings
bear what fruit I can. By the sun, and by my watch,
it is time for the consul to have returned. Did not his servant
say that he would come ashore from the frigate at
about six?”

-- 404 --

[figure description] Page 404.[end figure description]

“Yes.”

“If he does not, I will get a boat and go to find him. He
must have letters for one or the other of us.”

“I will ride to the town, and see if he has come.”

“Very well; I will wait for you here.”

Their horses were near at hand, in the keeping of an Arab
servant. Buckland mounted his own, and rode off.

Morton seated himself on a jutting edge of the rock over-hanging
the bay, and gave himself up to his thoughts.

“Two years of wandering! Two years more, and I should
grow like the man in Anastasius, never happy at rest, never
content in motion. I have had my fill of adventure. I must
learn repose before it is too late. Why is it that I look so
longingly towards America? Except half a dozen near
friends, I have no ties there that are worth the name. America
is the paradise of the laboring class, the purgatory of
those of educated tastes. What career is open to me there,
that I could not better follow elsewhere? I have chosen my
path. I have an object which fills and engrosses me, and
would fill the lifetime of twenty men abler than I. America
is not my best field of labor; but where else should I plant
myself? I could not live in England. I am of English race,
but of an altered type; too like, and too unlike, to find harmony
there. The continent is more cosmopolitan; but it
would be a dreary life. I should grow homesick, thinking
of the old woods and rocks. I will go home, buckle to my
work, and end my days where I began them.

“My life has been, in its small way, a varied one; very
hard, at times, but perhaps none too much so. Blows are

-- 405 --

[figure description] Page 405.[end figure description]

good for most men, and suffering, to the farthest limit of their
endurance, what they most need. It is a child's part to
complain under any fate; and what color of complaint have
I, or any man sound in mind and body, and with the world
free before him? And yet I turn girl-hearted when I think
of that summer evening by the lake at Matherton. What is
my fate to Edith Leslie's? How will a few years of suffering,
with one deadening memory in their wake, compare with her
life-long endurance? A woman's nature, it is said, will
mould itself into conformity with her husband's. I will
rather believe that Vinal's presence, instead of drawing her
to itself, has repelled her upward into a higher atmosphere,
and made her life as lofty as it must be sad. I wish to go
back, and yet I shrink from this voyage. I have some cause,
remembering my last welcome home. Heaven knows what I
may learn of her this time. It was her marriage then; perhaps
it will be her death now. And which of the two will
have been the worse either for me to hear or for her to undergo?
Perhaps these letters may bring some word of her;
though that is not likely, for none of my friends, but one,
know that I should have any special interest in hearing it.
If they write of her, it will be some news of disaster.”

These dismal forebodings weighed upon him, and his desire
to have them resolved soon grew so importunate, that mounting
his horse, he followed Buckland's track towards the town.
Threading the busy streets, he stopped before a door adorned
with the effigy of a spread eagle wearing a striped shield
about his neck, and clutching thunderbolts and olive boughs
in his claws. He threw the rein to his servant, mounted the
consular stair, and at the head met Buckland emerging.

-- 406 --

[figure description] Page 406.[end figure description]

“Is the consul come?”

“Yes; and letters for you. I am sorry for you, if you
mean to answer them all.”

And he gave Morton a formidable packet. Morton cut
the string.

“These are all six or eight months old. They are post-marked
from Calcutta.”

“Yes, they came after we had gone up the country, and
were sent back to this place to meet you. Wait a moment;
here are more. These two have just come from England.”

Morton took them; recognized on one the handwriting of
Meredith; on the other, that of his friend Mrs. Ashland.
His heart leaped to his throat; he tore open the seal, and
glanced down the page.

Buckland saw his agitation.

“No bad news, I trust.”

“I had an enemy, and he is dead. You shall know more
of it to-morrow.”

And hastening from the house, he mounted again, and
through the midst of mules, donkeys, dromedaries, men, children,
and old women, rode at an unlawful speed towards his
lodging.

Here, with a beating heart, he explored his profuse correspondence
from beginning to end. By the Calcutta packet,
he learned how his native town had been thrown into commotion
by the exposure and flight of Vinal, and how his friends
were eager and impatient to hear his explanation of the affair.
The more recent letters bore tidings still more startling. The
bark Swallow had touched at Gibraltar, and a letter from

-- 407 --

[figure description] Page 407.[end figure description]

her captain to her owners, forwarded by the Oriental steamer
on her return voyage, told how his passenger, John White,
had been lost overboard during a gale, two of the crew having
seen the accident; how, arriving at Gibraltar, his trunks
had been opened in the consul's presence, to learn his address;
and how, along with a large amount of money in gold, letters
and papers had been found, showing that he was not John
White, but Horace Vinal, of Boston. * * *

On the next morning, Morton despatched a letter to Meredith.
In it, he told his friend the whole course of his story;
and these were the closing words: —

“One thing you may well believe — that, before you will
have had this letter many days, I shall follow it. There will
be no rest for me till I touch American soil. An old passion,
only half stifled under a load of hopelessness, springs into
fresh life again, and burns, less brightly, perhaps, but I can
almost believe, more deeply and fervently than ever. I was
consoling myself yesterday with trying to think that blows
were my mind's best medicine; but I feel now, that after
being broken with the plough and harrow, it will yield the
better for the summer sunshine. Yet I am afraid to flatter
myself with too bright a prospect. Miss Leslie loved me,
and the planets in their course are not more constant and
unswerving; but I cannot tell what may have been the effect
of so much suffering, or what determination, fatal to my hope,
it may not have impelled her to embrace. She will soon
know my mind. I have written to her, and begged her to
send her reply to New York, where, if my reckoning does
not fail, I shall arrive about the middle of June. By it

-- 408 --

[figure description] Page 408.[end figure description]

I shall be able to judge to what fortune I am to look
forward.

“You have so lately passed your own anxieties, that you
will easily appreciate mine. I can wish for them nothing
more than that they may find as happy an issue; and I will
take it as an earnest of the intentions of destiny towards me
that it has just brought together my two best friends.”

-- 409 --

CHAPTER LXXIII.

Joy never feasts so high
As when his first course is of misery.
Suckling.

[figure description] Page 409.[end figure description]

Again the Jersey heights rose on the eye of Morton, and
the woods and villas of Staten Island. Again the broad
breast of New York harbor opened before him, sparkling in
the June sun; the rugged front of the Castle, and the tapering
spire of Trinity. He bethought him of his last return,
and its unforgotten blackness threw its shadow across
his mind. He turned, doubting and tremulous, towards the
future; but here his horizon brightened as with the sunrise,
shooting to the zenith its shafts of tranquil light.

Meanwhile, the telegraph had darted to Boston a notice
that the approaching steamer had been signalled off the coast.
Meredith took the night train to meet his friend; but, arriving,
he learned that Morton was already on shore. Driving
from one hotel to another, he found, at length, the latter's
resting-place.

“Shall I take up your name, sir?”

“No, show me his room; I will go myself.”

He knocked at the door. There was no answer. He
knocked again, and a voice replied suddenly, like that of a
man roused from a revery.

-- 410 --

[figure description] Page 410.[end figure description]

He entered; and at the next moment, Morton grasped his
hand.

“You have found yourself again,” said Meredith; “you
have grown back again to your old look.”

Morton's eye glistened.

“I think I know the handwriting of that letter. Miss
Leslie's, — I will call her so still — it is hers, is it not?”

“Yes.”

“She writes, I trust, what you hoped to hear.”

“All that I hoped, and much more.”

“I am glad of it from my heart. Fortune has been hard
enough upon you. She was bound to pay you her score.”

“She has done so with usury.”

“Are you going to Boston this afternoon?”

“Yes.”

“Then you have just two hours to spare. If you have any
leisure for such sublunary matters, we had better get dinner
at once. Romeo himself, at his worst case, asks his friend
when they shall dine.”

Three hours later, the eastward-bound steamer was ploughing
the Sound, and Morton and Meredith paced her deck.

“I have told you now the whole history, from first to last.
I need not ask you to forgive my having kept it secret from
you so long.”

“Why should you ask me? Every man has a right to his
own secrets, and I like him the better for keeping them.
Vinal, at all events, had good cause to thank you.”

“He is dead; and his memory, if it will, had better die
with him.”

-- 411 --

[figure description] Page 411.[end figure description]

“You said in your letter that his agent was called Henry
Speyer. I thought, at the time, that I had seen the name
before; and a day or two since, I found it accidentally again.
The newspapers, two months or more ago, mention a foreigner
called Henry Speyer as an officer in this last piratical forray
into Cuba. His party lost their way, fell into an ambuscade
of government soldiers, and Speyer was shot through the
head.”

“He found a better end than his principal.”

“And deserved a better one. A professed rascal is better
than a pharisee.”

-- 412 --

CHAPTER LXXIV.

The rainbow to the storms of life;
The evening beam that smiles the clouds away.
Bride of Abydos.

[figure description] Page 412.[end figure description]

Morton rode along the edge of the lake at Matherton.
He passed under the shadowy verdure of the pines, and approached
the old family mansion of the Leslies. It was
years since he had seen it. His imprisonment, his escape, his
dreary greeting home, all lay between. He was the same
man, yet different; — with a mind calmed by experience, and
strong by action and endurance; an ardor which had lost all
of its intoxication, but none of its force; and which, as the
past and the present rose upon his thoughts, was tempered
with a melancholy which had in it nothing of pain.

The hall door stood open, as if to welcome him. The
roses and the laurels were in bloom; the grass, ripe for the
scythe, was waving in the meadow; and, by glimpses between
the elm and maple boughs, the lake, crisped in the June wind,
was sparkling with the sunlight.

Morton dismounted; his foot was on the porch; but he
had no time for thought; for a step sounded in the hall, and
Edith met him on the threshold.

That evening, at sunset, Miss Leslie and Morton stood on

-- 413 --

[figure description] Page 413.[end figure description]

the brink of the lake, at the foot of the garden. It was the
spot which had been most sweet and most bitter in the latter's
recollections.

“Do you remember, Edith, when we last stood here?”

“How could I ever forget?”

“The years that have passed since are like a nightmare.
I could believe them so, but that I feel their marks.”

“And I, as well; we were boy and girl then.”

“At least, I was a boy; and, do you know, I find you different
from what I had pictured you.”

“Should I be sorry for it, or glad?”

“I had pictured you as I saw you last, very calm, very
resolute, very sad; but you are like the breaking of a long,
dull storm. The sun shines again, and the world glows the
brighter for past rain and darkness.”

“Could I have welcomed you home with a sad face?
Could I be calm and cold, now that I have found what I
thought was lost forever? — when the ashes of my life have
kindled into flame again? Because I, and others, have
known sorrow, should I turn my face into a homily, and be
your lifelong memento mori?

“It is a brave heart that can hide a deep thought under a
smile.”

“And a weak one that is always crouching among the
shadows.”

“There is an abounding spirit of faith in you; the essence
which makes heroes, from Joan of Arc to Jeanie Deans.”

“I know no one with faith like yours, which could hold to
you through all your years of living burial.”

-- 414 --

[figure description] Page 414.[end figure description]

“Mine! it was wrenched to its uttermost roots. I thought
the world was given over to the devil.”

“But that was only for the moment.”

“I consoled myself with imagining that I had come to the
worst, and that any change must needs be for the better;
but now I am lifted of a sudden to such a pitch of fortune,
that I tremble at it. Many a man, my equal or superior, no
weaker in heart or meaner in aim than I, has been fettered
through his days by cramping poverty, while I stand mailed
and weaponed at all points. Many a man of noble instincts
and high requirements has found in life nothing but a mockery
of his imaginings, — a bright dream, matched with a base
reality. Who can blame him if he turn cynic? I have
dreamed a dream, too; wakened, and found it a living
truth.”

Previous section

Next section


Parkman, Francis, 1823-1893 [1856], Vassall Morton: a novel. (Phillips, Sampson and Company, Boston) [word count] [eaf666T].
Powered by PhiloLogic